Jump to content

Allen1

Senior members
  • Posts

    1,030
  • Joined

  • Last visited

Posts posted by Allen1

  1. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 17 – Alabama Brings the Hammer Down

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Monday, June 10, 2047:

     

    Damage and casualty reports begin to come in. There are 13 dead and 21 wounded. Over half of those killed were aboard the Sea Snake when it exploded. A missile launched from the corvette, hit amidships, tearing the vessel in half. Flaming debris showered the fuel dock, but the risk of a secondary explosion is low. The fuel lines going to the pumps had been drained before the assault.

     

    The SS Mary Beth Petersen sustains heavy damage and sinks at its dock. Luckily, it goes down slow enough for the missile crew to escape. The bunkers sustain minor damage, but as yet, none are breached. In all, their defenses still look to be in good shape. Troop losses on the enemy’s side are estimated to be near 240 killed or wounded.

     

    When refurbishing the tunnels, Jack had his crews run a line for the field phones to the rooms under the old battery. At 2:45 pm a call comes into the command center from Hope Young. Ricco puts her on speaker. After thanking Hope for her assistance, he lays out their current situation.

     

    “It’s too bad my husband, Angus, isn’t here. He could fly someone out on our helicopter, beyond the radio interference.”

     

    Beebe offers, “I can fly the helicopter.”

     

    The soft spoken woman begins to respond, but Brandon talks over her. “You wouldn’t be able to get out. There is a no fly zone covering the entire area. Anything that takes off will be shot down.”

     

    “No.” Hope raises her voice slightly to cut through any further interruptions. “Only half of our farm is under the no fly zone, but we still wouldn’t be able to take off. The helicopter is grounded for repairs.”

     

    Seeing their chance of escape slipping away, Beebe blurts out, “I can fix it. If you have the parts…”

     

    Hope holds up her hand. “Angus is out getting the parts.”

     

    The nomad falls silent. She tries to come up with a new plan, while around her, the others weigh their options. Crank offers to try a break out on his motorcycle. He thinks he can make it or at least provide a diversion.

     

    “I have an autogyro.” Beebe’s comment wasn’t directed at anyone else in the room. The nomad didn’t even realize she said it aloud.

     

    She had brought the small aircraft with her to Florida, but something always seemed to get in the way of taking it up. In the beginning, work ate up most of her time. Then there was Jason and her new friends and family. Running afoul of the Johnsons, made going for a flight too risky. She had all but forgotten about the autogyro, till Crank mentioned his motorcycle.

     

    The nomad tries to get the rest of the team’s attention. “We can still fly out. I have an autogyro.”

     

    This revelation has no impact. They are too busy putting forward their own plans, each more complex and impractical than the next.

     

    Beebe shouts, “Hey! I have an autogyro!” Her latest outburst draws their attention, but only briefly. Crank gives her an annoyed look then goes back to explaining his latest plan. The nomad begins to wonder if any of them know what an autogyro is.

     

    It annoys Charlie to see how the others treat his protégé. He wants to say something, but now is not the time to start an argument. The gunsmith bides his time, waiting for Crank to finish. When the larger man pauses for feedback, Charlie turns to the young nomad, “Hey, Beebe, don’t you have a gyrocopter?”

     

    (GM Notes: I kid you not. Beebe offered her ultra-light three times, but no one would listen to her. This player’s other characters are always listened to, even if others don’t agree with what they have to say. In this adventure the ‘grown-ups’ never gave the nomad girl any serious consideration for her good ideas. As GM it made me laugh.)

     

    After they found the tunnels, Beebe moved her autogyro into the sub-basement under Charlie’s cottage. The mortar attack had leveled the house, but the bunker and its contents are still safe and sound. While the nomads move the light craft to the Young’s farm, Ricco oversees the production of the video Beebe will take to the media.

     

    The hardwired security cameras were unaffected by the enemy’s electronic countermeasures. Some had been destroyed during the battle, but they had more than enough footage to document the fierceness of the fighting. Charlie gives an involuntary shiver as he watches the destruction of the Sea Snake on one of the monitors.

     

    Ricco worries that the footage alone won’t be enough. He records a personal plea for help. In his message, the general manager all calls out Charles Ingersoll, Mr. Zeitsev and Federal DA Richard Starkey. He further states that no one at the hotel is in any way connected to the Alabama Freedom Army, the pretext given for the assault. Deputy Marshal Clay Johnson adds his own message. It echoes the claims and accusations made by the general manager.

     

    In case the video doesn’t get her in the door, Ricco writes a letter of introduction to the general manager of NET 54’s local affiliate in Pensacola. The exec had stopped by to meet him, when he was at the studio filming a segment for the Vid show, “Where it’s Happening”. (Episode 11). Ricco includes a second, sealed letter, for Richard King. He can only hope that his boss isn’t in on the attack and can send aid.

     

    A golf cart is dispatched to carry the messages and video out to the old battery. Time is growing short. The enemy has started to use precision fire to take out anything that looks like an antenna array. They’re trying to disable the hotel’s electronic countermeasures. It won’t be long till Alabama launches another assault.

     

    Jack has the Visigoths pull back to the hotel and tunnels. Natty heads for the upper floors to take up position with her sniper rifle. She’s killed at least a dozen of the enemy, but it’s not enough. If it were possible, she’d kill every single one of them herself. The Czech girl chooses a room overlooking the Snapper Avenue Boat Ramp and scans the area through her scope.

     

    Near 3:30 pm, she spots movement behind an improvised gun emplacement erected by the Alabama forces. From time to time, a head appears above the earthen berm. On one of those occasions, a flash of metal catches her eye. It’s a silver insignia on the man’s shoulder.

     

    ‘Very foolish,” she thinks to herself. Natty waits and aims. The head appears again, rewarding her patience. It jerks back violently as a 7.62 round from her rifle penetrates, just above the left eye. She doesn’t wait to confirm the kill; it’s time to move.

     

    Within 30 seconds of Natty vacating her position, the first 155mm shell drops on the hotel. Both the main building and school come under heavy bombardment from what feels like every artillery piece in Alabama’s arsenal. Neither structure was built to withstand such a pounding. Natty has to dodge falling debris as she tries to reach the ground floor.

     

    The stairs are too slow and dangerous. With the building coming down around her, she takes a chance and jumps for it. The landing is hard. Her dragunov skitters away out of sight. Natty forgets the rifle and runs for the basement.

     

    Owen is there to greet her at the tunnel entrance. Seeing her expression, he asks, “What’s the matter?”

     

    “I…I dropped my gun.”

     

    The large man shakes his head. He thought she was injured. “Well, get another one and be more careful this time.”

     

    Embarrassed; the teen nods and scurries off.

     

    (GM Note: Natty has just blown the brains out of Richard Lowndes, the acting Governor and superintendent of the Alabama State Police! His outraged staff orders the destruction of both the school and main building of the hotel. They weren’t sure which of the structures the shot came from. This over reaction delays the next phase of the assault.)

     

    The barrage continues for 50 minutes. Casualties are light but the defenders are forced to abandon the buildings and retreat to the tunnels. During this time they also lose the northwest bunker, near the State boat ramp. It falls in a duel with a tank on the highway bridge.

     

     

    Beebe takes off from the Young’s Farm at 3:45pm. Instead of heading straight for Pensacola, she turns south following the beach at tree top level. After five miles, she turns west towards the city. The small craft cruises over white sandy beaches headed towards the outskirts of town. Beebe gains altitude to get her bearings. Scanning the skyline, she spots the NET 54 building and heads downtown.

     

    The autogyro reaches a small plaza fronting the NET 54 offices by 4pm. It’s too crowded to attempt a landing. With no ability to hover, Beebe is forced to circle overhead, looking for an alternate site to put down. Her first hint of danger is an ominous reflection in the glass windows of another office building. It’s an Alabama AH-99.

     

    The nomad reverses course, keeping the building between her and the gunship. With no more time to find and alternate landing spot, she prepares for an emergency landing in the plaza. Flying low and slow, she cuts the power and deploys the safety chute. The people below sensibly get out of the way. It’s no three-point landing, but still one she can walk away from or in this case, run away from. Beebe pops her safety harness and sprints for the front doors of the NET 54 building.

     

    The AH-99 enters the plaza nose down; chin turret tracking towards the autogyro. As soon as it’s lined up, the gunner goes weapons hot. 30mm rounds shred everything within 5 meters of the downed aircraft. This includes several civilians who had moved forward to check on the downed pilot.

     

    Beebe hears the roar of the mini-gun, but doesn’t look back. The nomad pushes into the lobby and heads to the reception desk. Trying to remain clam, she asks to speak with Ricco’s contact. The attendant does not respond. She looks past Beebe’s shoulder to the carnage outside.

     

    The nomad reaches into her satchel for Ricco’s letter of introduction, but an attack by a gunship is all the credentials she needs to get upstairs. Beebe can tell the producer is skeptical of her story. She doesn’t bother trying to convince him. “Just play the video.”

     

    The footage changes his attitude immediately. He starts making arrangements to put the story on the air. Beebe asks to make a call.

     

    The producer becomes cautious, “Who do you want to call?”

     

    “I need to call Richard King at Disney World.”

     

    The man suddenly has a vision of NET 54 losing its exclusive. He tries to play her off, promising to put her through after the story airs.

     

    Beebe is tired of not being listened to. Worry about some middle manager putting the lives of her friend in danger of some petty power play makes her angry. It takes some threatening, but he finally lets her place the call, with the proviso that she puts it on speaker. Richard King has no interest in stealing the story from NET 54. He asks Beebe some pointed questions and promises he will do what he can.

     

     

    By 4:20 pm Alabama command regains control of its forces. The four southern bunkers, along the river, are systematically reduced to rubble by artillery fire. Attempts to silence the enemy’s mortars, outside Blackwater are met with counter battery fire. The defenders lose four of their six 60mm mortars.

     

    The last remaining bunker, guarding the crossroads at Bass Lane and Petersen Point Road, begins to taking fire at 5pm. Believing the hotel’s defensive points subdued, Alabama forces begin a slow and relentless advance from the north. The maintenance sheds and bunker at the golf course are pounded as the enemy’s infantry moves forward with overwhelming firepower. Jack Sheppard has the defenders fall back through the tunnel system to minimize casualties.

     

    By this time, all the civilians and non-combatants have been safely moved to the old surface battery. Ricco orders all other non-essential personal to begin evacuating to the Young’s Farm. He calls for volunteers to make a stand in the ruins of the hotel and school. All the Team and anyone not seriously wounded steps forward.

     

    The continued resistance at the school brings down a second artillery barrage at 6:15. The defenders fall back through the utility tunnel to the remains of the hotel. Three tanks start to move across the golf course supported by the remaining ACPA troopers and infantry.

     

    Reports of jets approaching from the south, reach the command center. Jack Sheppard grimly relays the news over the com-net, “It looks like Alabama’s committing its air force. Keep your heads down.”

     

    An A-10 roars across the Blackwater River, in bound towards the hotel. All of their anti-air defenses have been neutralized. There’s nothing to do except await the inevitable, which never comes. The Hog passes over the defenders and releases its cluster bombs into the massing Alabama troops.

     

    A second A-10 drops its ordinance just north of the highway interchanges. A keen eyed defender catches a glimpse of the plane’s tail markings and reports in. Jack is overjoyed. The ‘cavalry’ has arrived. Beebe must have gotten through. In his excitement to share the news, he shouts into the microphone, “Those are Florida Air Guard!”

     

    A pair of Militech AVX-9 Vipers joins the onslaught. Two missiles, from the combat aerodynes, tear through a tank at the lead Alabama’s assault. A second M-11’ crew is saved from a similar fiery death by their vehicle’s anti-missile system. Even though it survives this initial assault, the tank is too damaged to continue.

     

    The missile volley from the twin Vipers is impressive, as are the Warthogs circling overhead, but what draws the attention of defenders and attackers alike is the enormous craft following behind the two AVs. It comes to a hover 40 feet of the ground.

     

    Two large, roughly humanoid, shapes drop from the bottom of the craft. Retrorockets, on the legs, fire to slow their descent, but the ground still trembles as they land. Now that they’re down, it’s easier to judge their height. The mechanized armor is at least 10 meters tall. Emblazoned on chest of each is a cartoonish insignia that looks like a pair of mouse ears.

     

    Ricco smiles; King Dick came through. He is impressed that Disney would commit its next generation combat mechs. A momentary stillness falls over the battle field. Ricco can understand the confusion on both sides. They are pretty awe inspiring the first time you see them.

     

    The hover carrier lumbers away, taking its escorting AVs. As soon as the flyers are at a safe distance, the twin metal giants go to work. Fire tears into the paused Alabama infantry, from the 30mm gatling cannons, built into to each arm of the mechanized armor. Short range missiles pours out of shoulder mounted pods. Ricco shouts over the command link, “Open fire!”

     

    The mechs’ long strides quickly eat up the distance to Alabama’s front ranks. They wade in, sowing chaos in their wake. Another pair of the bipedal behemoths drops from a second heli-carrier. They are supported by 5 suits of PA armor and 20 heavy infantry, deployed from a Disney AV9 transport.

     

    A voice cuts in on the command channel. “Mr. King sends his regards.” Ricco knows that voice. It is his former security chief from Disney World.

     

    The mechs continue to drive back the Alabama forces. Jack Sheppard smiles at the general manager, “Shall we advance?”

     

    Ricco returns the nomad commander’s smile. He is sick of being on the defensive. “Yes…move forward and support the mechs.”

     

    The battle quickly becomes a rout. They chase the enemy off of the resort, but cut off pursuit at the edge of the property. Ricco doesn’t want to touch off an incident with the local authorities. Fighting one state is enough.

     

    Jack has their units pull back to a defensible perimeter. They may control the battlefield, but communication with the outside world is still being jammed by the COG. A lot could still happen before 7 pm.

     

    One thing Ricco wasn’t expecting is for the satellite phone to ring. The device had been provided by the COG. It was standard procedure, whenever war games were held in the area. The military didn’t want to be responsible for a guest dying or the hotel burning, because they were blocking communications to the area. It would have appeared odd if they hadn’t given them a sat-phone before the current exercises.

     

    Given its source, Ricco hadn’t even tried to use the phone. It was locked down and keyed to a military satellite. The people who set them up would most likely be able to quash any communication sent over the device. He also kept it far enough away from his person, in case they tried to use the integrated GPS to locate his position.

     

    The sat-phone rings for over a minute, before Ricco answers, “Hello?”

     

    Mr. Torres?”

     

    “Yes.”

     

    “We need to talk; face to face would be preferable. Would it be alright if I come to you?”

     

    The voice on the other end is definitely male, but mild. It maintains a perfectly modulated conversational tone; no stress of the current situation or accent is apparent. It sounds like the voice of a trained negotiator.

     

    Talking will buy them time. “Come alone and unarmed.”

     

    “Of course, I will be right there.”

     

    Eight minutes later a dark sedan drives slowly down Petersen Point Road. In case word of his coming hadn’t reached all the defenders, the man holds an improvised ‘white flag’ out the driver’s side window. He drives as far as the craters and rubble will allow, then exits the vehicle and walks the remaining distance to what use to be the front entrance of the hotel.

     

    Ricco doesn’t believe the enemy will violate the truce, but there is still a twinge between his shoulder blades as he steps out to greet their ‘guest’. The man is of average height. He is Caucasian with pleasant, if somewhat bland, features. There are no obvious blemishes or identifiable scars. His suit is in a conservative cut, deep charcoal with a matching tie. Everything about him, down to the sedan he drives is unremarkable, non-threatening and ultimately forgettable.

     

    The man stands casually, feet slightly apart. He keeps his hands in front of him, palms down, slightly crossed at waist level. After giving Ricco, and anyone else watching, ample opportunity to scan him, he suggests, “You and your team may wish to hear what I have to say in private.”

     

    While the ‘negotiator’ is physically search, Ricco sends word for the team to gather in the command center.

     

    Only after the room has been cleared of non-essential personnel and scanned, does the man proceed. “You can call me…Mr. Johnson. This moniker draws some snorts and eye-rolling from the assembled team members.

     

    “Who I am is not important. I was sent to deliver a message…and an apology. This has all been a terrible mistake. The mission was hijacked, its operational goals subverted to serve the personal agenda of an individual or group within the chain of command. Please know, those responsible with be found and dealt with accordingly. I can understand how such an assurance must sound hollow, given where we are now. We have a problem here with no easy solution. The story is out. Public outrage is mounting. Containment is impossible. They’re looking for someone to blame. Every story needs its heroes and its villains. You have the opportunity, now, to choose which you want to be. The truth is, you blew up the chemical plant at Brewton, which resulted in the deaths of over a thousand people. There is documented proof of your involvement.”

     

    Mr. Johnson’s revelation draws shocked and angry stairs from the team.

     

    “You may now be thinking of going public…exposing the entire operation. How do you think people will react when the find out you were paid to kill all of those people? It won’t absolve you of your crimes. I am here to offer an alternative. Instead of being unwitting members of a radical terrorist organization, you have the chance to rewrite the narrative. Be the valiant defenders, standing up to a police state. We documented evidence of Alabama’s mistreatment of nomads and of their attack on the Thelas colony. In this version of events, the Lowndes government created the Alabama Freedom Army…a fictitious boogeyman, that they could use to cover up their own misdeeds and give them pretext for the growing nomad settlement at Petersen Point. The rest of you were caught in the conflict and rallied to defend your friends and neighbors. Mr. Torres, your presence and the fact that the hotel is nominally Disney property will account for the arrival of reinforcements from Orlando.”

     

    Mr. Johnson pauses a moment to look at his watch.

     

    “Not to press you, but I will need an answer in the next 20 minutes. The media is waiting for a statement. Please know that if you decide to expose the operation, rather than support our version of events, the U.S. military will have no recourse, but to move in and wipe out the remnants of the Alabama Freedom Army. Mr. Torres; that will include the forces sent by Disney and your civilians, sheltering in the surface battery on the other side of the bay”

     

    Without exception or hesitation they all agree, “Heroes.”

     

    “Excellent.” The modulation in Mr. Johnson’s voice betrays no emotion. Their acquiescence seems little more than another item to check off on a list. “Please make a list of any medical supplies you need. We also have people available to help you with your story.”

     

    “What about our weapons?” Jack’s question raises concern among the rest of the team.

    Mr. Johnson is quick to calm their doubts. “We’re not asking you to lay down your weapons. You’re the good guys!” The suit even manages to give them a genuine smile.

     

    “Now, please realize that any deviation from the official story could have dire consequences. That’s not meant as a threat. I am required to make sure you all understand the stakes involved. If you do not feel confident in your ability to tell the story convincingly, work with one of our coaches.”

     

    To Ricco, he adds, “I need a volunteer to come with me to make an official statement to the media.”

     

    The general manager doesn’t feel comfortable leaving it up to anyone else, so he goes himself. While the Disney executive shills for the camera, supplies pour in to the defenders.

     

    Beebe’s relief at not being shot as a terrorist is short-lived. She receives the news that Jason was aboard the Sea Snake when the missile hit. The young nomad forces herself to go see where he died. All that is visible are the twisted bulkheads of the upper super structure. The rest of the broken hulk lies below the waterline.

     

    A rescue effort was organized as soon as the fighting ceased, but it quickly became a recovery operation. Anyone still inside the vessel was already dead. They still hadn’t found all of the bodies, and probably never would. Natty’s tries to comfort her friend. For the nomad girl, their ‘great victory’ has brought nothing but grief.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, June 11, 2045:

     

    The clean-up commences. With the exception of the underground and the marina all the buildings on the hotel grounds have been damaged or destroyed. Disney with Sheriff Mason and the Santa Rosa County government send aid to the Petersen Point Resort. The Alabama dead and wounded are turned over to Federal authorities. Any remaining state forces are disarmed and held at the COG.

     

    A media swarm descends on the resort and nearby town. The ‘Heroes of Blackwater’ are given ample opportunity to polish their story as every news outlet wants an interview or sound bite. They dutifully perform for the cameras.

     

    Ricco is once again the media darling, helped in no small part cadre of Disney publicists, speech writers and media liaisons. He is the company’s golden boy; the crusading corporate executive, who cleaned up Rio, has done it again in north Florida. King Dick can’t help but be pleased with his subordinate.

     

    Charlie returns his workshop across the river to find his prototypes missing and his men locked up in a back room. The Defense Department seized everything. His one consolation is that they didn’t get his schematics or notes. As a failsafe, he had installed custom ICE in his computer that would erase the hard drive if anyone tried to tamper with it. They may have taken the drives, but the program relayed a message to his drop box on the NET, verifying a successful deletion.

     

    The gunsmith’s satisfaction is short lived though. He receives a call from his lawyers, telling him that his factory in Nevada has also been seized. They are already in the process of fighting the seizure. Charlie calls his friends in the Defense Department. Between his lawyers and friends, the courts overturn the seizure within 24 hours.

     

    The nomad’s dreams of being a defense contractor take a serious blow. First they tried to have him killed then steal his life’s work. Charlie feels he’s done with government work…at least for the United States.

     

    At 2 pm the news reports that Lt. Governor John Lowndes has resumed the position of acting governor and is scheduled to be sworn in to office as Governor tomorrow. The Lt. Governor’s claim to the office of their late father is hotly contested by his brother Geoffrey Lowndes, Alabama’s Secretary of State and sister, Matilda Lowndes, the state’s Attorney General. They had called for a meeting of the Populist Advisory Council to select a new governor. State troopers loyal to the Lt. Governor raided the closed session, which was being held at the state capital building in Dothan. Gunfire could be heard from outside.

     

    Within an hour an official statement, released by the office of the Lt. Governor, announces the death of Geoffrey, Matilda and most of the members of the Populist Advisory Council. The account claims that members of the assemblage fire upon the heavily armed police officers. The troopers defended themselves. Outrage erupts across Alabama and the rest of the nation. President Whindam calls an emergency cabinet meeting and invites key members of the regional committees and Senate to attend.

     

    The drama across the border matters very little to the defenders of Petersen Point. When the final butcher’s bill is tallied, it reads 23 dead and 58 wounded. While light compared to Alabama’s losses the sorrow is just as great.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, June 14, 2047:

     

    John Lowndes televises his inauguration. In his speech, the new Governor rejects President Whindam’s offer of mediation. He instead calls on the rest of the Cotton Kingdom’s leaders to rally behind him and resist what he terms “A second Reconstruction of the South.”

     

    His words fall on deaf ears. Instead of supporting him the aging Governor of Mississippi, Carol Holmes, calls for Federal forces to intervene.

     

    Sheriff Mason shows up at the remains of the resort with two agents from Interpol, a member of the Czech diplomatic corps and a well-dressed middle aged woman. The latter exudes a cool and detached aura. They are looking for Natty. It’s clear they’ve come to take her away.

     

    Beebe finds her first and offers her a place to hide. “If you want, Charlie and I can hide you. You can come with us. They’ll never find you.”

     

    The girl can’t meet her friend’s gaze. She looks down at her feet and nervously chews on her bottom lip. Warring emotions fight for control.

     

    Beebe can’t understand. “Don’t you want to come with us?” Her voice is quiet; uncertain. The nomad has to wipe her eyes. Could she be losing her best friend too?

     

    The Czech girl finally looks up and Beebe can read the answer on her face. The nomad quits fighting her emotions and lets the tears flow as Natty explains her decision. “Since I have come to this country I have lost everything that matters to me. I can’t bear being here anymore. I love you, but if stay it will bring nothing but grief.”

     

    Charlie and Beebe escort Natty to meet the Czech delegation. The young Czech sees the well dressed woman and slows her gait. Beebe notices and asks, “Do you know her?”

     

    “Yes, it is my step-father’s sister, Teresa Rossi.”

     

    The older woman sees Natty and walks over to her. She brushes the girl’s light brown hair back from her face and speaks soothingly in Italian.

     

    The Czech diplomat turns to Sheriff Mason. “We have filed Alina Lanikova’s will in your courthouse and have an order from your state department giving us custody of the minor child, Natalie Lanikova, who is one of our citizens. She will come with us now.”

     

    Ricco fears this may be some last ploy by Mr. Zeitsev or his conspirators. He races over with Betty Lu. “Under the laws of the State of Florida, Natty is an adult and can go where she pleases. We can go to the court now if you like.”

     

    The diplomat’s eye’s open wide and his nostrils flare. He is about to lay into corporate lawyer, when Natty states meekly, “No, I want to go with Aunt Teresa.”

     

    The diplomat chokes back his words and anger. He sneers at Betty Lu. “Well then…We will all be leaving now.”

     

    Teresa Rossi derails his moment of triumph. “No.”

     

    The diplomat looks at the older woman, confused.

     

    “I am changing our travel plans. Natalie and I will be returning to Italy, not the Czech Republic. But we will stay here a few days so Natalie can gather her things and say a proper good-bye to her friends…besides; I would like to meet them.”

     

    The diplomat appears ready to have a fit…or seizure. He looks to the two Interpol agents, who merely shrug their shoulders.

     

    “Now,” asks Aunt Teresa as she turns back to the nomads, “You must be Beebe.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, June, 13, 2047:

     

    By this time everyone but John Lowndes sees the writing on the wall. Many of Alabama’s mayors join the call for Federal intervention. The Pensacola COG is a flurry of activity as Federal troops prepare to move in.

     

    Local news media reports the death of Federal Attorney Richard Starkey, last evening. He was killed in a tragic single car accident on his way home from work.

     

    A Disney crew arrives with a large tent. They begin to set it up just north of the ruins of the main hotel building. Richard King flies in from Orlando to survey the damage. Ricco greets his boss, giving him a brief tour of the compound, before making his apologies. “I have to get back to overseeing the cleanup.”

     

    King is more than understanding. “We’ll talk later, in my office.” The Disney exec points to the newly erected tent.

     

    Towards noon, an unmarked AV lands near the structure. Soon after its arrival, Ricco receives a request from King Dick to join him in his office. While not opulent, the tent has more than a few creature comforts; though, that’s not what catches the general manager off guard. Ricco is shocked to find Richard King pouring a scotch for Charles Ingersoll. The CEO of Petersen Point Properties is seated at a table looking very pleased with himself.

     

    Charles sips his drink and remarks, “Ah, you remembered, my favorite single malt.”

     

    The Disney honcho turns to Ricco smiling, “Sit. Would you like a drink?”

     

    The ex-cop drops into a chair, but declines the proffered beverage. He can barely contain his rage.

     

    Ingersoll smirks at the fuming general manager. “Oh, don’t take it too hard, its only business. You are actually responsible for what will be a renaissance for this town. Petersen Point Properties will finally make a fortune here all thanks to you, Ricco.”

     

    Richard King smiles and casually inquires, “So how is Sophie, your grandmother in law?”

     

    “Ah, they turned off her life support a few hours ago. It took the poor dear ten minutes to pass away. The wife and kids have taken the AV to the Bahama to celebrate. I will be joining them this evening.”

     

    “Good for you, Charles.” The Disney executive raise his in a toast, then drains it dry. Ingersoll does the same.

     

    “I must say, you’re taking this all very well, Dick. I know Disney is taking a loss on this, but I am sure we can come to some sort of settlement for your trouble.”

     

    King takes the defeat graciously, “I have to admit, I never saw this coming, but I have a few ideas about recompense we can discuss later.”

     

    The good natured banter between the two is like salt in an open wound. Ricco sees the faces of the dead, those that suffered and lost everything. There are no guards present to protect Ingersoll. Killing him would be easy.

     

    Ricco’s thoughts of murder are interrupted by the CEO’s cell phone. Ingersoll apologizes for the interruption, but Richard King waves it off. “Go ahead. Take the call. It might be important.”

     

    The grin on King Dick’s face changes slightly as the smile on Charles’ face disappears. Slowly Ingersoll lowers the phone from his ear and stares at the Disney executive.

     

    “Bad news,” King inquires.

     

    Ingersoll rises from the table as his cheeks flush red with rage as he shouts, “You bastard! You’ll never get away with this! I’ll get you if it’s the last thing I do!” The CEO of Petersen Point Properties storms out of the tent and back to his AV.

     

    Ricco can only stare after him in confusion.

     

    King hands the general manager a glass of scotch. “Oh, I heard about fifteen minutes ago that the AV taking Charles’ whole family to the Bahamas suffered a catastrophic malfunction;” pausing to drink from his own glass. “Exploded in midair; then fell into the sea. It’s tragic, but you know, the Bermuda Triangle and all.”

     

    Ricco had been contemplating the murder of one man. He had also though his superior cold and callus for how blithely he wrote off the destruction of the resort. After hearing about Ingersoll’s family, he has a better appreciation for how truly monstrous, the man they call King Dick could be.

     

    Ricco knocks back his drink, buying time to gather his thoughts. He looks at the dregs of amber liquid at the bottom of his tumbler, rather than at his boss. “He’ll never rest till he gets his revenge, you know,”

     

    King seems unconcerned. “Well, such news is a terrible shock to the system. Losing one family member would be hard, but all of them…the stress might cause a heart attack…possibly on the way home from this very meeting.”

     

    Ricco is afraid of how King’s mind works. It makes him realize, he could use another drink. Rather than ask for a refill, the general manager reaches for Ingeroll’s glass. King Dick stops him. “You don’t want that glass.”

     

    The Disney executive reaches across the table and picks up the tumbler of alcohol. He pours the remaining scotch out in the grass, then slips the now empty glass into a plastic baggy taken from his pocket. Once safely sealed, King locks the offending tumbler in his brief case.

     

    The Disney executive sits back and muses, “You know, all these people here shouldn’t die in vain. I think the hotel should be rebuilt. Your heroic stand could be a big draw if handled right. Why don’t you introduce me to Michelle Petersen?”

     

     

     

    Next: Epilogue

     

     

  2. At long last and after multiple rewrites, here it is!

     

     

    Episode 17 – Alabama Brings the Hammer Down

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    All bets are off as the government sends in a hit squad to take down the Team. This is but the opening salvo of a larger battle. State Police and National Guard units from Alabama descend upon the Petersen Point Resort; their goal to eradicate the Alabama Freedom Army. It is not only the Team that is in their sights. The Thelas and Snake Nation nomads face annihilation as well. Betrayed and abandoned the Team is left with a choice...save themselves or try to save everyone.

     

    They are being set up by Hamilton Greeley and Richard Sharkey, the true masterminds behind the Alabama Freedom Army. While the Team’s missions were part of the overall operation, most of the terror attacks were carried out by other parties. The goal was to goad the Alabama authorities into launching a full scale incursion into Florida. Such a conflict would give the federal government legal standing to intervene and begin the process of removing the Lowndes Family from power.

     

    Evidence leaked by Federal DA Starkey, pinpointed the Petersen Point Hotel as the headquarters of the Alabama Freedom Army. Deputy Director Greeley arranged for units of Alabama’s National Guard to participate in the Spring War Games (Operation Perfect Storm) at the Pensacola COG and Alabama State Police to be stationed near the border.

     

    Governor Braxton Lowndes II’s assassination was not part of their plan, but the conspirators turn it to their advantage. With the late governor’s brothers and sister at each other’s throats over the transfer of power, it becomes relatively easy to disguise the true origin of the orders to attack Petersen Point. As for the resort itself, federal troops are set to intervene before too many people are killed. New ‘evidence’ would then find its way to the media that contradicted Alabama’s supposed proof that the Hotel was the staging ground for ALA attacks. Recriminations and finger pointing after the fact would only help to weaken both brothers’ positions, making the federal government’s work that much easier. This was the plan ‘approved’ by President Whindam.

     

    Greeley and Sharkey make a few tweaks to the plan to serve their own personal agendas.

     

    The Thelas nomads have made themselves a constant thorn in the side of Federal DA Sharkey. These pirates had previously been outgunned and under equipped, but the arrival of Charlie changed the equation. He was not only rearming nomad ships, but strengthening the nomads’ position at Petersen Point. The opportunity to take care of the nomads and their chief supplier is tempting to resist.

     

    For C.I.A Deputy Director Greeley, it is about cleaning up loose ends. The team had been hired as deniable assets, and now they had reached the end of their usefulness. There could be no-one left to contradict the official accounts of what happened at Petersen Point. And if the bodies are found in the ruins of the resort, their deaths can be blamed on Alabama. Disney might make noise over losing their man (Ricco), but he is certain they will get over it.]

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team has been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure.

     

    Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to Ricco Torres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. The goals of various parts of this conspiracy are no longer ‘in alignment’. A Justice Department cabal tries to bring the Alabama state government to crisis over the Team’s dead bodies.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Bruce James is the manager of Angus and Hope Young’s farm. He is cousin to both TC James and Gregory James.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is the assistant hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman in her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Geoffrey Lowndes serves as Secretary of State for Alabama. He is also the Vice Chairman of the Populist Advisory Council and covets the governorship.

     

    Gregory James is a former and now current employee of the Petersen Point Hotel who was wrongfully convicted of grand theft years ago. Ricco’s investigations into various cold cases in the area (Episode 9) uncovered evidence that exonerated the man. Greg is the cousin of both TC James of the Visigoths and Bruce James, the manager of the Young Farm.

     

    Hamilton Greeley is the Deputy Director of the C.I.A. and as such is the number 2 man in that organization. He has a personal agenda in the operation here that is not in line with the Team’s best interests.

     

    Hank Tremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths. He is a tough smart leader with eight years military experience. It was he who put together the smuggling connection with the nomads and used those connections to run guns and supplies to the rebels in Alabama after the Alabama State Police murdered his two sons in cold blood eight years ago.

     

    Hope Young is the wife of Angus Young, the largest farmer in the area and a county commissioner. Hope uses the inside of the old surface battery of the ancient local defense fort for her rather large flower business.

     

    Jack Sheppard is the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Karl Petersen is the treasurer of the Visigoths MC and owner of Petersen’s Garage.

     

    Lt. Governor John Lowndes is a bit pathetic. He isn’t the brightest bulb on the tree, but not a moron. He is as ambitious as his siblings, but has been maneuvered into taking the position of Lieutenant Governor. It is an empty title that consists of going around showing his face at public functions. The death of his older brother put him line for the ‘throne’, but the Team’s release of some security footage form a romp in a New Orleans brothel during Mardi Gras has sidelined him as another older brother, Richard, makes his grab for power.

     

    Luis Cabral is a high level netrunner from Rio here in response for Ricco Torres’ request and Henrique’s endorsement.

     

    Marshal Clayton ‘Clay’ Johnson is the older son of the late Terrance Johnson and nephew of the late ‘AC’ Johnson, the crime lord of Escambia County. His younger brother is Roland ‘Ronnie’ Johnson a drug dealer who ran a crew in Santa Rosa County. The marshal is in NO way a member of his uncle’s organization and would love to put him away.

     

    Matilda Lowndes, old governor Braxton Lowndes only daughter, is a graduate of Harvard Law School and worked at the US State Department in her youth. She serves as Alabama’s Attorney General.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild child’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dated Steve Zelinsky of the Visigoths and doesn’t speak English very well.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Richard Sharkey is US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida.

     

    Sandomir ‘Sandy’ Zelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. The man is also Beebe Laughtery’s biological father. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Superintendent Richard Lowndes is the head of the Alabama State Police and second son to the late Governor Braxton Lowndes. His older brother Braxton Lowndes II became governor, but was murdered recently.

     

    Sydney Green was the Deputy comptroller of Petersen Point Properties and is here to find evidence of Ricco Torres’ malfeasance. He was murdered recently at the hotel.

     

    Tolland Casper ‘TC’ James is the sergeant at arms of this chapter of the Visigoths. He is the first cousin of Bruce James, manager of Angus Young’s farm, but they are not very close. TC is ex-military and has two cyberlegs and a cyberarm. He was Mary Beth Petersen’s lover when she died. Her death shattered him and drove the man into becoming a borderline cyberpsycho.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, June 10, 2047:

     

    Military Police from the Pensacola COG are out early, blocking off the roads leading into town. The day’s maneuvers are set to include a simulated amphibious assault on Blackwater. Residents, inside the security cordon, are asked to stay indoors or at a safe distance while the exercise is underway. Businesses close early. Many locals treat the shut down as a holiday, packing lunches and heading down to the river to take in the show.

     

    With all traffic in and out restricted, business is also light at the hotel. Even transport on the river has been suspended during the exercises. Non-essential staff is let out early. Others slip away, joining the growing crowd on the banks of the Blackwater. No one wants to miss the spectacle...except for maybe Charlie.

     

    The gunsmith is typically laid back, but today he is a bundle of nerves. A late start leaves them stuck in port till after 7 pm. Thanks to the COG playing at war, the test has been delayed one day. They will meet up with a destroyer tomorrow to record the test firing of the ship’s deck mounted laser cannon. A successful test could open entirely new markets for Boss Arms.

     

    Charlie is loath to let anyone leave the boat. Once they get the all clear, he wants to be underway as soon as possible; not waste time tracking down the crew. Those on board take the delay in stride. Being a ship, there is always something that needs fixing and some of the crew uses the downtime to affect minor repairs around the Sea Snake. Others hit their racks or lay out on the deck to soak up some rays.

     

    Over at the hotel, Ricco abbreviates the weekly manager’s meeting. After reminding the department heads that a tour group from South American will be arriving at the end of the week, he makes a personal announcement. “With the assassin found in the trailer of Angela Bauer, I have every confidence that I will be cleared as a suspect in the death of Sydney Green. There are acknowledging nods around the table. “So are there any pressing issues or new business?” No one appears inclined to speak up. They are as interested in getting through the meeting as Ricco.

     

    Before breaking up, Ricco turns the floor over to Hank Tremont and Karl Petersen. The Visigoths MC is holding a party at the hotel next weekend. Hank had asked for the opportunity to present his ideas for the event to the assembled managers. They listen politely with nary a glance at a watch.

     

    As everyone exits the conference room, Ricco and Brandon walk out with the two bikers, chatting amicably. As they pause outside to say goodbye, a car careens up the drive and screeches to a halt near the front entrance. Guns fly out, but are lowered, as Deputy Marshal Clay Johnson jumps out of the vehicle. “I need to talk to all of you ….now!” An uncharacteristic emotion plays across the lawman’s face. Wide eyes cause deep furrows to crease Clay’s brow. His breathing comes rapidly.

     

    Hank and Karl take their leave and begin to walk away, but Clay calls them back. “No, you two need to hear this also.” Picking up Betty Lu and Mason along the way, they all reconvene in the conference room. The deputy marshal insists they sweep the room before he speaks. Once satisfied no one is listening, Clay opens up by asking, “Are you people the Alabama Freedom Army?”

     

    The direct question is a surprise. Ricco doesn’t give the others a chance to say something stupid. “Of course not.” He hopes Clay buys the shocked outrage in his voice.

     

    The lawman relaxes. “I didn’t think so…but a lot of people do. The military exercises are a sham. Those troops in Blackwater and across the river are Alabama National Guard. In roughly three hours, there are going to be simultaneous raids on the hotel and Petersen’s Garage. Their orders are to kill everyone.”

     

    Clay takes advantage of their stunned silence to continue.

     

    “The hotel’s security system and computers are compromised. All of your names are on a list. A few other members of the hotel staff are targeted, but the main focus of the raids is killing the Visigoths and nomads. They’re not just going to eliminate the gang, but their families. Any nomad living at the resort is also in danger. Anyone who attempts to leave will be killed. Everyone else here is being written off as acceptable collateral damage.”

     

    Ricco isn’t completely convinced. Clay has always been straight with him, but someone else might be feeding him bad intel. It could be a disinformation campaign to gauge how they react. Paranoia wins out. He sends Betty Lu to the fuel dock to find Charlie and Beebe; best not to use the phones if their systems are compromised.

     

    Ricco wants to trust his friend, but they need to know more. “How do you know about this…and why are you telling us?” No one else seems to notice, but the ex-cop catches Clay glance over at Crank before answering.

     

    “I don’t work for Richard Starkey. The DA’s trying to subvert the justice system and use the Marshal Service as his enforcers. I’m a cop. I didn’t sign up for this.”

     

    Jack Sheppard cares little about who sanctioned the attack. He’s busy calculating their odds. “An assault of that size will be almost impossible to stop, even with our preparations.”

     

    Hank has heard enough. “I have to warn my people.”

     

    Before the bikers can leave, Clay warns, “There are surveillance drones flying over the hotel property right now. They’re listening and watching. If it looks like your mobilizing, they’ll attack early.”

     

    Hank, bring your people to the main building as fast as you can. Tell them…say the hotel has prepared a surprise luncheon for the club and their families.” Ricco cringes inwardly, but it was the best that he could come up with on such short notice. Hopefully whoever is listening will believe it long enough for the Visigoths to make it into the tunnels. The bikers nod and leave.

     

    Ricco has the department heads come back to the conference room. After he delivers the bad news, there is only silence. They are dumfounded. It’s Carrie Ann who finally voices what they are all thinking. “We’ll be slaughtered.”

     

    The assistant manager’s opinion carries a lot of weight at the resort. Her frank assessment of their chances sends a ripple of terror through the assembled managers. Panic now, could doom them all. Clay speaks up to offer them hope.

     

    “There may be a chance. Most of the officers at the COG don’t know what’s going down. Once the wargames are over they either have to disengage or risk going to war with the U.S. military. All we have to do is hold out to 7pm.”

     

    “Holding out for 5 or 6 hours won’t be easy,”

     

    Clay can understand Mike Tran’s skepticism, but he has a trump card. “It might be possible if you had a copy of their attack plan.” The deputy marshal holds up a data chip.

     

    It takes about 20 minutes for Betty Lu to return with Charlie, Beebe and Luis Cabral. She had run into the netrunner on her way to the dock, and while not expressly asked to find him, the Brazilians skills could be useful if they are compromised.

     

    Marshal Johnson briefly goes over what he told the others, adding, “Mr. Bibbliodioc, for some reason, the government wants you dead! There is a Lazarus Team staying at the hotel. They were hired to eliminate you and other selected targets just before the launch of the main assault.”

     

    Charlie is incensed…not so much over the attempt. Plenty of people had tried to kill him in the past. What he can’t forgive is that Lazarus dangled a lucrative weapons contract to sucker him in. The gunsmith is already planning a surprise for his guests, as he tells the others, “A couple of them are coming to my cottage for lunch.”

     

    Ricco looks up from his eBook, brow furrowed and asks, “When?”

     

    “They’re coming at 1:40…Why?”

     

    “They booked an appointment with me for 1:45 pm.”

     

    Brandon reveals that Lazarus also requested a meeting with him. “We are supposed to meet at 1:50 pm to discuss some security concerns.”

     

    All three of them…Charlie is now fuming. “Let’s go kill those fucks right now!”

     

    If up for a vote, the gunsmith’s proposal would carry by a healthy majority, but as team leader, Ricco urges caution. “I agree that we need to eliminate them sooner than later, but we can’t risk that they are in contact with the outside. Jack, activate your slow mobilization plan. Does anyone know where Natty is?”

     

    Natty’s in the lobby.” Seeing the question in Ricco’s eyes, Beebe explains. “She was down at the docks and came back with us.”

     

    Ricco gives the team their marching orders. “Luis, go collect Natty. I need the two of you to take back control of our systems. Jack, be ready to jam any attempt by Lazarus to communicate with the Alabama forces.” And to the rest of the team…”Now let’s go up and see to our guests.”

     

    Luis and Natty quietly loop the cameras from the main console. A thermographic scan helps pinpoint the Lazarus operatives; quietly relaxing in their rooms, safe in the belief their netrunner has control of the hotel’s security systems. The assault is fast and brutal. No quarter is given. There is no reaction from the outside.

     

    The Visigoths start to arrive at the hotel with their families. Ricco doesn’t believe for a moment the story of a surprise party fooled anyone, but all remains quiet. He wonders if the Alabama authorities are holding off till everyone gathers at the resort. Consolidating targets would make their job easier. Ricco can understand how from the outside it might look like a mistake.

     

    Even among their allies, there are those who question the decision of falling back to the hotel, but all doubts are forgotten when they’re shown the tunnels. The complex below is abuzz with activity; mobilization has already begun. Armed nomads, in uniform Russian battle dress, hurry to their assigned defensive positions. Ricco takes the leadership of the Visigoths and Marshal Johnson to the command center.

     

    Jack Sheppard delivers a status report. The nomad is dressed in the same style of uniform as everyone else they’ve encountered in the tunnels. “Preparations are proceeding according to plan. We also have news from Blackwater. There are four tanks in town supported by a company of infantry and another similar sized force deployed across the river. We’re under their guns, but they haven’t advanced.”

     

    Hank, TC James and Sandy seem duly impressed by the size and complexity of the operation. They offer the assistance of the Visigoths in defending the hotel. Clay remains silent, taking everything in. He can only wonder if his trust in Ricco has been misplaced. They may truly be the Alabama Freedom Army, but it is too late to turn back now. He’s already chosen sides.

     

    Clay hands the data chip containing Alabama’s attack plan to Jack Sheppard. A relief map with colored marking appears on the main display. Marshal Johnson begins the briefing…

     

    “The first wave attacks at 2 pm. Section 1 will approach up Petersen Point Road. The force consists of elements from the 1st Tank Platoon and units of the 1st Mechanized Infantry Battalion.” Clay points to a rise on the golf course. “An M-11 tank from Alpha Company will take up position here. They will provide suppression fire to cover the advance of infantry units and an M-75. Their target is the school. Once any opposition is eliminated, they will leave behind a securing force, to hold the building, while the remainder link up with Bravo Company and join the main assault on the hotel.

     

    The land assault is meant to cut off escape and provide a diversion for the vertical insertion of ACPA units. 3 Bell UH-10 PAPCs will sweep in low across the river supported by two AH-99 gunships. While the PA carriers drop their units, the gunships will peel off to take out the Sea Snake. Each UH-10 can hold 5 suits.

     

    The second wave will come from the North. A contingent of the 3rd Mechanized Infantry Platoon will move south from the state boat launch to set up a picket line at the golf course. Dismounted elements of the 2nd Mechanized Infantry Platoon, will sweep up from Blue Gill Lane and Bass Ave, supported by 2 M-113A3 IFVs. Their orders are to relieve the squads holding the school and link up with the 3rd Infantry Platoon to extend the picket south, cutting off any avenue of escape.

     

    IPB Image

     

    The scheduled amphibious assault on Blackwater is cover for Alabama to move a corvette up the river. It will be preceded by two small unit riverine craft carrying units from the Elite State Police Special Operations Force. Their target is the Marina and Fuel Dock. Once the marina has been secured, the corvette will disembark more troops to support the assault.

     

    The 2nd Tank Platoon stationed in Blackwater, have been ordered to hold the town. Their secondary mission is to engage targets of opportunity in the trailer park and employee housing.

    The actual bombardment of the trailer park and cottages will be carried out by mortars set up behind the town and an artillery company from Alabama posted just north of the highway interchange. They’ve used drones and onsite recon to pinpoint the coordinates of every structure in that area.

     

    The 3rd Tank Platoon, stationed on the far bank, is to make sure no one tries to escape by river. They have orders to sink any vessel that tries to leave. Units are also being deployed to hold the road to Pensacola two miles east of the interstate highway bridge. The 2nd Section, 4th Platoon, Alpha Company (M1-A5 & M-75) and 3rd Platoon, Delta Company (dismounted) will hold the Interstate Highway Bridge itself. 4th Platoon Delta Company will hold the Interstate Highway interchange just north of the Blackwater Café. The Command Section and reserve units (Bravo Company and Section 2, 1st Tank Platoon, Alpha Company) will take up position at Casey Jones Lane and Petersen Point Road. All other units with Artillery Company and Battalion HQ are to be positioned just NE of that highway interchange.

     

    The grim silence following Clay’s presentation is broken by a chuckle from Jack Sheppard. “Their air assault is flying right into our 25mm AA gun.” Pointing to the map, “I’ll deploy our Scorpion missile crews there. We can drop those ACPA carriers before they even cross the river.”

     

    Mike Tran adds, “I can setup my HATGM near the corner of Petersen Point Road and Rollo Blvd. I’ll kill that M-75 before it has a chance to fire.”

     

    Charlie tries to hide his smile. This is the perfect chance to show what his weapons can do. Keeping a calm exterior, he remarks to Beebe, “Ya know, I think the new laser cannon and Laser LAWs could use a live field test.”

     

    She knows the gunsmith too well to miss the excitement in his voice. It earns him a hard glare…but she has to agree. They need all the firepower they can get. A lively debate breaks out over how best to deploy the weapons. Tactics aren’t her strong suit, so Beebe stays out of it. The nomad uses the time to look through the defensive plan and notices a glaring oversight.

     

    With effort, she is able to get the rest of the team to listen to her. “What do we do if this doesn’t work? We need a way to get everyone out of here.”

     

    Ricco will send Betty Lu down the tunnel towards the old surface battery on Angus Young’s farm. “You need to convince the Young’s to open up the doors from the inside of the fort.” Greg James goes with her, taking along a security detail, in case they run into trouble.

     

    Crank brings up another hole in their plan, “How are we going to get everyone into the tunnels with the Alabama drones watching?”

     

    “Well…We have a powerful ECM unit” All eyes turn to Jack. “…If we were to ‘burp’ it a few times, most of the drones would return to base when they lose contact. We shouldn’t run it for long or Alabama may get wise. If we’re lucky they might take it for a glitch. They lost a lot of their most experienced operators when the chemical plant went up. It took out their main drone facility. (Episode 8)

     

    Ricco isn’t familiar with the intricacies of drone operation, so he leaves it to Jack’s best judgment. “Do it. Now…where do you want us.”

     

    The nomad commander has his people where he needs them. To avoid arguments, he doesn’t try to order around the Team. “This is your hotel. You and the rest get to pick your ground.” He does ask for one concession. “I do however suggest we setup the laser cannon in the lighthouse bunker near the entrance to the town’s harbor.”

     

    Charlie agrees with the placement, but also plans to take a Laser LAWs as backup. Beebe will be stationed in the lighthouse bunker at the corner of Bass Ave and Petersen Point Road, with another Laser LAW. The Visigoths agree to take over the defense of the golf course to free up more of the nomads to protect the hotel.

     

    Ricco decides to make his stand in the main building of the hotel. As a precaution he orders the non-combatants sent down the tunnel towards the Young’s farm as soon as the drones are cleared. Even if they the doors aren’t opened, the tunnel is deep and outside the designated bombardment zone. Having a crowd of their friends and neighbors at her back could also help Betty Lu’s in negotiations with the Youngs.

     

    The Team and their allies disperse. Brandon, Crank and Mason remain at the hotel with Ricco. Clay Johnson offers his assistance in the command center. Mike Tran heads for his firing position. Beebe and her tech requisition a golf cart to move the laser LAW. They drop off spare ‘shells’ for the weapon at the fortified maintenance building by the golf club; their fallback position. The stop gives her a few minutes alone with her father and Natty.

     

    Beebe tries not to dwell on the thought that this may be the last time she’ll see either of them. The nomad puts on a brave face as Sandy offer some last minute fatherly advice. She nearly loses it when he says, “I’m proud of you,” and draws her into a deep embrace. Beebe breaths deep, wanting to remember his smell.

     

    Her last words to Natty are much more brief, but no less emotional. Beebe finds the Czech girl cradling a Dragunov SVD. She can read the anticipation in her friend’s eyes. It’s not fear, more the excitement of a child on Christmas morning. The nomad puts a reassuring hand on Natty’s shoulder. “I know you want revenge, but don’t get yourself killed looking for it. Stay safe.”

     

    The defenders have roughly two hours to prepare. A few judicious bursts from the hotel’s ECM system send away the Alabama drones, allowing the non-combatants to be moved underground. Alabama’s radio traffic does not change.

     

    As two o’clock approaches the crew of the Sea Snake deploys the 120mm deck gun. It’s made to look like part of the routine maintenance being undertaken, while they are stuck in port.

     

    Just before zero hour Beebe can hear the sounds of armored vehicles approaching her position. Alabama infantry moves up to just north of the state boat ramp.

     

    Near the kudzu covered hatch of the old battery, Betty Lu and Greg James watch as the two AH-99 attack helicopters and three Bell UH-10 PAPCs make their attack run. The aircraft are still over the river, when the 25mm cannon on the roof of the hotel tears into the first ACPA carrier. Damage to the one of the leading propulsion units of the quad-engine craft causes it to pitches forward and drift to the left. Two PA suits drop out of the rapidly descending aerodyne, splashing down in the middle of the river. A moment later, the damage propulsion unit makes contact with the water. The UH-10 heels over pin-wheeling across the river’s surface.

     

    A third PA suit is ejected along with disintegrating bits of fuselage. The pilot appears to have no control over his trajectory; if he is still conscious at all. It slams into the water, skips three times then sinks.

     

    While the first PAPC heads towards its death roll, four scorpion missiles streak towards a second carrier. Countermeasures draw off one of the missiles, but the other three strike home. The burning wreckages pancakes into the Blackwater sending up a huge wake.

     

    The third carrier clears the river, before coming under fire from the 25mm cannon. Though hit and trailing smoke, it hovers long enough to deploy three suits just north of the hotel’s main building. The UH-10 abruptly slips backwards losing altitude. Betty Lu and Greg lose sight of the carrier, behind the buildings. A billowing fireball announces its fate. The low rumble of the explosion reaches them seconds later.

     

    Further up the river, the two AH-99 gunships begin their attack on the Sea Snake. Shells from the helicopters’ nose mounted cannons rake the vessel, but their air-to-ground missiles are intercepted by the ship’s CWIS (6 barreled 20mm Vulcan gun) and auxiliary anti-missile systems. Coming under fire, the Sea Snake’s 120mm cannon wastes no time opening up on the tanks positioned across the river. Two hidden heavy weapons teams add their fire power to the ship’s main gun.

     

    One of the AH-99s overhead begins to take fire from a 12.7mm machine gun dug in near the fuel dock. Gunfire rakes across the fuselage, drawing black smoke. The helicopter veers away from the marina, limping towards Blackwater. It sets down hard in an open field east of town.

     

    A cacophony of high pitched whistles heralds the start of the artillery barrage. Betty Lu knows they can’t waste any more time watching the battle. “Come on, we have to get down from here and find someone to open those doors.”

     

    Beebe hunkers down in the northeast bunker with her loader and a nomad gun crew. They listen intently to the sound of Alabama armor rolling by. The nomad allows herself to breathe again after they pass. She’s glad to be wrong. Beebe had feared the enemy knew about the tunnel network, but they hadn’t come under fire. No one had even come close to the lighthouse.

     

    After sliding open the gun ports, they use a long bar to knock away the wooden panels ringing the base of the lighthouse. The nomad gun crew sets up a 14.5mm KPV facing west towards the state boat ramp. Alabama infantry has already started to cross the open ground towards the resort. The gunner sites in on the wooden fence that marks the property line of the hotel.

     

    Over at the northwest bunker another team trains its 12.7mm machine gun on the advancing troops. Shooting the laser LAW will be the signal to open fire. Beebe, sites in on the rear of the M-11. At the press of the activation stud, a coherent beam of ionized particles arcs out from the weapon. It lasts only 2 seconds but the heat generate is enough to melt through the tank’s lighter rear armor, slag the engine and touch off the fuel cell.

     

    The explosion of the tank drowns out the sound of automatic fire as the bunkers open up on the infantry advancing from the boat ramp. Anyone who stays at the fence or tries to retreat is cut down. Those who vault the fence and try to find cover on the golf course, run into the guns of the Visigoths.

     

    Beebe jumps down through the hatch to the room below. It’s a welcome relief. Firing the weapon had turned the room above into a sauna; not the best place to reload a Laser LAW. With the assistance of her loader, the nomad quickly cools and rearms the particle cannon.

     

    Back at the hotel, two PA suits close on the main building. A third had made it to the ground successfully only to be crushed under their crashing transport. Brandon and Crank engage the power armor with a squad of nomads. Two are armed with Essences provided by Boss Arms. The Alabama troopers break off their attack and take cover behind the wreckage of the UH-10 to escape the withering fire of the 30mm cannons.

     

    The main body of the attack proceeds down Petersen Point Road. Even with their early losses, Alabama’s attack plan appears unchanged. An M-75 tank leads the way, providing cover for a column of M-113A3 armored transports. (M-113 variants courtesy of Flipper’s Vehicle Guide 2.)

     

    Mike Tran takes out the M-75 with his HTAG. A shot from the second floor of the school turns the 113A3 IFV in the parking lot, into a flaming pile of wreckage. Mason and Clay Johnson fire on the transport at the rear of the column with RPGs. The Alabama infantry jump out of their carriers into a crossfire. A spotter on upper floors of the hotel ranges in fire from six 60mm mortars, hidden in the trees by the marina. The remaining Alabama M-113As are quickly knocked out and their troops pinned down.

     

    The thick steel reinforced walls of the eastern most bunker reduce the continuous artillery bombardment to a dull rhythmic thumping; like a sound system pumping out too much bass.

    It could almost be pleasant, if you didn’t think of the people that might be dying out there.

    Charlie unconsciously taps his finger on the closed safety guard on the laser cannon’s trigger, as he watches two small unit riverine craft race up river.

     

    The boats quickly move out of his line of sight, beyond the edge of the gun port. They’ll be heading for the marina, intent on clearing the way for the troops on the corvette. The larger vessel follows behind, moving slowly up the channel. On open water, at speed, this shot might be a challenge, but here…it’ll be a turkey shoot. The gunsmith’s finger itches. He wants to pull the trigger, but knows he has to wait. The assault boats have to be closer to the marina for their ambush to work.

     

    Charlie watches the corvette grow in his sights. It draws within a kilometer of his position; sailing straight at the lighthouse. A bow shot wouldn’t be the optimum firing angle for a conventional cannon. A single projectile would have a higher probability of missing the target. Even if dead on, the chance of damaging something vital, let alone destroying the entire ship, would be astronomical. With a 3-4 second continuous stream, Charlie knows he can easily slice across and through the ship’s bow. The gunsmith is so intent on planning his shot, that a sudden coarse change, by the corvette, catches him by surprise.

     

    The ship yaws to port. His immediate fear is that Alabama is wise to the ambush, but after launching two missiles, the ship returns to its original course. There’s no way to track their flight from inside the bunker and for the moment, Charlie could care less where they’re headed. His only concern is to make sure no more follow. Flipping up the safety guard he yells, “I’m firing now,” then pulls the trigger.

     

    The high energy beam exits the aperture at a temperature hotter than the sun. It strikes the corvette’s bow and burns backwards through the ship, cutting into ordinance stores and fuel cells. The ship shudders twice; then detonates. Men and metal are rocketed into the air. A towering plume of smoke climbs upward.

     

    Twisted bits of metal, once part of the ships supper structure, are turned into supersonic projectiles. Anything in the blast area not torn to shreds is blown flat by the trailing pressure wave. A few pieces of debris make it to the lighthouse, but the thunk harmlessly into the wooden façade. Charlie has no time to admire his handiwork. The weapon’s overheat warning light flashes an angry red. It’s joined a second later by a blaring alarm. In the confined space of the bunker, the sound is deafening.

     

    Charlie had reworked the cooling system. During tests, the new heat sinks had effectively bled off the excess heat into the surrounding air. But all of those tests had been done outside. Discharging the cannon pushes the temperature inside the bunker past 115 degrees (Fahrenheit). The hot surrounding air decreases the efficiency of the heat exchanger. Thankfully they thought to bring along extra coolant.

     

    The corvette’s fiery end is the signal for the nomads to spring their ambush. Heavy machine guns secreted in bunkers at the marina and fuel dock open up on the approaching attack boats. The SURCs take evasive action, trying to escape the converging fire of the KPV-14.5 and DShK. With the enemy boats occupied, the Thelas spring another surprise.

     

    Moored at the marina, the SS Mary Beth Petersen provides a stable weapons platform for the LATGM (Light Anti Tank Guided Missile) system from the old hovertank they sold to the nomads. Missiles roar out of the twin tubes. One explodes harmlessly, in the wake of the lead SURC, but the other finds its mark. It hits just in front of the pilot house, blowing the ship apart.

     

    Down to one target, the machine guns concentrate their fire. Heavy caliber punch through the boat’s lightly armored hull. As the attack boat takes on water, it slows down. A slow target is a dead one. Some of the troopers are able to bail out of the sinking craft, but the nomad gunners show no mercy. They rake the surface of the water with gunfire till nothing is left moving,

     

     

    Back at the eastern lighthouse, the laser cannon’s meltdown becomes a secondary concern. The weapon’s bright beam has drawn the attention of the M-11 in town. A shot from the tank’s main gun reduces the miniature lighthouse above the bunker into splintery shrapnel. The squat bunker sustains no damage, but Charlie realizes it won’t take long for the enemy to realize they missed their target.

     

    Leaving the laser cannon to his techs, he readies the laser LAW. Sighting in on the M-11, the gunsmith can see the tank’s gun barrel dropping for a shot on the bunker. He wastes no time depressing the activation stud. Temperatures within the bunker soar even higher, but the beam connects with the M-11’s turret. The intense heat warps the tank’s main gun and burns a sizable hole through the armor. Anyone inside the main compartment was probably cooked alive.

     

    Charlie closely watches the smoking tank as he counts down from 20. If the ambient temperature weren’t so high, he might risk a second shot without waiting. His first beam took out the turret, but an M-11 has a secondary heavy weapon mounted in its hull. The driver is also in his own sealed compartment. He may already be targeting the bunker with the tank’s missile system.

     

    The gunsmith breathes a sigh of relief as the M-11 slams into reverse, pulling back. There’s no time to savor this minor victory. They need to redeploy. Charlie and his crew wrestle the laser weapons down through the hatch, to the waiting golf cart.

     

     

    Beebe, get up here! There’s another tank coming.”

     

    The nomad looks up at the head framed in the overhead hatch. “Be right there.”

     

    She scrambles up the ladder, then reaches back, to take the laser LAW from her loader.

    Glancing through the bunker’s north firing port; Beebe can see an M-1E1 Super Abrams, rumbling down Petersen Point Road towards their position. It’s an antique, but still a formidable weapons system.

     

    Beebe fires at the tank’s primary armament. When the 120mm gun begins to sag, she redirects the beam to burn through the driver’s compartment. The armored juggernaut lurches to a halt. Smoke pours from its rent hull.

     

    Small arms fire peppers the area around the gun port, but Beebe ignores it. After carefully handing down the extremely hot weapon, to her loader, she drops through the hatch herself. They are in the middle of reloading the laser LAW, when the field phone rings. Jack Sheppard is on the other end of the line.

     

    TC is in trouble. He took a group of Visigoths to support one of our heavy weapons teams. An APC (M-113A3 IFV) has them pinned down at the southeast edge of the golf course. Can you get a shot on it?”

     

    Climbing back into the bunker, Beebe scans for the armored vehicle. She spots it in a hull down position. The nomad really doesn’t have a clear shot, but the beam weapon may give her a chance. Her loader shouts up from below, “Ready!”

     

    Beebe retrieves the laser LAW and sights in on the part of the M-113A3’s hull that she can see. She takes her time, wanting to get it right. The nomad is sure that the high energy beam connects with the vehicle’s hull, but nothing seems to happen. Long seconds tick by before she spots a trail of smoke rising from the APC.

     

    An explosion rocks the bunker. Beebe struggles to keep her feet. She shouts to be heard over the din of the KPV. “That was my last shot.”

     

    The bunker commander yells back, “Then get the hell out of here. You’re attracting a lot of attention!”

     

    It takes about three minutes to reach the golf cart, three levels below. Once the laser LAW is secure, Beebe speeds down the tunnel towards the golf course. They need to recover the last fuel core from the maintenance building. It will also give her a chance to check on her father and Natty.

     

     

    Alabama’s two functioning suits of power armor march through a hail of gunfire towards the wreckage of their armored column. Their assault has become a rescue mission. One of the suits peals back the armored plates of a burning APC, to make an exit for the troops trapped inside. They are able to extract about a dozen men, before the incoming fire becomes too heavy, even for them.

     

     

    Betty Lu and Greg James finally make it to the ground. The choking vines of kudzu had looked like a lush green carpet from the top of the old battery, but pushing through them had proven nearly impossible. If not for their escort, it may have taken another hour or longer to reach bottom.

     

    Making it to the road, they quickly run into a couple of farm hands, who take them to Hope Young. She meets them in her green house with the farm’s manager, Bruce James. Betty Lu begins by apologizing for their unannounced visit. She tells them what’s happening at the hotel. Greg lets her do the talking. He only comments on things Betty Lu wouldn’t know about or when asked a direct question by Hope or Bruce.

     

    The lawyer works her way around to telling them about the tunnels. “I’m sorry, but we opened up the tunnels to the old fort.”

     

    Hope doesn’t need to hear any more. “Oh my God, don’t apologize. Bruce, have some of the boys move those planting tables off the doors. Find the blowtorch and open them up!”

     

    It takes about 15 minutes for the workers clear the area above the doors. A little heat from the blowtorch loosens the hinges. Huddled frightened faces greet them as the doors open. The sight of Betty Lu and the other nomads put them at ease. While Hope greets their new guests, Bruce James directs the farm workers to clear more space for the refugees.

     

     

    Alabama’s first assault fails, but their artillery barrage continues unabated. Down in the command bunker, Jack Sheppard is puzzled. The enemy’s shells continue to fall among the empty trailers and cottages, rather than going after the hotel’s artillery assets. Counter battery fire should have silenced their mortars long ago. With Alabama forces pulling back, he tells them to cease fire. They need to conserve shells.

     

     

    Alabama’s guns fall silent about fifteen minutes later. Combat ceases at 2:40pm. The team regroups in the command center, using the lull to rest and reassess their defenses.

     

    (GM Note: When the attack started, Jack had his electronic warfare technicians jam all communications up to the Pensacola COG, crippling Alabama’s radio net. The state troops had electronic warfare assets, but their ECM and ECCM weren’t as powerful as those at the hotel. There was also a wide gap in the quality of the operators. Alabama’s National Guard had been neglected by the Lowndes family for years. They were under-equipped and ill-trained. The Thelas operators, by comparison, had many years of experience dodging the authorities. Alabama wasn’t expecting such an organized defense. Command and control broke down with the loss of communication)

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

  3. Our gaming group is now running sort of a war campaign. Our timeline (now in the year 2051) has been heading towards a World War III situation for years. The EU with its huge mega-corps and desire to control the resources of the solar system are running into opposition of President Whindam’s resurgent United States of America and its own Mega-corps. China is making common cause with the EU as it feels pinched by both Japan and United States on one side and Russia on the other. Russia is also opposing the EU in New Central Europe. The western European powers continue their attempt to subvert Eastern Europe even after their failure in Romania. The festering civil war in the Czech Republic has taken on a Northern Ireland feel except Poland which supports the Free Czech Army is right on the Republic’s border. The Polish people have not forgotten the 2018 attack by the Czech Republic and General Skroup. They see the hand of the EU behind it. Then there is the Republic of Mars which is growing at a surprising rate with its biogens, A.I.s and sentient androids. Only the Martian technological edge brought to them by the Nietzschean scientist caste keeps the EU at bay. There is only an armistice between the Republic and the European Union, which continually threatens to bring their former rogue colony to heel. Meanwhile Queen Victoria II and her reconstituted Commonwealth try to steer the middle course and act as peacemakers in these troubled time. The new Commonwealth Pound is beginning to rival the Euro, but this new Commonwealth avoids antagonizing both the EU and the United States. Regardless, the fuses on powder kegs are burning all over the world and throughout the solar system.

     

    Well, this is all well and good, but how do put it into a form that you can play. We are now running a campaign we call Prelude to War. Like both the First and Second World War, it was small brush fire conflicts that erupted in the years just prior to global war. Often it was things that happened in these conflicts that brought on the greater fighting. For us we have divided this ‘Prelude’ into three parts. The first two are being played from the point of view of a Spec Ops Team from a Commonwealth security corporation. The first part, which is completed, deals with the Czech Civil War and what appears to be a simple intelligence gathering mission that initially doesn’t appear to be related to that conflict. (As soon as I get back the edited Episode 17 of the Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms from Destecado we will begin posting that part, which is edited and complete.) The second part, which we are doing now, deals with the Team working with a Commonwealth NGO in Africa and the Middle East. Fighting is starting to break out, but as a Commonwealth business the Team is neutral. That is hard road to stay on as the EU, China and the United States have conflicting agendas in Africa and the Middle East. Then there are all the independent powers in the area. In this part of our campaign, low populations, wildly different levels of technology and cultural differences given the small Team of PCs a chance to operate in a manner that has an impact larger than the group’s size would normally have.

     

    So far it has been a lot of fun. We are only four episodes into this second part (Cyprus Operation) and the Team acts (normally) as a uniformed corporate military unit, officially a ‘logistics and support squad’ (somewhat like TVs old show, the Unit. There is high tech, but sometimes it just isn’t very helpful. The NET is virtually non-existent in the Sahara so hacking the Tuareg raider camp isn’t an option. However, being able to bring them a high tech water extraction system can make you some points! Just what will happen, we’ll have to wait and see. As far as the tech goes, we have had many advances that have occurred in our games and Wisdom 000’s assembled archives have been a god send in allowing us to push forward the technological edge from the bare bones of the Talisorian basic books. (Thanks again Deric!) It is important to remember that Cyberpunk is about attitude. The tech is important, but it is a foil for the story and the characters trying to make their way in world that is hard to understand.

     

    As a side note, the third part of this campaign will be a Deep Space Adventure based in the asteroid belt. Should be fun!

     

  4. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 16 – Suicide Isn’t the Answer

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Saturday, June 1, 2047:

     

    Brandon is ambushed while on patrol. Without armor, the patrol car offers little protection from the onslaught. High powered rounds punch through the thin metal and tear into the security chief. The staccato bark of a submachine gun joins the full auto roar of the assault rifle. Both gunmen empty their weapons into the passenger compartment of the vehicle, before driving off.

     

    The attack would be enough to kill any normal person. Even for a biomechanical cyborg like Brandon, the concentrated fire is almost too much. Dr. Ricci stabilizes his systems, but the damage is extensive. There are enough spare parts on hand to affect repairs, but it will take time. For the moment the resort is without its security chief.

     

     

    Beebe takes Paris into Milton to have her hair done for the Children’s day celebration that evening. Not wanting to give the Alabama authorities an opportunity to grab her, Natty stays on the hotel grounds. Paris’ excitement for the evening ahead has the singer floating on air. The nomad is happy for her, but that happiness is tempered with concern. Her friend has already had too many disappointments in her life, mainly at the hands of her family. It’s what makes the nomad linger outside the Tran home after dropping off Paris. She doesn’t feel comfortable leaving till she sees the girl’s estranged family greet her with genuine love and affection,

     

    Beebe heads over to the Panhandle Saloon to meet up with Jason, Amy and the remaining members of Velvet Blue. With practice cancelled Sammy, Ty and Natty are there to support their friends in Pounze da Lion and get drunk. Natty is well on her way to getting hammered when she runs in to her ex-boyfriend, Greg Harris, on the way to the bathroom.

     

    Copious amounts of alcohol and grief prove to be an unusual aphrodisiac for the young girl. The two wind up dry humping in a dark corner. Natty still has feeling for Greg, and the close physical contact takes away the pain in her heart. The girl has always been uninhibited, but at the moment she is out of control. Her friends intervene when she tries drag Greg out the door. She is determined to get fucked and doesn’t care who hears it.

     

    Surprisingly, Greg Harris proves to be a better man than most of her friends thought. He steps in to shut her down. “Natty, I want you…but not like this.”

     

    Her affections denied, Natty launches into a drunken tirade, screaming at Greg as he walks away. She says some truly awful things before her friends can get her outside. Her rage gives way to tears. Beebe holds Natty as she bawls into her shoulder. “Why doesn’t anyone love me?”

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, June 2, 2047:

     

    Beebe waits till late morning to swing by and pick up Natty, knowing she needs the rest. The Czech girl is hung over, but anxious to see Paris and hear about the Tran’s Children’s Day party. Paris’s grandfather Eustis is in the kitchen of Saint Claire farmhouse, apparently nursing his own hangover.

     

    “She’s not up yet. Go on up and wake her.”

     

    The two girls run up the stairs. A rapid rap on the door brings no answer, so Natty breezes into the room. Beebe moves to follow and runs into her friend’s back. The Czech girl stands rooted in the doorway her face locked in shocked horror. Paris’ limp body hangs by her neck in the center of the room from the overhead light fixture.

     

    “No!” Natty runs out of the room and flees the house..

     

    Beebe screams for Eustis while moving to Paris. She tries to lift her up to take the pressure off her neck. The body is cold to the touch. She knows her fried is dead, but instinct takes over. Beebe cuts down her friend’s body, pulling the cord from around her neck, she searches for a pulse. The girl’s eyes are open and glassy. Her skin has taken on a gray pallor.

     

    Eustis stumbles into the room. He bursts into tears at the sight of his granddaughter. The elder Saint Claire cradles Paris’ body, crying uncontrollably. Beebe calls Ty, who races over from the house next door. The nomad then calls both Sheriff Mason and Ricco. Beebe notices a media flexi on the floor near the body. It’s an article from a New Orleans news service. The piece is brief, reporting the discovery of the body of Mai Saint Claire, a known prostitute (and Paris’s mother); found dead from an overdose.

     

    Ty helps his grandfather from the room. The sound of sirens announces the arrival police. Ricco shows up with Brandon and Crank soon after. Marcus isn’t happy that Beebe cut down the body and contaminated the crime scene. “What were you thinking? Do you know what your action could do to this investigation?

     

    The sheriff continues to dress her down, but Beebe stops listening. She doesn’t give a shit what he has to say; her friend is dead. Cutting her down may have been wrong, but there’s no way she could let Paris’ grandfather see her hanging from the ceiling. It is bad enough that Natty saw it. Natty…where had she run off too? The nomad starts to worry about her other friend.

     

    “Well?” Beebe realizes that Sheriff Mason was waiting for an answer. If he’s looking for an apology or trying to make her feel worse than she already does he can go fuck himself. The only thing on her mind now is finding Natty.

     

    “The next time you find one of your friends hanging from the ceiling, feel free to leave him hanging there. I did what I did. You have my statement. Are we through?”

     

    Marcus sighs. “Yes, you can go.”

     

    While Beebe goes in search of Natty, Eustis gives his statement to Sheriff Mason. “I was still up when Paris got home. She was over at the Tran’s last night…she was so happy.” Tears begin to roll down the elder Saint Claire’s cheeks.

     

    Marcus gives Eustis a moment before showing him the flexi. He’s never seen it before, but the contents bring a new wash of tears to the old man’s eyes. Sheriff Mason feels terrible about piling onto the old man’s grief. He cuts the interview short. “Eustis, if you think of anything, give me a call at any time.” Marcus excuses himself to speak with the coroner.

     

    Ricco offers his condolences to Eustis then follows after the sheriff. He overhears the medical examiner deliver his initial report. “Looks like suicide by asphyxiation.”

     

    Marcus doesn’t look convinced. “Make sure,”

     

    The ex-cop wants to talk with the sheriff in private, but a call from the security office spoils the opportunity and possibly the rest of the day. “It’s Mason Verge. Housekeeping was checking out a complaint from a guest about a bad smell coming from one of the rooms. They found a dead body in the bathtub.”

     

    Ricco sighs. It looks like he will get his chance to speak Marcus. “Do you have a name?”

     

    Verge hesitates…”It’s Sydney Green.”

     

    The general manager swears under his breath. Sheriff Mason’s phone rings. After a brief conversation he looks over at Ricco. He must be getting the same report. Marcus laughs without humor. “It just doesn’t stop around here, does it?”

     

    There is no apparent cause of death for Mr. Green. The coroner estimates that the deputy comptroller has been dead since last Friday. Housekeeping had not previously entered the room due to the ‘do not disturb’ sign on the door.

     

    Marcus is not one to pass the buck, but with this situation he feels it best to call in the FDLE. Sargent Broome takes over the investigation. The staff isn’t sorry to see the end of Mr. Green. They might think it will solve their problems, but Ricco knows things will only get worse.

     

     

    After fruitless hours spent searching on her own, Beebe reaches out to her fellow nomads to find Natty. The Czech girl is finally spotted on the dock behind the bungalow she shared with her mother. Beebe walks onto the dock cautiously; not wanting to spook her. Natty turns at the sound of her approach. “Stay back, you’ll just die too!”

     

    The nomad tries to calm her friend, but the girl keeps repeating, “Paris would never kill herself.”

     

    All Beebe can do is agree. “I know. So let’s find out who did this and make them pay.” She finally works her way up to Natty and gets her to sit back down at the end of the dock. They sit in silence for a while, Beebe’s arm wrapped around the shoulder of the younger girl. After a time, Natty asks in a quiet voice, “Am I cursed? Everyone I care for dies. You have to get away from me, or you might be next.”

     

    “No.” The response comes out as an odd croak, causing Natty to look over at her friend. Tears flow freely down Beebe’s cheeks. “You stick by family no matter what.” Hours stream by as the two watch the river and talk. Natty harbors guilt for more than just the recent deaths. She tells Beebe about her step-father. He was murdered when she was very young. The nomad can’t understand why she blames herself for his death. Natty believes it was because of her. It is well after dark, before Beebe can coax Natty to return to Angela’s trailer. Emotional exhaustion has left her drained. She is fast asleep by the time her head hits the pillow.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, June 3, 2047:

     

    The weekly staff meeting is grim and brief. Richard King has promised a new armored security car within the next forty-eight hours. The Visigoths call and ask to have their annual midsummer party at the hotel. Hank Tremont wants to come and make a formal request at next week’s staff meeting. With hotel business out of the way, Ricco informs the Team that the Dirty Deeds group will meet in an hour in the tunnel’s secure conference room.

     

    Ricco returns to his office and calls the main corporate office of Petersen Point Properties to express his condolences on the death of Sydney Green. While this is a genuine gesture by the Brazilian, the executive who answers the call stutters a bit and hangs up. Ricco finds that curious.

     

     

    (GM Note: The circumstances of the past six months have been interpreted very differently at the home offices in Miami. Their research on Ricco has brought to light his recent heroic actions in Rio, but it has also uncovered all of his criminal connections and every dirty false rumor of his corruption. In addition, the annihilation of the Johnson Crime Family and Rattlesnakes MC in Florida paint a very scary picture. Often, people see what they want to see and jump to the conclusions that support it. Unknown to Ricco, he is considered the devil incarnate at Petersen Point Properties. Executives and secretaries invoke his name when their children misbehave. The man who took Ricco’s call interpreted it as akin to a Mafia Don sending the biggest wreath to the funeral of his latest victim!)

     

     

    Before heading into the Dirty Deeds meeting, Ricco speaks with Crank in private. “Did you tell your ‘contacts’ that I had spoken with Richard King about Sam Fisher being a potential threat to the success of this mission?” Crank admits he did, but doesn’t elaborate further. Ricco starts to wonder just who these ‘contacts’ really are.

     

    In the meeting Jack Shepard reports that his defensive preparations are complete. The nomads and select members of the hotel staff have been formed into a militia of sorts. All of the lighthouse bunkers are armed. H has even put together mobile anti-aircraft and heavy weapons squads. In case of a siege, there are also people assigned to support functions. It will take a couple of hours to fully mobilize, but everyone is well armed and has been issued the old Soviet armored BDUs bought by Randy Petersen.

     

    Returning to his office, Ricco summons Luis Cabral. The two men look into local security companies specializing in cyberdogs. Adding a few of the cybernetic units could enhance their patrol capability. They find two sources: one on the east side of the COG and another in Pensacola. Before making a decision, Ricco has lunch with Hank Tremont for his thoughts on the plan.

     

    Charlie and Beebe have a big day. Pentagon and DARPA officials descend on Blackwater for the final two day field test of his x-ray laser rifle. The weaponsmith has stabilized the beam at 4d6 maximum output. While this is less than the pistol version, its range and accuracy are far superior. The x-ray laser also has the benefit of being very difficult to detect. The first day’s testing goes exceptionally well.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, June 4, 2047:

     

    The x-ray laser rifle performs flawlessly, pleasing the officials from the Defense Department. Charlie and Beebe are assured that acceptance is a mere formality. With half of his projects now complete, the weapon’s designer realizes that he will soon be able to write his own ticket with the government. His patents will be a license to print money!

     

    Sheriff Mason stops by to see Ricco. The news is bad but not unexpected. Sydney Green’s death has been ruled a homicide. There is very little forensic evidence and none of it implicates Ricco, but he is considered the prime suspect. Pressure from Tallahassee has taken the investigation out of the hands of the sheriff’s department. The FDLE (state police) have been put in charge. People behind the scenes are pulling strings and the truth seems less important than the ‘correct’ result wanted by Ricco’s enemies. The general manager wastes no time contacting Richard King.

     

    Crank spends the evening at the Blue Moon Revue overseeing Amateur Night. He looks up from the roster of participants to find Natty Lanikova standing in front of him asking to sign up. Although only fifteen, she is of legal age in Florida. She’s also a very pretty girl. Still he feels the need to ask, “Why do you want to do this?”

     

    The Czech’s voice wavers, “My mom is dead. I have to support myself or they might ship me back to the Czech Republic.”

     

    Crank knows that she has more money than she will ever need, but explaining where it came from would be problematic. “OK, we’ll give you a shot.”

     

    (GM Note: Natty has no visible means of support. She is terrified that the state or the federal government might intervene. As a Czech citizen, her own government doesn’t consider her an adult and may demand her return. The prospect of going home also terrifies her.)

     

    Mona du Bois, who is also at the registration table, asks to speak with Crank in private. With Alina’s death, she has taken over the role of ‘Den Mother’ and union rep. “What the hell do you think you’re doing?”

     

    He saw this argument coming. “She’s of legal age and she needs the job.”

     

    Natty lost Steve last month, and both her mother and Paris this past week. The girl is a mess. She might be legal, but she’s a train wreck waiting to happen.”

     

    “She can handle herself.”

     

    Mona shakes her head, “Really? What do you think she’ll do to the first yahoo who gets out of line in a champagne room with her?”

     

    Owen is certain she wouldn’t hesitate to kill anyone she felt was a ‘threat’. Not something that would be good for business or for Natty. Though he doesn’t want to admit it, Mona is right. He goes up and talks to Natty before she gets ready for her ‘audition’.

     

    “Look, you shouldn’t do this. I don’t think your mother would approve.” Natty’s face falls at his words. “But I could use another bartender. If you want a job, I’ll have the girls train you, so you can stay and keep your place at the Resort.”

     

    The Czech girl’s face brightens. Owen takes her over to the head bartender and quickly works out a training schedule starting next week.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, June 5, 2047:

     

    Dispatch contacts Mason Verge around 3 am. “Mason, can you swing over to Angela Bauer’s trailer? The night desk operator called. Her line has been showing ‘off-hook’ for the past half hour. He tried to contact her on her cell, but there’s no answer.”

     

    There are no lights on inside, which isn’t surprising given the early hour. Angela’s car is in the drive, so she should be home. Mason knocks at the door, but no one answers. All appears quiet. To be sure, he peers through the trailer’s windows. The darkness inside is no obstacle for eyes enhanced with night vision. He can clearly see Natty sprawled out on the floor in the main room of the trailer.

     

    Mason calls for backup then rips the door open. The girl is still breathing, but unconscious. There is some kind of cord around her neck. Looking around, he spots an overturned end table and beyond, a second person in the room. Surprised, Mason instinctively pulls his sidearm, drawing down on the possible threat. “Let me see your hands!” There is no reaction.

     

    Keeping his gun trained, the security officer eases towards the man. He is sitting with his legs splayed out in front of him; back against the trailer wall. Mason hadn’t seen him from the window. He had been below the security officer’s field of vision.

     

    There is no movement from the man as Mason approaches. His head lolls to one side, eyes open and fixed. During his tour of duty, the ex-marine had seen enough bodies, to know the man is dead. If not for the wall, he would have probably slumped all the way to the floor.

     

    The area around the body is darker than the rest of the floor. Mason reaches back to flip on the wall switch by the door. Deep crimson stains cover the man’s lower half as well as the carpet underneath. A bloodied switchblade is clutched in his left hand. In his right is a pistol.

     

    Even though the man is dead, he still disarms the corpse. Mason swallows hard as he works. If things had gone differently, he could have walked right into an ambush.

     

    The pistol is a tranq gun. There are several darts missing from the clip. Mason searches Natty and finds two in her back. He pulls them out and waits for backup. The security officer keeps his gun drawn in case the man wasn’t working alone.

     

    Ricco and Brandon arrive first, followed soon after by Dr. Ricci and the rest of the team.

     

    “Where’s Angela?”

     

    Mason doesn’t have a good answer for the general manager’s question. He had decided to stay with Natty rather than check the rest of the trailer. The security officer points to the back bedroom his mistake.

     

    Angela is in her bed, sleeping deeply. When they are unable to wake her, Dr. Ricci surmises, that she may have been drugged as well. While the doctor checks to two women, Brandon looks over their dead attacker. The man’s face is familiar. He snaps a pic and sends it to the security office. Within a couple of minutes, they are able to confirm that the man checked into the hotel over a week ago.

     

    A search of the trailer turns up a small medical bag. Inside are drugs, rope, nano cleaners and other sundries. “Looks like a kill bag.” Crank may have said it aloud, but thought was also on Ricco’s mind. He could understand Alabama sending someone to drug and abduct the girl, but kill her? It doesn’t track. The security team turns over the crime scene to the sheriff’s office when deputies arrive. Dr. Ricci has Natty rushed to the resort’s infirmary.

     

    Exsanguination is listed as the cause of death. Natty had managed to stab her attacker in the left leg with her switchblade. The blade had sliced through the femoral artery leading to rapid blood loss.

     

    Given the attempt on her life, Sheriff Mason requests that the girl be transferred to Milton Hospital, but Dr. Ricci refuses to release his patient. “She has still not woken up. I need time to identify what drugs were used.” Ricco backs his doctor. He also doesn’t feel comfortable sending the girl to a public hospital. There could be another attempt on her life.

     

    A search of the dead man’s luggage reveals a secret compartment in his suitcase. Inside are three pictures with accompanying dossiers. It appears that the man was hired to kill Paris Saint Claire, Natty Lanikova and Sydney Green. A sample of fibers taken from the rope found in the medical bag are compared those recovered from the Paris Saint Claire investigation. They are a perfect match.

     

    After a busy morning, the rest of the day passes uneventfully. A team from Lazarus arrives at the hotel. They are back to observe the next round of military war games out at the COG. Corporate and Security Observation Team for war games checks in. For eight members of the observation team, this is a return visit. None of them inquire about the late Sam Fisher.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, June 6, 2047:

     

    Operation Perfect Storm, the Pensacola COG Spring maneuvers, begins. There are no military exercises slated for the area around Blackwater, till next Monday. A package with $210,000 arrives for Ricco from Mr. Zeitsev; payment for the Blackwater Bayou extraction. The money is divided and dispensed to the team.

     

    Dr. Ricci calls Ricco. “I’ve been able to identify the drug used by the assassin and have synthesized an antidote. I wanted to check with you before giving it to her.”

     

    “Give it to her. I’ll be over right away.” Ricco contacts Beebe to have her there when Natty wakes up. It takes about twenty minutes for the girl to come out of it. She is groggy and agitated. She is unwilling to answer their questions. The only person she will let near her is Beebe. Sheriff Mason stops by to check on her and tell Ricco that the county M.E. has changed Paris’ death from suicide to homicide.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, June 7, 2047:

     

    With the exception of Mason (who is on patrol) the entire team attends Paris Saint Claire’s funeral at Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. With Paris’s death now ruled a homicide, even Tran Xuan Giap comes with a large contingent of his family. There is a moment of tension when the elder Tran walks up to Eustis, but it melts quickly as the two grandfathers embrace, bonding in their shared grief.

     

    As the service is about to commence, a shaky Natty Lanikova enters the church supported by Angela Bauer. She looks terrified. Ty and Beebe rise and lead her over to sit with the family. The church is packed with many of Paris’s friends. Even Sheriff Mason is there.

     

    Marcus approaches Ricco after the graveside service. “We’ve been able to identify the assassin. He was Gordon Harper, formerly a member of the Alabama State policeman, from Dothan. There are rumors he worked as a hit man for the Lowndes family. We’ve been able to trace his movements. Harper traveled to Miami a couple of weeks ago…about the same time Sydney Green left to come here.”

     

    “Petersen Point Properties is based out of Miami.”

     

    Sheriff Mason smiles at the general manager. He seems to have had the same idea. “I’ve checked. Charles and Francis Ingersoll were out of the country at the time.”

     

    It would be too much to hope for. Ricco asks, “Where did he go after that?”

     

    “As far as we can tell, he went back to Dothan and then to New Orleans, before coming here. Did Paris or Natty have any connections to New Orleans?”

     

    “Both were in New Orleans for Mardi Gras. I have no idea what they did there, but Crank might.” Ricco calls the food and beverage manager and asks him to meet them in the conference room.

     

    Crank knows only that Alina had hired the girls to help out the dancers from the Blue Moon Revue. “With the club closed during Mardi Gras, they had lined up several private parties in New Orleans. “I think Beebe was the only one who saw them while we were in town.”

     

    The nomad is more than a little nervous. Telling Ricco and Sheriff Mason is hard enough. She doesn’t understand why they brought in Crank and Brandon. Talking about the night she and Jason picked up Paris and Natty (Episode 7) makes her feel that she is betraying her friends trust. As Beebe haltingly relates the story, Brandon realizes that the dock where they picked up the girls was only a block from where their team had been ambushed.

     

    Beebe can’t explain why Paris was hysterical when they picked her up. “It had something to do with her mother, Mai, but I don’t know what.”

     

    Natty would know.” The prospect of questioning the girl doesn’t fill Sheriff Mason with confidence. She hadn’t spoken to him since he executed the extradition warrant.

     

    Ricco tries to convince Beebe, “You are the only one who has any chance of getting her to open up about this.”

     

    The others loiter outside, while Beebe enters Angela’s trailer. This is a tricky subject to bring up, so the nomad starts by telling Natty that the person, who tried to kill her, was responsible for Paris’ death. The girl finds some comfort, knowing she had avenged her friend and lover.

    Beebe explains how the killer’s movements had been backtracked to New Orleans. She mentions the flexi found in Paris’ room.

     

    “That was her mother.” Little by little, Natty tells her friend the whole story. They had found Mai Saint Claire working in a brothel. Paris confronted her mother. Their argument attracted security. After detaining the two girls the owners of the brothel decided to sell the two into the sex trade overseas. They had locked them in the brothel’s security room.

     

    The man watching the monitors didn’t consider two frightened teenagers a threat. When he wasn’t paying attention, Natty slipped out of her restraints and slit his throat with her switchblade. After freeing Paris, the girls realized they were on the security footage, so Natty wiped the recordings from the hard drive and pulled the backup drive. They were able to slip away and call Alina. “She called Jason and the both of you came and picked us up.”

     

    [GM Note: Natty hadn’t told anyone what happened because she was terrified that she would be deported or executed for murdering the security guard.]

     

    “Do you still have the security recording?”

     

    The Czech girl can’t meet her friend’s eyes. “Yes.”

     

    Natty, that recording has to be the reason they want you dead. You need to give me that recording. Trust me.”

     

    After a moment of quiet deliberation, the girl gives up the location. “It’s buried two feet east of the big cypress tree in the backyard of our bungalow. It should be about six inches down. Beebe relates the location to the team outside then returns to Natty.

     

    Sure enough it’s right where she said. The small drive is sealed in a watertight padded wrapper. They take it to their security office to rip a copy. There are hours and hours of data from all of the cameras in the brothel. They begin a round-the-clock review of the footage.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, June 8, 2047:

     

    Around 5 am, Brandon finds a recording of Mai Saint Claire being forced down a corridor by a large man in a suit. She is not going willingly. Mai is pushed to the side by her ‘chaperone’, when another group of people enters the hallway from a set of double doors. Among them are a naked Governor Royce Gardner of Georgia and Lt. Governor John Lowndes of Alabama in the company of several prostitutes. Brandon immediately notifies the Team.

     

    All agree this footage would be enough to have Mai, Paris and Natty killed. Now that they’ve seen it, their lives could be in danger as well. Thing go from bad to worse. Ricco recognizes someone else among the party goers. It is Mr. Zeitsev. He points him out on the screen to the rest of the team. “That is our employer.”

     

    It takes little deliberation for the team to decide that they need to go on the offensive. Brandon edits out all the footage of Paris and Natty before making a copy of the recording for Sheriff Mason. The security chief also rips copies of the hallway sequence, while Ricco works his media contacts. The ex-cop trades on his reputation as the ‘Hero of Rio de Janeiro’. NET 54, Disney and most major news organizations quickly pick up the story and broadcast the two naked governors and cavorting with their prostitutes.

     

    Blowback is a concern, but with the press in a frenzy to identify the ‘third’ man in the video, Mr. Zeitsev has more pressing problems than the team.

     

    Natty has recovered from her attack…at least physically. Beebe worries about her friend. She has become quiet and withdrawn. The nomad finally convinces her to go to the rooftop bar on Saturday night. Henrique’s is having a sendoff party for the last South American Tour group which will be leaving in the morning. The Lazarus Team comes to enjoy the festivities.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, June 9, 2047:

     

    The leaked recording causes a political crisis in Alabama. By early afternoon, the Alabama government releases a statement indicating that the inauguration of Lt. Governor John Lowndes has been postponed by the Populist Advisory Council. State Police Commander Richard Lowndes has been named acting Governor while an internal investigation is conducted.

     

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 17: Alabama Brings the Hammer Down

     

  5. It’s been two months since the last posting of this campaign, but in that time I have sold my house where I have lived for over 15 years. This, the holidays and moving have put a crimp in our ability to write and edit these campaign adventures. We have continued to play and have a good number ‘in the can’ so to speak. These will be coming out with our usual previous regularity. Again, this is long episode so it will be in two parts back to back.

     

     

    Episode 16 – Suicide Isn’t the Answer

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    Karma rears its ugly head. The swamp smugglers inadvertently exact revenge, leaving a member of the team to mourn a lost loved one.

     

    Sheriff Mason is forced to detain Natty, touching off a judicial tug-of-war over. Extradition to Alabama hangs in the balance. The possibility of extradition leaves the team with a hard choice.

     

    The Grim Reaper works overtime in Blackwater as a string of deaths rocks the small community. A failed attempt on Natty’s life reveals a link between the deceased, but searching for the truth comes with its own perils.

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team have been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure. Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to Ricco Torres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. Those goals of are in alignment, for now…

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alice Timmons used to run the Trailer Park and the Guest Houses of the Petersen Point Hotel. Her books were clean but she didn’t sign in everyone and kept her stolen money in a Cayman Islands account. When an investigation threatened to expose her, she fled with her stolen cash to Venezuela and disappeared.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She was a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. She lived at the Resort with her teenage daughter, Natty. Alina is a former operative for the Czech Army’s Special Forces and as such has garnered a lot of attention from United States authorities.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Angela Bauer is an older woman who teaches at the Petersen Point School. Her Snake Nation family was absorbed by others. She settled in Blackwater and lives in the hotel trailer park. She speaks fluent German and is Natty Lanikova’s teacher.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Francis (Petersen) Ingersoll is the wife of Charles Ingersoll and sister of the late Mary Beth Petersen. She legally controls the Petersen Point Resort and acts as its CFO.

     

    Frank Michaels is the senior NCIS agent at the Pensacola COG. He has befriended Alina and Natty Lanikova.

     

    Gordon Harper is former Alabama State trooper and reported ‘hit man’ for the Lowndes Family of Alabama.

     

    Greg Harris is the second son of Roger Harris who owns the Blackwater General Store. He used to date Natty before she blew him off for Steve Zelinsky. He’s not a bad kid and still pines for her.

     

    Governor Braxton Lowndes II was the current governor (for life) of Alabama and son of the late ex-Governor Braxton Lowndes. He has just been murdered.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths. He is a tough smart leader with eight years military experience. It was he that put together the smuggling connection with the nomads and used those connections to run guns and supplies to the rebels in Alabama after the Alabama State Police murdered his two sons in cold blood eight years ago.

     

    Jack Shepard, the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jebediah Biggs is the junior agent (probie) from NCIS and partner to Agent Michaels. He wears a Marine crew cut.

     

    Lt. Governor John Lowndes is the youngest of the Lowndes family of Alabama. He is reportedly a weak willed sybaritic womanizer, but is allowed to be Lt. Governor of Alabama. With the murder of his brother he is now slated to become governor.

     

    Luis Cabral is a high level netrunner from Rio here in response to Ricco Torres’ request and Henrique’s endorsement.

     

    Mai Saint Claire is the mother of Paris and wife of the late Delmar Saint Claire. This granddaughter of Tran Xuan Giap is a junkie and prostitute.

     

    Mary Beth Petersen was the daughter of the late George and Elizabeth Petersen whose murder fifteen years ago still haunts the Petersen Family and the Town of Blackwater.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild chlld’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Mona du Bois is a tall powerfully build Cajun black woman and exotic dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is 26 years old.

     

    Mr. Godwin is an attorney for the State of Alabama licensed to practice law in Florida.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dated Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive who deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Richard Sharkey is US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    Sargent Willard Broome is the senior patrol officer for this area. He is a crew-cut wearing no-nonsense trooper who was born and raised in the Pensacola area. This white officer is honest and has no partisan grudges.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Sheriff Roger Calhoun of Escambia County was a hard ass white cop, who had his job for 24 years. His son-in-law was a top member of the Johnson Crime Clan. Calhoun was hopelessly corrupt and hated himself for it.

     

    Superintendent Richard Lowndes is the head of the Alabama State Police and second son to the late Governor Braxton Lowndes. His older brother Braxton Lowndes II became governor, but was murdered recently.

     

    Sydney Green is the Deputy comptroller of Petersen Point Properties and is here to find evidence of Ricco Torres’ malfeasance.

     

    Tolland Casper ‘TC’ James is the sergeant at arms of this chapter of the Visigoths. He is the first cousin of Bruce James, manager of Angus Young’s farm, but they are not very close. TC is ex-military and has two cyberlegs and a cyberarm. He was Mary Beth Petersen’s lover when she died. Her death shattered him and drove the man into becoming a borderline cyberpsycho.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

    Troopers Johnson and Barstow are from the Alabama State Police.

     

    Trooper Seth Hunt is Broome’s usual partner. He is from Tallahassee and the ‘new guy’. He is a decent and honest white man.

     

    Ty Saint Clare is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Tuesday, May 28, 2047:

     

    Ricco regrets the decision to let Sydney Green sit in on the weekly staff meeting. The chief accountant had waylaid him in the hallway just before they started. The man had promised to refrain from commenting or asking questions. All he asked was an opportunity to address the assembled managers at the end of the meeting. To refuse would make him look petty or possibly cause suspicion, so he had agreed.

     

    Green had so far been true to his word. He had not said a thing, but the man’s mere presence was throwing of the entire meeting. Ricco cannot help but notice the furtive glances directed at the representative from Petersen Point Properties or the self editing from certain department heads as they deliver their reports. If Green is aware of their discomfort, he is not letting it show.

     

    The general banter is absent. No one seems willing to discuss any new business with a man from corporate in the room, so he cuts the meeting short. “Before we break, Mr. Green would like to say a few words.” Ricco sits to give the deputy comptroller the floor.

     

    As Green rises, the passive expression that he had worn throughout the meeting is replaced by one of disdain. He doesn’t bother to acknowledge the general manager and instead drops a bombshell.

     

    “A review of the recent financial data for the resort has turned up glaring irregularities; bordering on the criminal. We will be conducting a full audit of each department. I will be contacting each of you individually. Please have your records in order. State prosecutors have been notified of our findings. If any of you wish to speak up now, criminal charges might be avoided.” Green pauses for emphasis before continuing, “Petersen Point Properties plans to prosecute those involved to the fullest extent of the law.”

     

    No names are mentioned, but Ricco knows that the accountant’s comments were directed at him. If Green’s hope was to sow dissention in the ranks, he has badly miscalculated.

     

     

    Around the hotel a local news bulletin flashes repeatedly on the vid screens:

     

    “Local and state police, with the assistance of federal authorities conducted a series of raids this morning. Thirteen members of the reputed Johnson Crime family have been arrested. There is no confirmation at this time, but these arrests may have been touched off by evidence recovered from the safety deposit box of the late Sheriff Calhoun. We will be following this situation as it unfolds.”

     

     

    Taking pains to make sure they are not followed, Ricco and Brandon adjourn to the tunnels. They meet up with the rest of the team in the secret ‘war’ room to discuss what they should do about Sydney Green. Crank suggests hanging the financial discrepancies on Alice Timmons. There is enough proof that the former trailer park manager had been embezzling from the resort for years. “Maybe Carrie Ann could re-cook the books to produce evidence that her illegal activities were more extensive than first thought.”

     

    Ricco is not certain that Carrie Ann would frame her friend. Even if she would, the decentralized management of the departments’ budgets would make it difficult to pin the activity on a single person. The general manager tables the discussion, opting to let Green make the first move. He does however call Richard King, to make the Disney executive aware of Green’s threats.

     

    Beebe is at the general manager’s office, when a call comes in from security. Two Federal agents are at the school. Neither she nor Ricco have to guess why they’re there; Natty. Crank joins them as the head for the school. Having heard the alert on the radio, Brandon meets them in the parking lot. The security chief stays outside in the patrol car, while the other three head inside.

     

    Locating the agents is surprisingly easy. Jebediah Biggs stands guard at the door of an unused classroom. The sound of uncontrollable sobbing carries through the closed door. Beebe instinctively moves forward, only to be brought up short by Agent Biggs’ extended arm. “Agent Michaels and Ms. Bauer are speaking with Miss Lanikova. The spinner transporting her mother was shot down over the Blackwater Bayou. Ms. Lanikova’s body has been recovered from the wreckage, along with those of the pilot and other passengers.”

     

    All three are stunned. Biggs steps aside as the door opens. Frank Michaels and Angela Bauer exit the room with Natty. The girl’s sobs have ceased, replaced by dull catatonia. She stares unseeing out of red rimmed eyes as Beebe rushes to her. There is no hint of recognition. She doesn’t return her friend’s embrace or offer any resistance as Beebe and Angela lead her down the hall.

     

    Natty’s home is still a crime scene. Beebe immediately offers to put her up, but Angela feels it would be better if Natty stayed with her. The nomad sees no need to argue the point. As long as her friend is safe, that’s all that matters.

     

    Ricco and Crank talk with Agent Michaels and confirm that Alina Lanikova is dead. It’s clear that he’s is taking her death personally. Michaels reveals that the spinner was shot down by a group of smuggler’s that have a compound near the Alabama border. Both realize they are probably the same ‘smugglers’ the team hit earlier in the evening.

     

    Upon returning to his office, Ricco instructs Betty Lu to destroy the letters he left regarding A.C. Johnson. To take his mind off their current troubles the ex-cop delves into the cold case files. He reaches out to Hank Tremont, but the Visigoth’s president can offer no new information on the death of Mary Beth Petersen. He does make one suggestion. “You might want to speak with Michelle Petersen. She and Mary Beth were always close.”

     

    Before contacting Michelle, Ricco considers enlisting the aid of Francis Ingersoll (and hopefully Charles as well). Given their current troubles with Petersen Point Properties he is very careful in how he words the request. The ex-cop wants to make it clear that he is conducting a serious investigation; completely separate from any other business dealing he might have with her husband.

     

     

    Dear Mrs. Frances Ingersoll,

     

    Sheriff Marcus Mason (of Santa Rosa County) has asked me to investigate some cold case deaths—including that of your sister, Mary Beth. I know you and she were close friends, and I am hoping you and your husband can shed new light on the situation.

     

    First, TC James’ alibi is a strong one. I have ruled him out as a suspect. Second, it’s possible this was a hit-and-run accident. If so, we probably will never know who was responsible. There are too many vehicles in the state that could have been involved. However, if it was murder, then in most cases, something the victim either did or knew will have intersected with the killer. I am hoping that you and Charles have knowledge about your sister that you may not realize is important to the case.

     

    May I come meet with you and your husband to ask questions about your sister’s life and friends and activities in the few months before her death?

     

    Respectfully,

     

    Ricardo Torres...

     

     

    Ricco makes sure the letter is mailed that day.

     

     

    That evening, a formal announcement is released by the State of Alabama. Lt. Governor John Lowndes will be sworn in as governor on Monday, June 10th. The ceremony will take place in the capital of Dothan.

     

    Ricco calls an evening meeting Dirty Deeds team. “In there are any of you that have not heard, Alina Lanikova, Natty’s mother has been killed. The state police spinner was shot down by the smugglers we hit. Teams have been to the area to recover the wreckage and bodies; which brings us to our problem. While they are out there searching, they could come across the wreckage of the hotel’s airboats.”

     

    Most of the team favors going back and cleaning up the evidence. To Beebe, trading the chance of discovery for a certainty is insane. “You want to go back into the swamp when it’s crawling with feds and god knows what else…to clean up wreckage that they may or may not find? Isn’t that why Jack’s people have been working on the boats we captured.”

     

    At mention of his name, Jack speaks up. “When we’re done, they’ll look exactly like the one’s we lost.”

     

    Building on Jack’s assurance, Beebe offers one more though that she hopes will sway them from going on what could be a suicide mission. “Even if they find the wreckage we will have two fully functional boats to show them. These people were smugglers. It only stands to reason, that they might disguise their airboats. Is it our fault if they disguised them to look like the airboats from the hotel?”

     

    It might be a weak excuse, but it does the trick. They actually listen to her (for once) and the sortie into the swamp is scrapped.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, May 29, 2047:

     

    Dispatch issues a security alert around mid-morning, as a column of vehicles drives onto the property. Three Alabama State Police vehicles accompanied by three marked LEDiv armored SUVs and two FDLE patrol cruisers proceed down Petersen Point Road towards the school. Both cruisers and an SUV pull into the parking lot, the remaining vehicles split up, heading for the employee cottages on the harbor and Charlie’s house.

     

    Ricco places an emergency call to Sheriff Mason before dashing over to the school with Brandon, Crank and Betty Lu. Sargent Willard Broome is waiting for them in the parking lot. Broome tries to be conciliatory as he explains, “we are escorting an Alabama State Police Inspector with a material witness warrant for Natty Lanikova.”

     

    Ricco is appalled that they would stand by and let them take Natty based on an Alabama warrant.

     

    The sergeant assures them, “I wouldn’t, but they brought along Richard Sharkey, the US Attorney for Northern Florida. My hands are tied.”

     

    Betty Lu looks at the warrant as Broome talks with Ricco. “Look, we were brought in to keep the peace. The Federal Attorney is here to make sure that they don’t get humiliated again by fifteen year old girl. Seems she slipped through their fingers once before.”

     

    As they wait for Sheriff Mason, Ricco calls Beebe. The nomad heads over to Angela’s, but Natty is already gone. The inspector exits the school with Trooper Seth Hunt. “Where is she,” he demands, advancing on the group by the cruisers. The Czech girl doesn’t appear to have been in class either. “If you are interfering with the execution of my warrant, I’ll have you arrested on charges of obstruction.”

     

    While they ‘debate’ Natty’s location and the legality of the warrant, Sheriff Mason pulls into the parking lot. Marcus asks for and is handed the warrant. He takes his time reviewing the contents, which aggravates the inspector to no end. Marcus hand the document back. With a good natured smile, he informs the inspector, “Sorry you don’t have the authority to enforce this warrant,” hooking a thumb towards Sharkey, ”unless the District Attorney here intends to make this a Federal issue.”

     

    Though obviously perturbed by this oversight, the man quickly rises to the challenge. “Then, as the local authority, I officially request that you execute this lawful warrant.”

     

    Sheriff Mason is obliged to comply. “All right, go and find Natty. I have to bring her in.”

     

    Ricco can’t help feeling a bit betrayed by his friend. It comes out in his tone. “I already told them, we do not know where she is,”

     

    Marcus doesn’t hold it against him. It’s a difficult situation, but he still has a job to do. Using a tone that would be the envy of any drill sergeant Sheriff Mason delivers an ultimatum. “If you can’t produce the girl, I’ll have to call up men and in one hour we will execute a search of every nock and cranny of this resort until we find her.” Mason makes sure that all of the onlookers hear him, especially those crowding the windows of the school. If any of them are hiding the girl he wants them to know what’s at stake.

     

    Ricco looks into his friend’s eyes. Marcus is not bluffing, but at least he bought them an hour to find a solution. Even if they could find Natty, there’s no way they could turn her over. Still, as an ex-cop he understands the game. They have to appear to be complying with his request. “Sheriff, could a couple of your deputies help our security force check the trailer parks and cottages? They know the people there. It might be best if the Inspector and his Alabama storm troopers stay where they. The same goes for their Federal handlers. We wouldn’t want any unintended incidents.”

     

    It is a petty jab, but Ricco does not like being backed into a corner.

     

    As if they needed reminding, the Federal Attorney calls after them, “you’ve got one hour.”

     

    It takes only 20 minutes to find Natty; hiding down in the old fort’s tunnels. She is scared, but willing to talk. If Sam Fisher were still alive he would probably kill the girl to protect the mission. Ricco would be a liar if he said the thought had not crossed his mind, but his conscience won’t allow it. In the end, he leaves the decision up to the girl herself.

     

    Ricco lays out the situation. “If we do not turn you over, the police are going to tear the resort apart looking for you. They’ll find the tunnels and all of the equipment. Everyone could be in danger.” It’s a lot to put on a fifteen year old.

     

    Natty agrees to go with Sheriff Mason. Marcus’ stern demeanor relaxes as the two pull up to the school. “Cut it a mite close dincha?” Ricco knows he is trying to break the tension, but it brings no solace. Handing the girl over could mean all their deaths.

     

    “Trust me, Ricco.” Placing a reassuring hand on Natty’s shoulder, Sheriff Mason walks the girl over to the Alabama Inspector and Federal Attorney Sharkey. “Natalie, these men want you to go with them to help find out what happened to Governor Braxton Lowndes II and your mother. Do you want to go with them?”

     

    Natty arches an eyebrow, looks to the sheriff then back to the two men and say, “No!” emphatically.

     

    “This is ridiculous,” the Inspector has no interest in prolonging the matter any further. He steps forward and reaches for Natty only to find Sheriff Mason standing in his way.

     

    “This is my prisoner and she is contesting her extradition. You can take it up with Judge Hamilton.”

     

    Seizing the opportunity, Betty Lu steps forward, “I’m Ms. Lanikova’s attorney. I wish to confer with my client,” Marcus waves her over then ushers the two women towards his patrol car.

     

    The inspector is beside himself. He screams at the District Attorney, “Do something!”

     

    Sharkey can only hold up his hands. The two men hustle for their respective vehicles. Sheriff Mason drives slowly off the property, followed closely by the entire governmental motorcade.

     

    Within the hour, Alabama has a hearing scheduled for tomorrow at 10 am. Betty Lu stays with her client and studies the case.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, May 30, 2047:

     

    The only ‘direct’ evidence the Alabama State Police can produce linking Alina to the murder of Governor Braxton Lowndes is the security code used to gain access to his residence. It was the code issued to Alina during her ‘visit’ last month. Using this ‘smoking gun’, the Alabama lawyers craft a case of circumstantial evidence and character assassination.

     

    Natty is forced to listen as her mother’s reputation is dragged through the mud. A parade of witnesses offer testimony aimed at forging a connection between Alina and the Alabama Freedom Army. To this, Betty Lu raises an objection. “Your honor their portraying my client’s mother as being a member of the AFA, while also claiming that it was the AFA, that downed the skimmer. It seems that anything that goes wrong in Alabama is blame on the Alabama Freedom Army.”

     

    The Alabama lawyer interjects, “Your honor, please bear with me. We are establishing a pattern of activity. The testimony of troopers Johnson and Barstow will bear out my line of questioning. And if it pleases the court we ask that opposing council be directed to refrain from making further slanderous comments.”

     

    “I will take it under advisement.” Judge Hamilton appears none to please to be told how to run his court room. “You may proceed Mr. Godwin, but I’d advise you not to waste the court’s time.”

     

    “Thank you your honor.” Aware that the judge’s patience is wearing this, Godwin forgoes calling any further ‘character witnesses’ and proceeds directly to the two troopers. Natty takes note of both men as they take the stand. They were members of the team that put her mother on the spinner. The troopers’ testimony is nearly identical. Neither considers the mission an extraction. Both men swear that Alina went willingly. “She was going to give up the AFA, which is why they killed her. It’s a bold face lie, but impossible to prove. As the hearing lets out for lunch recess, things aren’t looking good.

     

    Certain of victory, the Alabama authorities are more than willing to speak with the tight ring of media gathered on the steps of the courthouse. Frank Michaels slips past the gauntlet of reporters and eases over to Ricco. He nods to Crank and Brandon who are standing with the general manager. After exchanging pleasantries {i]Michaels offers an observation. “You know after all that happened to her, you’d think a trained agent like Alina Lanikova might have bugged her own house to see if anyone broke in while she was gone.”

     

    Ricco doesn’t immediately pick up on the significance, but Crank does. “Yes, that would make sense.”

     

    The NCIS agent continues. “I’ve seen her place. If it were me, I’d put it in one of the flutes in that carved mirror frame over the mantle.”

     

    Owen agrees, “That would be a good place, Thanks.”

     

    Agent Michaels gives them a wry smile before walking back towards the courthouse. “Don’t mention it.”

     

    Ricco can’t help but add his own thanks. Michaels stop short and looks back at the general general manager, fixing him with a stare. “No, really…don’t mention it.” Ricco nods to let the agent know he understands.

     

    Brandon and Crank speed off towards the resort. Alina’s bungalow is still a crime scene, but with no officer on site, they push through the tape and search where Michaels had suggested. Sure enough, there’s a camouflaged micro recorder. The two race back to the courthouse. Brandon accesses the device’s memory while Crank drives. Scrolling forward to the night of the extraction, reveals a sequence of events far different what the two troopers testified to in court.

     

    Alina is ambushed; shot with tranquilizing darts. Even drugged, she takes down two assailants, before going down herself. After she’s down, the three remaining attackers beat her with stun batons. These blows are not to subdue their quarry but to punish her for hurting their friends. A few kicks are thrown in for good measure. Alina is finally dragged out by her feet. Most damning of all is the image captured of the man who appears to be leading the extraction team; Trooper Johnson.

     

    The afternoon session starts with Betty Lu introducing Sheriff Mason’s report of his investigation. According to his findings Alina was working at the Blue Moon at the time of the governor’s murder. The attorney then calls Brandon Heath to the stand. He details how in his capacity as a Blackwater Town Constable he entered the Lanikova residence and recovered a digital recording device.

     

    The Alabama lawyer immediately raises an objection. “Your honor, we were not made aware of this evidence and have had no opportunity to verify its authenticity. “

     

    Betty Lu breaks in. “Your honor, this evidence has only just come to light. My client made me aware of the security device after the testimonies of troopers Johnson and Barstow, Mr. Heath delivered it to me only moments before we reconvened. There was no opportunity to present it to my ‘colleague’. This evidence will directly refute the testimony presented troopers Johnson and Barstow.

     

    Over Alabama’s objection, the Judge orders the video played. The court watches in hushed horror. Even the Assistant Federal District Attorney sent by Richard Sharkey is appalled. Judge Hamilton quashes the warrant and dresses down the LEDiv agents. The Alabama State Police officer who beat the unconscious Alina is arrested on the spot and warrants for the other two are issued. Bail is set at $500,000.

     

    Natty is released. Beebe catches her friend, staring at the Alabama State Trooper as he is led away in cuffs. She’s seen the look before, but the nomad no longer fears for her friend. Thoughts of revenge have tempered her grief. After seeing the video, she hopes Natty gets the chance to settle accounts with the state trooper. The ride back to the resort is a somber one. They may have won the court case, but Alina is still dead.

     

    (GM Note: Of course the camera was not put there by Alina, but by the Federal task force watching the ex-Czech Special Forces operative. When the decision came down by the Feds not to release the recording, Michaels took matters into his own hands. He had taken a liking to the mother and daughter.)

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, May 31, 2047:

     

    The next South Am Tour arrives and takes up 43 rooms.

     

    Ricco contacts Michelle Petersen about her late cousin. Michelle insists that no one hated Mary Beth. “The only disagreement I can remember her having was with her grandfather, Randy, They argued about her relationship with T.C. James, but Uncle Randy would never hurt her. Mary Beth meant the world to him.”

     

    From the way Michelle describes it, Mary Beth didn’t have an enemy in the world…at least none she knew of. She gives him a list of her cousin’s friends. “I don’t know if it will help, but they might know something I don’t.”

     

    Trooper Johnson’s bail is reduced to $50,000. He is placed on administrative leave. The two other Alabama troopers involved in the incident are arraigned on lesser charges. The three return to Alabama.

     

     

    Beebe meets up with her friends after they finish school. Paris is beaming. The singer bounces with excitement as she exclaims “He invited me! I can’t believe it. My grandfather invited me to the family’s Children’s Day celebration; tomorrow.”

     

    For the last sixteen years, Tran Xuan Giap refused to acknowledge the existence of his half breed granddaughter. For the Old Man, she was a living reminder of his son and the shame he brought to the family. Recent revelation about his son and the loss of Lilly, have made him regret his treatment of Paris. To make amends, he personally invited her to the celebration.

     

    The Children’s Day Festival had been an important celebration in Vietnam during his youth. When he emigrated to the U.S. the elder Tran kept the tradition alive. The day now marks the annual Tran family reunion. Tomorrow night’s band practice has to be postponed but the girls could care less. After losing her mother, time with family has taken on a new significance for Natty. She’s happy for her friend. Paris’ exuberance helps her forget her own grief.

     

    That evening Ricco sits down with Brandon, Crank and Betty Lu. He’s hit a wall in his investigation and hopes to pick their brain. Crank actually comes up with a theory he hadn’t considered. “What if her murder was an act of retaliation against T.C. James?” The Sergeant at arms of the Visigoths would have a lot of enemies. It bears looking into.

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

     

  6. Episode 15 – Death and Horror Up the Blackwater Bayou

     

     

     

    The Alabama Freedom Army releases a video of the ‘murder’ of Governor Braxton Lowndes II. His killer bears a striking resemblance to Alina Lanikova. The Alabama State Police are keen to ask her some questions.

     

    Sent on an emergency rescue mission by Mr. Zeitsev, the team finds out first hand, that some of the local legends are all too real. There’s good reason why most people stay away from the upper Blackwater Bayou.

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team have been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure. Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to Ricco Torres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. Those goals of are in alignment, for now…

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Carl is a local smuggler who works with Clem Wallace.

     

    Clem Wallace is a local smuggler who has a beef with a group of swamp people in the upper Blackwater Bayou.

     

    Governor Braxton Lowndes II is the current governor (for life) of Alabama and son of the late ex-Governor Braxton Lowndes.

     

    Jack Shepard, the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for the Team’s contact on this secret, black project. He is their (government’s) ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dated Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Sunday, May 26, 2047:

     

    A video released by the Alabama Freedom Army tops the day’s news. There has been no statement through official channels, but sources in the Alabama government have confirmed that footage was taken from a security feed in the late governor’s residence. The time stamp places it on the day of his death.

     

    In the video, Governor Braxton Lowndes II is being chased around a bed by a naked woman. The late governor’s reputation aside, it is evident by the terror on his face, that this is not typical bedroom antics. Watching the news, Ricco nearly spits out his coffee. The assassin bears a strong resemblance to Alina Lanikova.

     

    At 00.28 seconds, the woman strikes Lowndes in the throat. The video runs for another 38 seconds, capturing the late governors death throws. A medical expert interviewed posits that the strike may have crushed Lowndes’ larynx, blocking his airway. Without examining the body, he can’t be certain, but based on the foot he believes the governor died of asphyxiation.

     

    The story shifts to how these new revelations will affect the transition of power within the Lowndes government. It appears that media has yet to identify the attacker. Ricco heads to Alina’s bungalow.

     

    The early morning visit is a surprise for the dancer. “What can I do for you?”

     

    “Have you seen the news?”

     

    Alina eyes him appraisingly. “No…why?”

     

    Rather than trying to explain, Ricco asks her to bring up the local news. She complies, accessing the local news feed.

     

    ‘There, that one.”

     

    Alina opens the story recap. As a trained investigator, Ricco watches her reaction as they watch the short video. Her face betrays no emotion or recognition, as the governor’s murder plays out on the video screen.

     

    Turning to the ex-cop, she asks, “So?”

     

    “Well I…” Ricco pauses, not sure how to continue. He had hoped seeing the video would make the reason for his visit plain, but Alina’s lack of a reaction leaves him in a quandary. Accusing her of assassinating the Alabama Governor could end badly. The awkward moment drags on as Ricco searches for the right words.

     

    Alina beats him to the punch. “You think that’s me?” There is shock in the dancer’s voice, mixed, with what sounds like disappointment. “I was working last Friday night. There are about hundred witnesses including your staff at the Blue Moon who can testify to that.”

     

    The general manager starts to feel bad about suspecting her, but it doesn’t matter what he thinks. Ricco is fairly certain the Alabama authorities won’t care about witnesses or politely ask to speak with her. For all concerned, it’s best if she was elsewhere. “Why don’t you take a week’s paid vacation; maybe get away with Natty?”

     

    Alina doesn’t immediately jump at his offer. After a moment’s consideration, she tells the general manager, “I’ll think about it.”

     

    It is a bit surprising. Even if she isn’t worried about the Alabama Authorities, Ricco can’t understand why she would turn down a week’s free pay. He returns to his office confused; wondering if he missed something.

     

    Within 15 minutes of returning to his office, Ricco receives a call from Alina. “About your offer…can you make it a week at Disney World?”

     

    The general manager breathes an inward sigh of relief. He had taken her “I’ll think about it” to be a polite no. “No problem, I can arrange that.”

     

    Disney will comp the rooms. Any food or miscellaneous expenses, she’ll have to pick up herself. Alina has some things to tie up before they leave, so the reservations are made for Tuesday, May 28th.

     

     

    Ricco receives an urgent package from Mr. Zeitsev. It is an emergency assignment, to rescue an agent being held by locals in northern Santa Rosa County. The group is planning to sell him to the Alabama authorities within the next 24 to 48 hours. This man knows critical details about Zeitsev’s operation including the Team’s involvement. He is a font of information that cannot be allowed to fall into the hands of enemy. If the operative cannot be rescued, he must be silenced. The instructions are clear that termination is only as a last resort.

     

    Included in the briefing are satellite recon images of the swamp settlement. Estimates put the number of inhabitants at around 100. Of that number roughly half can be considered trained combatants. Defensive points, such as gun emplacements are marked on the photos, as are probable locations, where they might be holding the captured operative.

     

    Zeitsev’s preliminary intelligence indicates that the settlement’s defenses are heaviest to the north and east. These approaches are closest to the local road network and are therefore the most likely direction of attack. By comparison, the area to the west is lightly defended. The deep swamp backing the settlement seems to provide a natural line of defense from that direction.

     

    The intelligence report makes note of a localized peculiarity. RF communication and GPS tracking does not work in the area surrounding the settlement. It is unknown if this jamming is a natural phenomenon or manmade.

     

    Ricco presents the mission to the Dirty Deeds Team. Given the accelerated timetable and the settlements location, it is decided that they should approach the Visigoths about transportation. The gang’s stealth hovercrafts had allowed them to slip across the border into Alabama on an earlier mission. Beebe is asked to speak with her father, about the cost.

     

    Being so few in number, Ricco puts forward the idea of asking Alina Lanikova to join them for the operation. Beebe is against the idea. Bringing in her mom, could put Natty in an awkward situation. There’s also the chance that Alina might not take it well if she found out they had been taking her daughter out on dangerous missions. “Instead of gaining a new team member, we might lose one we already have. Now isn’t the time to open that can of worms.” The nomad’s assessment strikes a chord with others around the table. Asking Alina to join them is tabled, for the time being.

     

    (GM Note: Natty rarely attends team meetings. Given her age and temperament, she is treated more as a contract worker, i.e. brought in for specific missions, than a full member of the team. Some of the team members still view her as a security risk.)

     

    Beebe drops by her dad’s house to ask about hiring the hovercrafts. The V.P. shakes his head. “I’m sorry, but we have an agreement with those people. We stay out of their business and they do the same.” After a moment’s consideration, he adds, “I might know someone who could help.”

     

    Sandy makes a brief call. He hands Beebe a slip of paper with a name (Clem Wallace) and phone number. “Give this to Ricco…and if you’re going up there, stay safe.”

     

     

    When contacted, Clem is gung-ho to go after “those swamp rats,” as he calls them. There has been a long standing feud going on between his people and those at the settlement. Competition carried over into bloodshed and the smuggler is eager to collect some payback. He’s willing to act as the team’s guide, so long as they let him take part in the attack. Given the odds, Ricco is happy for any help he can get.

     

    Clem has just one other stipulation. The team has to provide the transport. He’s willing to show them how to get there, but doesn’t want to risk his own craft. In a bind, Ricco is forced to commandeer the hotel’s two airboats for the mission. Some of Wallace’s people will come along to watch the boats while the team and Clem make the assault. The wilily smuggler proves to be a sound tactician. He even suggests hiring one of his buddies to fly in low with his small plane. “It’ll provide a diversion and should cover the noise from our fans.”

     

    Crank isn’t convinced. “Won’t that put them on alert?”

     

    “Nah, Alabama patrols fly over the area pretty regularly. My buddy flies a similar model to their spotter planes. At night, they’re not gonna see him, but the engine noise should be close enough to fool ‘em.

     

    Ricco deems the added cost well worth it.

     

    In order to hide their involvement in the extraction, the general manager suggests they forgo the use of personal firearms. He authorizes the team to pull guns from the large cache of weapons they found in the tunnels under the resort. Charlie is vocally opposed.

     

    “I don’t want to use some mass produced Russian piece of crap. I wanna give my laser weapons a real field test.”

     

    Beebe has heard that eagerness in his voice before; like a kid who can’t wait to play with his new toys. The problem is, it’s infectious. The gunsmith’s outburst has made others question Ricco’s decision. Some even sound interested in taking a crack at firing one of their laser pistols.

     

    It’s a bad decision. Beebe knows she has to speak up. “Are you crazy? Who else around here has lasers? Why don’t you just put a neon sign over our head saying ‘We did it’?”

     

    It’s her strongest argument against taking the lasers. She can see it has an effect on most of the team…but not Charlie.

     

    The gunsmith plays down her concerns. “It’s not like those yahoos up there are gonna call the cops or anything.”

     

    Arguing that the defense department could pull their funding or the laser could fall into the hands of the Alabama authorities would be pointless. Neither would mean much to the rest of the team and Charlie is beyond listening to reason. Fear of discovery though, seems to be working, so she presses the issue. “The laser pistols aren’t stealthy. If it’s true that Alabama monitors the area, they won’t need to contact the police. Your little light show will do it for them. And god-forbid one of the lasers malfunctions.”

     

    Her last comment is a sobering reminder of the catastrophic explosion caused by one of the pistol prototypes. It’s a bit of dirty pool. With all of the refinements and safety measures that had been added, the chances of a cascade failure were minimal, but when you are trying to avert a potential disaster, sometimes you have to hit below the belt.

     

    The argument starts to get out of hand. Ricco has to step in to end it. He sides with Beebe. Lasers are out. Charlie is not happy with decision, but will abide by it. Later, as he and Beebe work to fabricate silencers for the guns the team will use, the young nomad tries to console her sullen mentor. “Once this is finished, we’ll take a couple of the pistols and rifles and go have a proper field test. We’ll find something big to shoot.”

     

    [GM Note: During the back and forth over taking or not taking the lasers, Beebe questioned Charlie’s reason for wanting to take them. Their intel showed that the settlement didn’t have any heavy vehicles or armor. He somewhat flippantly responded “for the gators”. Exasperated, Beebe shot back, “Look, it’s not like we’re going up against Godzilla or anything!”

    The irony of this exchange would become evident as the game session played out.]

     

     

    Jack Sheppard assigns a group of his nomads to transport the airboats (with the resort’s logos covered over) to a bayou channel just northeast of Milton. Wallace and three of his people are already at the meet point. While the nomads and smugglers unload the airboats, Ricco, Brandon, Mike Tran and Crank strap on assault armor. The rest make do with BDUs.

     

    There is an awkward moment, when Beebe learns that she won’t be piloting the second airboat. A therapist might call it deep seated control issues, but the nomad has never been comfortable being a passenger. She grudgingly relinquishes the pilot seat to Clem’s man Carl and hunkers down next to Natty. As Charlie joins them, she muses that it must be karmic payback for not letting the gunsmith bring his laser.

     

    Clem’s remaining men stay on shore with the Thelas, while the team pushes off into the channel. Their guides keep the boats at half speed as they make their way through the bayou. Even with their flat bottoms, underwater obstructions are a danger. There is also the possibility of encountering patrols along the way. It takes till about 10pm, but they make it to within striking distance without incident. Clem and Carl throttle back the fans to listen for their diversion. Within minutes, the sound of a plane’s engine can be heard buzzing overhead. There are no navigation lights to give away its actual position, but the sound is coming from the direction of the settlement.

     

    IPB Image

     

    The noise from the low flying aircraft masks their approach. They coast into the bank of an outlying hummock. Ricco worries about their guide’s survival during the assault. He offers up his assault armor for the smuggler’s use. Clem is grateful for the added protection. While the rest of the team camouflages the boats, Ricco shucks off the harden armor and hands it to their guide. After a last equipment and weapons check, they head off to cover the final stretch of swamp. Carl stays behind to guard the airboats.

     

     

    By the time they reach the outskirts of the settlement, the plane is long gone. Any excitement it may have caused has passed. Everything appears quiet and still on this side of the camp. Ricco takes Brandon and Natty forward for a closer look. The rest of the team spreads out to take up firing positions.

     

    All of the surveillance photos shot from above. It takes Ricco a moment to orient himself, but he soon is able to pick out the designated structures where their target may be held. Of those locations only one has guards on the door. While the Brazilian survey’s the camp, Natty slips off to the northwest to plant demo charges at the northern barracks and deal with the patrols from that sector. Brandon wires the southern barracks and then takes up position to finish off any stragglers. Blowing up the barracks will provide a diversion for the assault and should hopefully eliminate a good number of their opposition.

     

    IPB Image

     

    Given the vagaries of RF signals in the area the team can’t rely on radio detonators. They are forced to resort to wired charges. With the charges set, time is now of the essence. If someone stumbles across the wires they could lose the element of surprise.

     

    Natty waits till a foot patrol passes near the corner of the north barracks to activate her clacker. The two men disappear in the rapidly expanding fireball that levels the building. Three seconds later, Brandon sets off the charges on the south barracks. Ricco and Clem fire on the guards outside the prisoner hut.

     

    The men are wounded but don’t go down. Ricco charges, with the smuggler close behind. A second burst from their assault rifles finishes off the guards outside. The Brazilian pushes through the door, but takes fire from inside the hut. Luckily his armor absorbs most of the damage. He cuts down the gunman then checks on the prisoner. It’s their target. Scooping him up into a fireman’s carry Ricco runs out of the hut and makes for the edge of the settlement with Clem providing covering fire.

     

    Their movement catches the eye of a roving K9 patrol. Released from its lead, the large hound bounds towards the three men, but a shot from Natty’s rifle ends its charge. The animal’s front legs give out and it plows into the ground, twenty feet from its quarry. Swinging back toward the dog’s handler, the Czech girl squeezes off another round from her sniper rifle. In the semi darkness, she cannot see the jet of blood and grey matter, but the man goes down and does not move. Clem engages a K9 patrol coming from the opposition direction. He switches his A-80 to automatic fire and lights up the dog and handler. Both drop under the assault rifles withering fire.

     

     

    With the ‘package’ secured and the enemy camp in confusion, everyone falls back, to where they left the boats. The only problem being, the boats are missing and so is Carl. Concerned that an enemy patrol may have found their transports, the team fans out and hunkers down. They scan the area to make sure they aren’t walking into an ambush. Brandon stalks forward. After scanning the embankment he signals the all clear.

     

    As they all pull into the ‘extraction’ point, Beebe has a moment of panic. Natty isn’t at the rendezvous. As the nomad scans the terrain back towards the settlement, Brandon squats down to examine the wreckage of one of their airboats. The remains of the water craft lie partially submerged just off the hummock. Its bent and broken fan assembly is about ten feet away in the high grass. That’s why they hadn’t seen the boats when they first approached.

     

    There are no bullet holes in the rent hull or signs of an explosion that would account for the damage. The hooded beam of Clem’s flashlight illuminates splashes of red along the muddy embankment. Charlie notices something else; a long depression in the soft earth, that is half again as long as his boot. “Hey, shine the light of here. Is that…a foot print?”

     

    Before Clem can respond, the water in front of him erupts. An enormous reptilian shape surges from the water and grabs the shocked smuggler in its jaws. He is lifted off his feet, as a thirty foot long crocodile tries to drag him into the water. The flashlight falls from his hand as Clem frantically grabs at his assault rifle.

     

    The team opens up on the scaly behemoth, but their bullets wash off its seemingly armored hide. Ricco doesn’t waste time engaging the target. His first responsibility is the ‘package”. He grabs the man and bodily drags him away from the edge of the water. Mike Tran drops his A-80 to take aim with one of the few heavy weapons they brought with them. The RPG-A is proof against lightly armor vehicles. He hopes it will put a dent in this beast.

     

    Clem cries out as the hardened shell of the assault armor starts to crack under the enormous pressure of the powerful jaws. As it turns back towards the water, its massive tail swings through its attackers. Most of the team manages to dive out of the way, but Brandon is sent flying through the air. He lands some twenty feet away.

     

    The scramble to get out of the way of the tail finally gives Mike Tran a clear shot. He depresses the firing stud and sends the rocket propelled grenade slamming into the back of the hulking beast. Unlike all of their other attacks, the explosive charge seems to have some effect. However, the huge reptile appears to shake off the damage and with another swipe of its tail, disappears into the water. Clem’s screams die to a gurgle as he is dragged beneath the surface.

     

    As the ripples fade, the team edges away from the water, reloading as they go. “What the fuck!” It’s not clear who says it, but it’s what they are all thinking. They retreat to the other side of the hummock and run into Natty. Beebe is elated to see her friend. She gives her a hug, before asking, “What happened? Are you ok?”

     

    “I am fine.” Rather sheepishly, the Czech girl admits, “I was turned around.” (botched wilderness survival roll). “I followed the sound of gunfire and explosion….knew it had to be you guys.”

     

    The team assesses their options. Returning to the settlement and stealing a boat is suggested, but shot down. By now the entire camp would be on alert. There’s no knowing how many defenders are actually left, but those who survived the initial assault would now be out for blood. They decide to try and make their way southwest along the hummocks. The Team cautiously moves out, hoping the beast is too busy with Clem, to come sniffing around for another meal.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, May 27, 2047:

     

    The team’s smart goggles and cyberware have allowed them to move through the night, but not without a few mishaps. Even with top of the line goggles, depth perception is slightly skewed, making already unsure footing even more perilous. If that weren’t bad enough, a digitally enhanced world rendered in shades of green makes it difficult to distinguish a floating tree trunk from the return of the beast. Sunrise brings welcome relief.

     

    As the morning brightens, so does the mood…at least for most. All through the night Charlie has stewed over Ricco’s decision not to bring the lasers. Now that it appears the worst of their journey is behind them, he can’t help but needle their ‘leader’. As there is some distance between them in the column, the gunsmith shouts so that his taunt is sure to be heard. “Hey, Ricco! We sure could’ve used a laser back there. But nooo, we’re not gonna run into Godzilla or anything.”

     

    Though he didn’t say her name, Beebe knows Charlie’s comment is partly aimed at her. She’s willing to leave the challenge unanswered, but Ricco shoots back, “Shut up! Stop yelling out my name.” After a moment’s thought he adds, “Next time, we need code names.”

     

    [GM Note: This last comment drew snickers from the players and a suggestion to use the color names from Reservoir Dogs. This quickly devolved into an out-of-character back and forth, quoting lines from the movie. Though out-of-character it lightened the mood of the in-game situation.]

     

    As they continue to walk, Ricco calls back, “You’re right, the laser would have been useful.”

     

    Beebe feels the need to speak up. “I stand by what I said.” There’s more she wants to say, but it can wait till they get back. The team lapses into silence and continues to pick its way south through the Bayou.

     

     

    After several hours, the sound of airboats can be heard in the distance. The team scrambles for cover in the dense undergrowth. In minutes, three craft come into view headed roughly towards their position. Through her scope Natty can see the pilot of the center boat signaling to the other two. They split off to the north and south, the center craft takes up station about 500 meters from the shore of their island. “They are trying to surround us.”

     

    Charlie goes with Brandon and Crank to intercept the airboat circling south. Beebe and Natty take the one to the north. Mike Tran and Ricco stay with the operative. The Brazilian is determined to protect the man at all costs, but if the situation looks dire, he’ll also make sure the enemy doesn’t recapture him.

     

    Time ticks by. There is no sound of contact from the north or south teams. The pilot of the spotter boat throttles up his fan, urging his craft cautiously towards shore. Mike Tran checks over the RPG, before sighting in on the approaching craft. “We’ll probably only get one shot with this.” The flat bottom hull is to low in the waterline to guarantee a hit, so the solo centers the red dot on the pilot and the large fan directly behind him. When the airboat pulls to within 150 meters, he lets the warhead fly.

     

     

    An explosion to the south doesn’t draw Natty’s attention away from her targets on the approaching airboat. Through her Dragunov’s scope, she can see that craft’s crew is less disciplined. At the sound, the two riflemen that had been lying prone in the bottom of the boat raise their heads to look in the direction of the explosion. She squeezes off two rounds, taking them both in the head. Natty’s next shot takes out the pilot. The airboat begins to flounder as his hands fall away from the controls.

     

    The Czech girl concentrates on her breathing. She tries to stay detached, picturing her targets not as men, but just silhouettes on the gun range. Natty finishes off the remaining crew. The airboat drifts aimlessly.

     

    To the south Charlie, Brandon and Crank exchange fire with the crew of the third airboat. They try to be selective with their shots, so as not to damage the craft. If they win the battle, it might be their ticket home. The bandits show no such discretion. Automatic fire pours into their position.

     

    They succeed in eliminating four of the enemy. Knowing that there is no way he can get to the controls without being shot, the last man slips over the side and tries to swim away. Charlie and Crank wade out to recover the airboat. As they pull it back towards shore, an unearthly scream carries across the water. It came from the direction of the last bandit, but he is nowhere to be seen. All they catch is a glimpse of a large reptilian tail disappearing under the water. The two double their efforts to make it back to dry land.

     

    With two airboats recovered, they have enough space to transport the entire team. They’re just short one operator. Charlie volunteers to pilot the second craft. He’s not checked out on airboats, but feels he has enough experience with other watercraft to make it back to the trailers…as long as they don’t have to do any fancy maneuvering.

     

     

    Clem’s two men are still there, along with a pair of Thelas nomads, waiting for their return.

    It doesn’t go unnoticed that the airboats aren’t the same ones they left on, or that their friends are missing. “Where are Clem and Carl?”

     

    The story of giant killer crocodiles sounds crazy to Ricco, even as he’s telling it. If he hadn’t been there first himself, the ex-cop wouldn’t believe a word of it. The smugglers though, nod along as he recounts the tale. Neither appears surprised in the least. The two are even pragmatic about the deaths of their friends…”Well, two less ways we have to divide the cash.”

     

    They take their leave and drive off.

     

    Once the two liberated airboats are safely on the trailers and covered, Ricco leaves to take their ‘package’ to the drop off point. If the Alabama authorities investigate, and there’s no reason to think they won’t, they will probably find the wreckage and trace it back to the resort. The general manager has a long ride to consider his next move.

     

    At least Jack Sheppard has some good news, upon his return. “Those airboats are in pretty rough shape, but we can fix them up; make them look exactly like the ones you guys lost in the swamp. We can even change out the serial numbers.”

     

    It won’t fool the Alabama authorities, but that’s not Ricco’s only concern. Ingersoll’s man is still hanging around the hotel. Losing the airboats could bring additional scrutiny he doesn’t need right now. ‘How long will it take to have them up and running?”

     

    “I can’t tell you that till we tear them down. Give me a day and I’ll have an estimate.”

     

    The general manager is willing to leave it in Jack’s hands, “Anything else happen while we were gone?”

     

    The marina manager seems surprised. “You didn’t hear”

     

    “Hear what?”

     

    “Last night, the Alabama State Police ‘extracted’ Alina Lanikova. Took her right out of her own house. Word is…she didn’t go easily.”

     

    Ricco wants nothing more that to go home, take a hot shower and crawl into bed, but the changes of that happening are quickly disappearing. He does stop at home to shower and change, before heading into the office. Sheriff Mason doesn’t know much more than Jack. “I was called, but the fed’s stepped in and took over the case.” The only other piece of information Marcus can give is that witnesses saw Alina being loaded onto a spinner. She wasn’t struggling, but they believe she was still alive.

     

    Natty is devastated. First Steve, now her mother; the news is too much. She can’t even go to her own home, because it’s a sealed crime scene. Beebe insists she stay with her. Charlie echoes her invitation. It’s not lost on the team that Natty may also be a target.

     

    Ricco contacts Richard King at Disney to see if he has any pull to help get his employee back from the Alabama State Police. King Dick says he will look into it. It is a bittersweet climax to a successful mission.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 16: Suicide Isn’t the Answer

     

  7. I do not intentionally kill characters. However, if the players seem determined to get the characters killed ....

     

    As it is said, "You can't fix stupid."

     

    If a player has a Death Wish, then the GM should perhaps grant him his desire.

     

    In our group, the GMs (myself included) rarely kill a PC. It usually happens just once in any given campaign (of ten or more episodes). We lost only two PCs killed in our 54 episode 'Burn Notice Campaign. One was just a statistical tragedy on a botch. The other was a 'can't fix stupid' situation. We have to go back a few years to find multiple deaths in a single session. In this case 1/2 the team dead, a pair of cyborgs alive but with totally crippled and mostly destroyed bodies and a few wounded. It was an underwater battle with weapons we were not familiar with. The campaign we are currently posting: Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms has had one PC death so far. This PC majorly f*cked up and killed a state police officer in cold blood and ended up responsible for several more deaths including the person who was supposed to be being rescued! I could have killed him then and there by firing the second mini-gun on the police AV, but I was so startled by his action. As he was one of the principle plot PCs, I was loath to kill him outright. I got over it the following week and put a bullet in the character's brain. He had finally pissed the C.I.A. off once too many times!

     

    Still, I wish I had handled the whole situation better.

     

    Generally speaking our group is fairly savvy about not doing stupid things to get themselves killed. As we do a more high end corporate / governmental scenarios, the Team doesn't usually resort to open firefights. However, when they have to fight, they are coordinated and all in. Well, let us hope so. We have finished playing out the Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms and are now (with some of the survivors of FofCK-2047 and others) in Prague dealing with the Free Czech Army, Interpol and various East European criminal mobs. We have a brand new GM and we will post about them soon.

     

    So as to the question of killing Player Characters, I as a GM respect crafty and innovative thinking (but not too cartoony). Treat the character's personal safety like you would your own (ficticious self). Most NPCs (unless the are religious or political fanatics) don't want to die either. I craft my encounters to leave the PCs great freedom of action and yes, an exit if needed*. When your players truly feel they have a stake in the story (not just loot, money and gear), they treat their characters with more personal regard. PC deaths will always happen, but they will be rare major events.

     

    * Of course, this said, the Team at the Petersen Point Resort (in FofCK-2047) still doesn't see what's coming down the road and find out that any 'back door' they need to escape had to have been made by themselves!

     

    B)

     

     

     

     

  8. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 14 – The Johnson Clan Implodes

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Friday, May 17, 2047:

     

    King Dick dispatches an AV to pick up Ricco for their Friday morning meeting. The general manager wasn’t expecting company at the roof top pad, but for some reason, Alina Lanikova is there with an overnight bag. Waiting for the Disney transport to arrive, his curiosity gets he best of him.

     

    “Heading out?”

     

    “Yes.” The tone is neutral, but Alina shows no interest in engaging in further conversation.

     

    Ricco tries again. “Where to?”

     

    “I’m just taking a few days to myself.”

     

    The awkward conversation is interrupted by the whine of jet engines. An AV limo glides across the Blackwater and touches down on the pad. Alina turns to the general manager, “This one’s mine, I’ll see you later.”

     

    Ricco nods to the dancer. He notes the aerodynes Alabama license plate, memorizing the number before the vehicle pulls away. Ten minutes later, the general manager’s ride arrives. The Disney AV whisks him off to Orlando.

     

    Breaking news out of Pensacola: Hadley Walters III has been charged with the first degree murder of Lilly Tran. The regional press has a field day with wild conjectures of corruption and connections to local organized crime. Speculation about a connection between the younger Walters and Patricia Johnson lead to lurid tales of what the police found at the waterfront. Did he learn how to torture and murder under her tutelage? Such stories would never have made the press if A. C. Johnson was still alive, but with the death of the crime lord and the disgrace of his law firm, it’s now open season.

     

     

    Jason is still in the hospital with Beebe steadfastly by his side. The police are still trying to identify the ‘trophies’ found in the Pensacola lawyer’s ‘kill room’. It is expected that processing the DNA evidence will help close a host of cold cases and disappearances in the area.

     

    Ricco arrives in Orlando and heads for Richard King’s office. The general manager foregoes the normal pleasantries and gets right to the reason for his visit. “I know what Charles Ingersoll is up to. He’s planning to cross us.”

     

    “How do you know…or perhaps I should just ask, what are his plans?”

     

    King Dick’s face hardens as he looks through the liberated blueprints for ‘Blackwater Estates’. “Where did you get these?” Reconsidering he asks, “Do I want to know?”

     

    Ricco shakes his head. “It would probably be best to remain deniably ignorant.”

     

    “Get me a copy of these. Oh and by the way…” King Dick adds. “Next time, let’s meet in the NET. AVs are expensive”

     

    The general manager agrees and promises to keep his superior informed of developments.

    Before heading back to Petersen Point, Ricco goes into Orlando to buy himself an Arasaka “Blackjack” Stealthsuit. He also gets a Militech Ghost Suit and spytech body stocking for Mason. With things going the way they are, these purchases could be a good investment.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, May 18, 2047:

     

    Ricco makes a copy of the Petersen Point Properties’ plan.

     

    Tonight is the production Wrap Party. Henrique spares no expense to throw a huge blow out at the hotel’s new rooftop bar, which has been named in his honor. Everyone on the team goes to ‘Henrique’s’ except Mason Verge, who is stuck working the night shift. Velvet Blue plays a short set, showcasing the songs from their EP. The real entertainment for the night is the band Pounze da Lion.

     

    A contingent of hotel security backed up by officers from the local sheriff’s department and FDLE make sure the party goes off without interruption. If only they could police the invited guests as thoroughly. Victor Kane is an excellent stunt driver, but lacks even the basic skills of etiquette. There has never been any love lost between him and Vera da Costa. After a few drinks and some passive aggressive banter, Vera decides that her drink would look better if Victor was wearing it! Never one to appear the aggressor, Vera ‘accidently’ spills her drink all over the runner’s beautiful new shirt. The runner excuses himself to go change. Vera considers ‘giving’ him another drink on his return, but Ricco suggests it might make her look petty.

     

    During the party Ricco pulls Luis Cabral aside and asks him to look into Walter Hopkins and the Dixie Entertainment Agency. There is just something about the man and his company that seems off.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, May 19, 2047:

     

    Ricco’s knock at the door of Henrique’s suite is answered by Paris Saint Claire wearing only a smile. She seems perfectly comfortable in her nakedness. Being Brazilian, nudity doesn’t embarrass him. He is however surprised by her presence. Henrique’s voice carries from the bedroom. “Hey Cobrinho. Come on in.” Ricco finds his friend reclining on the bed. Natty Lanikova is sitting astride his hips feeding him chocolate covered strawberries. Neither is wearing a stitch of clothing. Henrique always did like them young.

     

    “Want some breakfast?” Henrique indicates the tray of food on the bed stand.

     

    “Coffee is fine.”

     

    Paris brings him a steaming cup, before rejoining the producer and her friend on the bed. Ricco keeps it to small talk, while the three finish their breakfast. After the girls have dressed and left Henrique asks, “So, is Vera coming back to Rio, or will she sticking around, Cobrinho?”

     

    Ricco is surprised by the question. He likes having her around, but hadn’t considered her staying. He isn’t sure what Henrique knows, so he decides to play along. “We haven’t discussed it. I’m not sure she wants to stay.”

     

    His friend chuckles, “I think she would and I think she wants to. Besides, there are those in Rio who do not wish her well.”

     

    “What kind of trouble is she in?”

     

    “Nothing of her doing,” Henrique assures him. “The shoemaker she was working for crossed the wrong people. They are just being thorough.”

     

    With the shooting wrapped up, most of Henrique’s production crew leaves. As for Ricco and Vera, things have been going well between them. The spark that brought them together, years ago, is still there. Later in the afternoon Ricco sits Vera down, so that they can finally talk. He has always been a bit uneasy around Vera. She has a tendency to go off on unexpected tangents.

     

    “So…” the general manager begins. “I gather you would ... um ... like a job here? I could put you in charge of ... special projects or something like that?”

     

    Vera graces him with a Cheshire smile. “That would be nice, yes.”

     

    He has his answer, but he was hoping for more of an outpouring of emotion. That knowing smile almost makes him feel like he’s just been played. She can be so insufferable at times. Ricco still makes a mental note to call Carrie Anne tomorrow and start the paperwork to hire his girlfriend.

     

     

    Crank goes on the SS Mary Beth Petersen’s Sunday Booze Cruise. With all the trouble lately, he runs some security sweeps and keeps his eyes open for trouble. There is none and the trips are both peaceful and profitable.

     

    The Alabama registered AV limo drops Alina off at the rooftop pad. Security notes that it has a different license plate than the one she left on.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, May 20, 2047:

     

    The primary topic of the morning staff meeting is keeping the South American tour group happy and entertained. By now the staff has everything under control. The spring break and Henrique’s production crew have brought them together as a cohesive working unit. Increases in staff allow them to meet the needs of their guests.

     

    Ricco feels that he can leave Carrie Anne in charge. For now, he must go back to Rio for a few days and deal with his troubled conscience. As a good Catholic, he needs Confession. Father Rivera is a good man, but he is too close to the situation. He also worries that a local priest might break the sanctity of the confessional, given the severity of his sins. A trip home will let him keep it in the family. Ricco plans to visit his brother, Father Gabriel Torres.

     

    Vera will stay in Blackwater and move both her and Ricco’s things into the general manager’s house. The bungalow he had been living in was big enough for a single person, but living together, they need more space. In his mind, Sam Fisher’s death is far enough in the past to keep the move from seeming awkward.

     

    Ricco takes the trip in Henrique’s private jet. The ex-cop talks his friend into stopping briefly in Orlando, so that he can drop off the copy of Charles Ingersoll’s plans for Blackwater Estates. The side trip works for Henrique. He has some outstanding business with Disney. The flight finally lands in Rio late in the evening.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, May 21, 2047:

     

    Ricco heads to Gabriel’s church. Recent events have stretched the Brazilian’s morality way beyond his comfort zone. He confesses to his brother, relating every misdeed that had occurred since his arrival in Florida. Ricco even tells him of the chemical plant explosion. Even though he could not have predicted the result of his actions, the resulting deaths weigh heavily on his spirit.

     

    The general manager also feels responsible for Sam Fisher’s death. When he asked King Dick to inform ‘Mr. Zeitsev’ that Sam’s actions put the resort and mission at risk, he knew it could lead to a lethal outcome. At that initial meeting back in January, Ricco had assessed Mr. Zeitsev’s character as ruthless and cold-blooded. While the ex-cop hoped that Sam would merely be reassigned and replaced, he wasn’t surprised when he wound up face down in the water.

     

    Ricco takes responsibility for the vengeance killings of the Visigoths. He may not have stacked the skulls himself, but his information led to their deaths. The Brazilian feels most guilty about the deaths of the innocent servants. Their only crime was being caught in the wrong place at the wrong time.

     

    Ricco expresses fear that he may been sliding down a slippery slope. Accomplishing the mission had become had caused him to make pragmatic decisions that he knew were wrong. He asks his brother to help him step back from the brink and re-embrace a higher standard of action.

     

    That night, Ricco receives a visit from his other brother Felipe. The gangster greets him with, “Ey, irmão! You did not think you would come to Rio and not see me, ey?”

     

    Ricco embraces him warmly. “Of course not! I was just tired from my trip. I was going to call you in the morning. How are Marisa[/i] and the children?” The two have dinner and talk of old times. Ricco regales Felipe with the goings-on at Petersen Point Resort and Blackwater. He asks his advice about dealing with the remainder of the Johnson Crime Clan.

     

     

    Blackwater is generally quiet that night. Amateur Night at Blue Moon Revue is once again a big success.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, May 22, 2047:

     

    In Rio de Janeiro, Ricco heads to the airport for the long flight back to the United States. His brother Gabriel is there to see him off.

     

    Local news reports that further charges are being brought against Hadley Walters III. Already being held for the murder of Lilly Tran, new evidence uncovered ties the teen to the deaths of his sister, Sara, and mother, Jane (Calhoun) Walters. The two women reportedly died of accidental drowning a year ago. FDLE investigators have not released details of this new evidence, but the state coroner has officially changed their cause of death to homicide.

     

    The deaths took place near the family’s vacation home in Gulf Breeze. Walters will be arraigned at the Santa Rosa County Court House tomorrow. Escambia County Sheriff, Roger Calhoun, could not be reached for comment on the deaths of his daughter and granddaughter or the charges leveled against his grandson.

     

     

    An austere man with two heavily cybered bodyguards, arrives at the Petersen Point Resort, looking to speak with the general manager. Carrie Anne is forced to deal with him, as Ricco has yet to return from Brazil.

     

    “My name is Sydney Green. I am the senior accountant and assistant comptroller for Petersen Point Properties. I am here to root out the financial irregularities discovered by my predecessor, David Lloyd. We will need two connecting rooms, a secure office and access to all personnel and records...now!”

     

    Carrie Anne jumps to. She has the executive and his ‘associates’ shown to their rooms, while an office is prepared for his use. Once in the office, Mr. Green hooks up his own computer to the hotel’s network. He downloads all the financial data, departmental reports and most of the unsecured communications in the system. With the files safely on his machine, he disconnects it from the system. Carrie Anne knew someone would be coming after they gave David Lloyd the run around. The assistant manager has heard of Mr. Green. She fears that they may be in deep trouble now.

     

    Ricco returns late that evening. The news of Sydney Green’s arrival is all over the hotel. Sheriff Mason has also left a message inviting him to Hadley Walters III arraignment tomorrow. The general manager has no wish to attend the proceedings, but knows someone from Petersen Point should be there. He calls Betty Lu to ask her to go in his stead.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, May 23, 2047:

     

    The DA recites the litany of horrors committed on Lilly Tran, prior to her death as part of his opening statement. He goes on to present of how Hadley Walters III struck his mother with an oar. The unconscious woman drowned as a result. The teen then used the same oar to hold his sister under water, drowning her as well. Hadley seems bored as his attorney pleads not guilty. The charge is entered and a brain dance order is immediately signed.

     

    After the brief hearing, Betty Lu pauses to speak with Sheriff Mason and Hadley’s attorney in the hallway. Sheriff Calhoun approaches to ask if he can speak with his grandson. None of them think twice about letting him speak with Hadley. He is even let into the interview room unescorted.

     

    Once inside Sheriff Calhoun jams the lock on the door. Confusion plays across Hadley’s face. The look turns to fear as his grandfather turns and raises his cyberarm. A jet of flame erupts from the newly installed flamethrower. Handcuffed to the table, the teen cannot evade the wash searing fuel. Hadley’s screams echo down the corridor.

     

    Those in the viewing room are stunned. By the time officers batter down the door, Hadley’s screams have ceased. His horrifically charred corpse is still secured by the handcuffs. Calhoun is against the rear wall his sidearm up to his head.

     

    Sheriff Mason tells the others to stand back and addresses his counterpart. “Roger put down the gun. Don’t go out like this.”

     

    “I’m sorry, Marcus, but I’m responsible for this monster.” Calhoun bites down on a suicide capsule. He tosses Sheriff Mason a safe deposit key along with a bank name. “It’s all there. You’ll know what to do with it.” The bereaved grandfather falls over foam frothing from his mouth. His body twitches a few times before going still.

     

    [GM Note: Sheriff Calhoun is heavily cybered. Unsure that a single bullet from his sidearm would kill him outright, even at point blank range, he made other arrangements. The gun was held to his head to keep everyone at bay and give the poison time to work]

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, May 24, 2047:

     

    The tension around the hotel is palpable. Other than interviewing the three interns, Sydney Green has shown little interest in speaking with the hotel staff. He spends most of his time locked in his office. When not in the office himself, he leaves behind one of his bodyguards, so that the room is never left vacant.

     

    Ricco throws a farewell breakfast for the three interns, who are leaving today. It gives him the opportunity to find out what the comptroller had asked them.

     

    Andrea, the Face and the Geek chat with those they have come to know. Crank, Brandon, Paris, Natty and Carrie Anne all are there. Ricco gives an orange juice toast and ends it by offering them all full time jobs after they graduate next month. The three are taken aback, the Face and the Geek immediately accept. Andrea Hutton appears very interested and pulls Ricco aside later.

     

    “I appreciate the offer and am inclined to accept…but Petersen Point Corporate is gunning for you. I really need to see how this turns out before I make a commitment. I hope you can keep the position open until I graduate next month. I’ll give you an answer then.”

     

    Ricco thanks her and promises to keep her position open. He doesn’t plan to be going anywhere. After breakfast the three head for the airport.

     

    Sydney Green’s ‘associates’ leave with the computer later that afternoon. The information will now be safely locked away at the headquarters of Petersen Point Properties and in the personal care of Charles Ingersoll.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, May 25, 2047:

     

    With the financial data safely away, Sydney Green takes some time to relax. Rather than going to his office, he takes advantage of the hotel’s pool. Laying out poolside, he works on his tan. The corporate shark’s relaxed attitude filters down to the employees. Tension levels recede.

     

    Breaking news out of Alabama: Governor Braxton Lowndes II has died of a reported heart attack in the capital of Dothan. Sources say he passed away quietly in his sleep the previous night.

     

    Ricco immediately calls a meeting of the Dirty Deeds crew. This turn of events will directly affect their mission. Crank isn’t sure that the Governor died of ‘natural causes’. It’s possible, since he was in his early sixties. Most everyone agrees it could be suspicious, but there is really nothing they can do about it.

     

    Lt. Governor, John Lowndes is set to be sworn in as the new chief executive. He has the reputation of being a pathetic little twerp; the perfect foil for ambitious men. The next most powerful man in Alabama after the late governor is Richard Lowndes. He is John’s older brother and Superintendent of the State Police. Chief Richard Lowndes is known to despise John. There could be a power struggle in the making.

     

    Then there is the question: If he didn’t die of natural causes, did the team’s mysterious employers have anything to do with it…and if so, what?

     

    There is nothing to do now except wait and watch.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 15: Death and Horror Up the Blackwater Bayou

     

     

    B)

  9. This comes in two parts, one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 14 – The Johnson Clan Implodes

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

     

    Henrique and his entourage arrive at the Petersen Point Resort. Rain provides answers on the starting of Visigoth/Rattlesnakes war and the death of Steve Zelinsky. Religious zealots try to take down Ricco but the hand that is guiding them is A.C. Johnson. The Pensacola crime lord continues his campaign against Ricco and crew. This conflict comes to a bloody and unlooked for climax.

     

    Blood is spilled on other fronts as a local girl is brutally murdered. Suspicion is laid close to home and triggers even more violence. Charlie and Beebe successfully continue to improve their x-ray laser. They have the first firing of the Boss Arms large laser cannon with surprising results!

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team have been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure. Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to Ricco Torres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. Those goals of are in alignment, for now…

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior, who is determined to claw her to the top and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) is one of the two public relations interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    David Lloyd was an accountant and bookkeeper for Petersen Point Properties that discovered enough financial ‘smoke’ to bring down the bean counters from corporate on Ricco Torres.

     

    Governor Braxton Lowndes II is the current governor (for life) of Alabama and son of the late ex-Governor Braxton Lowndes.

     

    Hadley Walters Jr. is from one of Pensacola’s oldest and most distinguished families. He is the senior partner of Walters and Johnson, the most prestigious law firm in Escambia County and a county commissioner. Since the death of his wife and daughter in a boating accident, he has given up any pretense of honesty except displays for public consumption. He dotes on his son, Hadley III, and can’t (or won’t) see the young man’s true nature.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and vandalized the Golf Course.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Puerto Rican born priest of St. Peter’s by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Father Gabriel Torres is a Brazilian priest in Rio de Janeiro and brother to Ricco Torres.

     

    Felipe Torres is a Brazilian gang leader of the Red Command in Rio de Janeiro and also brother to Ricco Torres.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two public relations interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Jack Shepard, the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Jane (Calhoun) Walters was the late wife of Hadley Walters II and only daughter of Sheriff Roger Calhoun of Escambia County. She drowned trying to pull her daughter Sara out from under the pilings of the family boathouse.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Lilly Tran is not a fan of her cousin Paris although there is usually no conflict between them. Lilly is NOT a good student and is afraid to ask anyone in her family for help. Sometimes Paris helps her with her homework.

     

    Lt. Governor John Lowndes is the youngest of the Lowndes family of Alabama. He is reportedly a weak willed sybaritic womanizer, but is allowed to be Lt. Governor of Alabama.

     

    Luis Cabral is a high level netrunner from Rio here in response for Ricco Torres’ request and Henrique’s endorsement.

     

    Deputy Marshal Clayton ‘Clay’ Johnson is the older son of the late Terrance Johnson and nephew of ‘AC’ Johnson, the crime lord of Escambia County. His younger brother is Roland ‘Ronnie’ Johnson a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County. The marshal is in NO way a member of his uncle’s organization and would love to put him away.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild chlld’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for the Team’s contact on this secret, black project. He is their (government’s) ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is the daughter of a Karl Petersen and used to be a cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon. She now runs the Beach Creamery for her grandmother, Michelle.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dated Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Patricia Johnson is the only child and law partner of A.C. Johnson.

     

    Paul Gambier is the head chef at the Petersen Point Resort and from an old Cajun family of the area.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Roland ‘Ronnie’ Johnson is the younger son of the late Terrance Johnson and a member of the Johnson Clan crime family. He sells drugs out of the Panhandle Saloon in Santa Rosa County.

     

    Sara Walters was the daughter of Hadley Walters II. She drowned with her mother under the pilings of the family boathouse.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Sheriff Roger Calhoun of Escambia County is a hard ass white cop, who has had his job for 24 years. His son in law is a top member of the Johnson Crime Clan and he is hopelessly corrupt and hates himself for it.

     

    Superintendent Richard Lowndes is the head of the Alabama State Police and second son to the late Governor Braxton Lowndes. His older brother Braxton Lowndes II is now governor.

     

    Sydney Green is the Deputy comptroller of Petersen Point Properties and is here to find evidence of Ricco Torres’ malfeasance.

     

    Vera de Costa is an old (new) flame of Ricco Torres who has come north with Henrique’s production team.

     

    Victor Kane is an American Edgerunner (Runner) running the Rio Street Racing circuit and a major speed shop in Rio de Janeiro. He is currently chief stunt driver for Henrique’s production team.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, May 13, 2047:

     

    Ricco’s preparations for the weekly department meeting are interrupted by a call from the front desk. “Mr. Torres, there is a mister…Vee Goth, who wishes to speak with you.” The uncertainty in the clerk’s voice raises a warning. There was no meeting on his schedule and he has never heard of anyone named Vee Goth. . A.C. may be dead, but it could be some kind of contingency plan. The recent attempts on his life are forefront in his mind as Ricco cautiously opens his office door.

     

    A tall and stocky man with an unruly mop of hair and thick beard waits patiently tapping his fingers on a larger cardboard cylinder. The few features that are discernable appear almost smushed. It’s a laughable disguise, good enough to hide his true identity from security cameras, but definitely not subtle. Ricco is fairly certain if this man intended to kill him, he wouldn’t be so obvious about it. There is also something in the way the man carries himself, that is familiar.

     

    The general manager doesn’t drop his guard, but waives Vee Goth through. He takes him to the conference room, so that they can talk in private. Once the room is secure, his burly visitor pops the cap off of the end of the cardboard cylinder and proceeds to pull out a sheaf of tightly rolled papers. “This is something you might be interested in. It was found at A.C. Johnson’s last Saturday night.”

     

    As Ricco inspects the documents, their significance becomes all too clear. Lying on the table is a certified and numbered copy of Peterson Point Properties’ plan to build a multi-million dollar luxury housing development where the resort currently stands. The projected start date for construction is September 2047. It’s like a punch in the gut. How Ingersoll hopes to put the hotel out of business in four months eludes Ricco, but the plans put things in perspective. Charles Ingersoll’s indifference, the continued corporate runaround and internal audit now all make sense.

     

    His bearded guest hands Ricco a computer chip. “Here is a digital copy of all of this with the copy numbers deleted. The original document is evidence that could get many of my friends a death sentence so I’ll be taking it with me. We just thought you ought to know.”

     

    “Thank you for bringing this to my attention.”

     

    Mr. Vee Goth walks out the door, never to be seen again. Ricco wastes no time calling Richard King to arrange a meeting. He’s sure that his superior will be very interested in this information.

     

     

    Ricco lets Carrie Anne take the lead at the manager’s meeting. Learning of Charles Ingersoll’s plan has left him too distracted. Business continues to be brisk. With the arrival of the first South American tour group and the continued stay of the film crew, Carrie Anne predicts they will be sold out for the weekend. Morale around the table is high. Ricco wishes that he could share in their enthusiasm. The meeting is mercifully short.

     

    Leaving the conference room the general manager heads for the “Dirty Deeds team meeting. With all of the scrutiny they have been under Brandon had suggested installing a secret conference room in the bunker like rooms below the hotel. By, using the tunnels, members could gather without being seen. It might be too late for such measures to matter, but the closeness of the walls gives Ricco comfort. For the moment, he doesn’t fell like there’s a bulls-eye on his back.

     

    The rest of the team has a similar reaction to Ingersoll’s plan.

     

    Betty Lu is skeptical, “From what I’ve learned, there is no way Ingersoll can legally do this. The hotel is owned by a trust.”

     

    “Well, he’s figured out some way around it,” Crank observes.

     

    Both have valid points, but without a copy of the trust, they have no way of knowing what loop holes might exist. Ricco sees only one course. “We have to get a copy of the trust documents. The only person we haven’t talked to is Michelle Petersen. Maybe she has one or at least is familiar with the terms.”

     

    Brandon agrees to ask her. Having saved three of her grandchildren from certain death (or worse) he probably has the best chance of approaching her. With no other new business to discuss, the meeting breaks up.

     

     

    Sheriff Mason calls Ricco in the early afternoon. “I’m going to the school to interview some of the kids that were at the party, where Lilly Tran was last seen. I would like it if both you and Brandon were there.”

     

    At the school Mason shows the teens a series of pictures. “Do any of these cars look familiar? Do you remember seeing any of them either at the party or even driving by?” Six of those questioned don’t recognize any of the vehicles, but Amy Fry stops on one of the photos.

     

    “I remember seeing this one…In fact I’m pretty sure Lilly was standing near it.”

     

    Sheriff Mason asks the nomad girl, “Did you see her get in?”

     

    “No, But when I looked over that way a few minutes later, the car were gone and so was Lilly.”

     

    The sheriff thanks the students for their time. He asks Amy to wait in the hall for him. Once all of the teenagers have left the room, he shows Ricco the picture Amy picked out. “This is Hadley Walters III’s car.”

     

    “Does that give you probable cause to search his vehicle?” the ex-cop asks. “The GPS system should tell you where the car was at the time of the murder.”

     

    “Well, duh,” Mason says with a grin. “Can you get a hold of Charlie? I have to talk the Fry Family into letting me put Amy into protective custody.”

     

    “Can’t you just do it regardless?” asks Brandon.

     

    “Well, yes, but she is a nomad. I have an understanding with the elders and I have to respect that.”

     

    A bond of trust exists between Mason and the nomads, but the prospect Amy needing to testify against a member of the Walter’s family worries her parents. Charlie vouching for the safety of their daughter finally convinces them. It takes a while but Amy Fry leaves with Sheriff Mason.

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, May 14, 2047:

     

    Ricco receives an unexpected visit from T.C. and Bruce James. With them is their cousin, Gregory James, who was recently released from prison due to Ricco’s discovery in the resort’s lost & found. “I just wanted to stop by and thank you personally. If it weren’t for you I’d still be rotting in prison.” T.C. and Bruce add their gratitude. As the three depart, Ricco stops to savor the moment. With all of the death and despair around them, it’s nice to see that sometimes good things happen.

     

    Mason Verge feels he has finally mastered the rhythm of Petersen Point Resort. Driving past the beach is the best part of his patrol. He slows the unmarked cruiser to take in the scenery; young tight bodies in barely there bikinis. Maybe he can convince Brandon to put him on beach patrol. Something catches his eye as he takes on last lingering look in his rearview mirror at the sunbathing beauties. Two men in windbreakers are crossing the road towards the beach. The day is breezy, but way too hot for jackets, even light one.

     

    Suspicious, Mason turns the cruiser around. It looks like they are heading for the Beach Creamery. He also notes a beat-up old Ford sitting across the street. There is someone sitting behind the wheel watching their progress. Focusing back on the two men, he catches sight of weapons. There’s no way he could intercept them in time on foot, so he slams down the gas pedal. Tires screech as the security car surges towards the beach. The two gunmen open up on the creamery; one capping off rounds from a pistol, while the other hoses down the front of the stand with a submachine gun.

     

    With rear wheel drive, the vehicle easily vaults the curb, heading towards the creamery and gunmen. Mason had hoped to run them down, but the car flounders in the sand. Still they understand his intent and scramble to get out of the way as the cruiser fishtails in their direction. It may not have been his intent, but the car comes to a stop between the gunmen and the ice cream stand.

     

    Mason is out of the car and firing his .454 Nikita. The body of the cruiser provides cover from the two armed assailants, but not from the wheel man in the old Ford. A shot rings out from behind him. Mason spares a glance back at the figure sprawled in the sand. There’s no time to check if it’s a friend or foe; he still has two targets in front of him.

     

    [GM Note: The wheelman ran across the street to take a shot at Mason, but managed to botch his roll. In his haste, he lost his footing in the sand and went down, accidently wounding himself]

     

    Mason squeezes off to rounds at the submachine gunner. One hits the man with no appreciable effect, but the second catches him in the head. It’s a telling blow that drops the gunman. The security officer swings to fire at the man’s compatriot, who is once again moving towards the creamery. A shot from the gunman punches through Mason’s vest. Thankfully the armor absorbed most of the round’s kinetic energy. His skinweave stops the rest. It leaves a deep welt, but the solo is none the worse for wear.

     

    Mason charges forward to intercept the pistol wielding gunman, before he can reach the stand. The security officer takes a round in the leg, as he closes. Thanks again to his armor, it does minimal damage. Mason tries a Gun Fu maneuver aiming for his opponent’s head, but the man deftly blocks the attack. The bullet fires harmlessly into the air. The security officer’s hopes of putting the gunman at a disadvantage by engaging him in hand to hand combat are quickly dashed. He finds an opponent well prepared for close in fighting.

     

    The foot-spike on the gunman’s cyberleg gouges into Mason’s thigh. It’s a sharp searing pain, but he keeps his feet; maneuvering for another shot at the man’s head. While the two solo’s spar, up the beach, the wheelman regains his feet. Before he can even think of making for the creamery or returning to the safety of the car, he comes under fire from Natty. The teen has to lie splayed out on the counter to take the shot around the edge of the stand. It’s an unbalanced firing stance, but her aim is true. The wheelman is down again. Natty leans back, grabs the edge of the counter and slides back into the cover of the creamery.

     

    Mason gets off a shot that creases his opponent’s head. It doesn’t put the man down, but it definitely did damage. The muscles near his left eye twitch uncontrollably. Seeping blood stains his hair crimson. The gunman circles with Mason, inadvertently putting his back to the front of the ice cream stand. Natty reappears, this time wielding a switchblade. She quietly slides across the counter and thrusts the knife’s thin blade in to the base of the gunman’s neck. With a few quick jerks, she turns him off like a switch.

     

    The body crumples to the ground, leaving Mason giving him an unobstructed view of the blood spattered teenager. Her face is an emotionless mask. It’s an awkward situation. For a moment, Mason is sure she’s going lick the blood off her fingers. He walks away to check on the status of the third gunman. He is unconscious, but doesn’t appear to be in any danger of dying. After securing the man’s weapon and cuffing him, Mason heads back to check on the creamery’s staff.

     

    Nancy Petersen sustained some small cuts from flying glass. Other than that everyone inside the stand is fine. They had hit the ground quickly enough to avoid the hail of gunfire. Though the rounds from the submachine gun torn up the stand’s exterior, they were too light to punch through the cooler and other equipment behind the counter.

     

    Out of all of them, Mason is the most injured. Dr. Ricci sees to his wounds, while Sheriff Mason surveys the scene. The situation is pretty clear cut, but deputies still go through the motions of taking witness statements. They also tape off the area around the gunmen’s car. A forensic tech calls Sheriff Mason over to the body of the dead gunman in front of the creamery. Natty looks on as the tech points out the neck wound. She draws a hard stare from Marcus, but he doesn’t walk over to confront her. The sheriff is more than happy to call it a case of self defense.

     

    An examination of all of the bodies reveals that there are no labels on any of the gunmen’s clothing. They are appearing less and less like hired thugs, which raises the question; why would anyone hire professional killers to hit the Beach Creamery?

     

     

    Ricco and Vera join Henrique in his suite for dinner. It is an intimate repast, but they are not his only guests. The King Snake is flanked by Paris and Natty. Sitting across from them is Luis Cabral. It’s a bit of a shock for Ricco. He had put out the word that he was looking for a top-of-the-line net jockey, but having one of Rio’s top netrunners show up in the company of his old friend is completely unexpected.

     

    While Henrique gets comfortable with the two teenage girls, much to Vera’s amusement, Luis and Ricco work out the terms of his employment. They settle on $10,000 up front with another $10,000 per month plus room and board. After a sumptuous dinner, Henrique makes his apologies. “Sorry to cut out early, but we have to get over to the recording studio. But please stay and enjoy yourselves. Ladies?” Paris and Natty join Henrique. He wraps his arms around both girls and the three walk out together.

     

    At the Blue Moon, Crank oversees Tuesday Amateur Night.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, May 15, 2047:

     

    Charlie and Beebe outfit Crank’s bike with a brace so he can fire his assault rifle while riding. The setup is easy. It’s not some revolutionary new design. Nomad outriders have been using it for decades.

     

    Sheriff Mason Gulf shows up at Breeze Prep with a posse of deputies. It’s at the end of the school day so they catch Hadley Walters III by his car. The teenager is detained as a person of interest in the murder of Lilly Tran. Marcus has a flatbed on hand to impound his vehicle.

     

     

    Dinner time finds Ricco and Vera returning to Henrique’s suite. Old passions between the former lovers have started to rekindle. They walk close together oblivious to the third member of their party. Brandon for his part does his best to ignore the flirting couple. Vera unexpectedly shoves Ricco to the side and pulls out a small caliber pistol. Her gun swings towards the security chief, but Brandon isn’t her intended target.

     

    The bullet whistles past his shoulder and strikes the man coming up behind them. He returns fire, catching Vera in the side. Alerted to their attacker, Brandon spins, draws his much larger handgun and dispatches the man before he can get off another shot. Ricco frets over Vera. The thought that something might happen to her after they just started up again has him concerned.

     

    Vera tries to play down the situation. “I’m fine. He just creased me.” She looks at the blood stain spreading on her blouse and quips, “Well this top is ruined.”

     

    Ricco muses, “It’s probably one of A.C. Johnson’s people.”

     

    She takes a closer look at their attacker. “He could’ve been after me.”

     

    Ricco gives her a look. Clearly Vera has neglected to mention her full reason for coming to Florida. There will be time for them to talk later. For the moment he takes her to see Dr. Ricci. While the physician patches her gunshot wound, Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason. Dinner with Henrique will have to be postponed.

     

    Later in the evening, Henrique finishes Velvet Blue’s last recording session for their EP. He is very hopeful for this project and finds both Paris and Natty most intriguing.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, May 16, 2047:

     

    Brandon returns to Milton his weekly deposits into his account. While there he also buys a complete CINO Big Blue nuscuba system.

     

    Ricco stops at the Beach Creamery hoping to speak with Nancy Petersen. The stand still bears the scars of the recent gunfight, but it’s open for business. Nancy isn’t around, but her grandmother, Michelle, is working the counter. The general manager expresses his concern that the attack may have been directed by A. C. Johnson or Charles Ingersoll. He asks with all earnestness, “If this is mob related or some kind of vendetta, do you think you will be safe here?”

     

    Michelle doesn’t answer directly. She merely looks down. Ricco follow the direction of her gaze and sees the sawed off double barreled 12 gauge, pointed right at his stomach. He hadn’t even seen her draw the weapon. “Safe enough I see.”

     

    The weapon doesn’t waiver. She seems to have taken his suggestion she was defenseless old lady, the wrong way. Ricco tries another tactic. “I’m concerned that your cousin, Charles Ingersoll, is up to something with the company,”

     

    Michelle doesn’t sound surprised. “That little weasel is always up to something.”

     

    The shotgun is no longer pointed at him, so Ricco decides to go for broke. “Well, we have been trying to find a copy of the trust documents, but the contents are sealed and Charles’s attorney has the only copy we know of. Would you possibly have a copy of your grandfather Clarence’s will? The terms of the trust are in that.”

     

    Michelle’s brow furrows. She appears locked in concentration, as if trying to grasp some long ago memory. “I might have a copy…but it may take a while to find.” Ricco doesn’t want to press her. She’s given him a shred of hope. He is more than willing to work on Michelle’s timetable.

     

    Returning to his office, Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason to follow up on the shooting. Marcus doesn’t sound happy. “We’ve confirmed that all three are from the Pensacola area. All of them are known associates of the Johnson Crime Family. The one you captured alive isn’t talking. Being that it’s only attempted murder, the DA is having a devil of a time securing a braindance order. I wouldn’t hold my breath.

     

    It may be a long shot, but the ex-cop asks anyway. “What about the car.”

     

    “Stolen, we found their prints inside, but nothing else of value. Even their guns couldn’t be traced back to the Johnsons. It’s not looking good.”

     

    The case may be at a standstill, but Ricco has other business to discuss with the sheriff. “I noticed there is a special election coming up to fill the seat of County Commissioner. Could you recommend a ‘business friendly’ candidate that I should throw my support behind?”

     

    Marcus finds the question in poor taste; seeing as how Ricco was until recently a suspect in the murder of the late County Commissioner, Reverend Weems. He still tries to keep his answer neutral. “Since we have to work with all sides, the sheriff’s department tries to stay out of political matters. We can’t be seen playing favorites. This isn’t Escambia County after all.”

     

    Ricco is disappointed, but respects Marcus’ stance. The general manager thanks him for his time and hangs up. He contact Blackwater’s mayor, hoping to gauge her political leanings, but she gives him a similar measured response.

     

    Jason is in heaven as he watches Beebe, Paris and Natty splash around in the Blackwater River. He had planned a riverside picnic in the old county park. It was supposed to be an afternoon alone with Beebe, but having her friends tag along isn’t turning out too bad. The envious looks and longing stares of the other guys on the secluded beach make it all worth it. He can’t help but smile as he makes his way back to the pickup to grab the other cooler.

     

    Screeching tiers draw everyone’s attention. With no sounds of a resulting crash or sirens the teenagers quickly put it out of their minds and go back to partying. Ten minutes pass before Jason’s absence is noticed. Beebe heads up to the truck to see what’s keeping him.

    The young nomad is nowhere in sight, but she doesn’t start to worry till she sees the overturned cooler. Searching around, she finds the remains of a busted cell phone near fresh tire patches on the asphalt. The phone is beyond repair, but she recognizes the case. It’s Jason’s.

     

    Beebe frantically asks around, to see if anyone caught a look at the car that had peeled out of the lot. Paris and Natty help her. The two teens try to keep their friend calm, but Beebe’s fear and worry are contagious. Their search proves fruitless. Panicked the young nomad calls Charlie. “Somebody grabbed Jason.

     

    Words just pour out, giving the gunsmith no opportunity to ask for more details. Between Beebe’s ramblings he is able to make out that Jason may have been taken to keep his sister, Amy from testifying against Hadley Walters III. If true, then Hadley’s father is probably behind the abduction. Charlie also learns the depth of feeling his protégé has for the nomad sailor.

     

    As Beebe’s outburst winds down, she is finally able to give intelligible answers. The gunsmith tells her to stay where she is. He contacts the sheriff’s office then notifies the other nomad elders.

     

    Sheriff Mason tries to contain his aggravation. “So let me get this straight…instead of calling us directly, you reported the crime to someone else, who then had to call us. Do you know how much time you wasted?”

     

    He isn’t trying to be cruel but if they had been notified sooner, they may have had a chance to intercept the kidnappers. As it stands, there are three possible vehicles that could have been the getaway car. They had been able to follow them using traffic cams, as far as Pensacola.

     

    Beebe’s panic had given way to anger. It was originally directed at the people who took Jason, but Sheriff Mason’s accusations draw her ire. Yes she messed up, but that’s no reason for him to put the blame on her. The nomad answers Mason’s questions, but the responses are curt. It’s not until later, after the sheriff finishes his questioning and she has a chance to calm down that Beebe remembers Jason has a phone implanted in his head.

     

    The United States Marshals and FDLE scan for Jason’s cell signal. Luis Cabral hacks into the system to allow Jack Sheppard’s ELINT group can monitor their progress. Forty-five minutes later Beebe receives a call from Jason’s cyber-phone. He doesn’t speak. There are only sounds of labored breathing and groans of pain. It’s hard to listen to, but the young nomad has to keep the line connected, so that they can triangulate the signal.

     

    The Feds track the call to Pensacola’s waterfront. They head off to converge on the area. Beebe jumps in her truck to follow. Before she can drive off, Crank climbs into the passenger seat. He wants to make sure she doesn’t do anything stupid. Ricco decides to follow in his own car. He takes Brandon and Charlie with him. They are no sooner across the line into Escambia County, than Ricco’s car is pulled over by a county deputy. Even though he has corporate immunity, the general manager stops. He doesn’t want to give the deputy any excuses to shoot.

     

    Two more cruisers arrive as backup. A lengthy check is made of Ricco and Brandon’s police credentials. The general manager’s car is search thoroughly. They are delayed for nearly an hour. The Escambia deputies are just about to let them go, when Brandon identifies Charlie as an important nomad. This revelation is followed by more record checks and delays.

     

    Beebe safely passes through Escambia County to the outskirts of Pensacola. Her new pickup isn’t known by county lawmen. The truck’s plates aren’t on the list of vehicles that should receive ‘special attention’ by Escambia County’s finest! Even if they had tried to pull her over, she probably wouldn’t have stopped.

     

    The US Marshals, FDLE and Pensacola City Police have a four block area cordoned off by the time Beebe makes it to the waterfront. Crank is waved through by one of the Marshals. The young nomad tries to follow, but is stopped by at the security line. Her temper gets the better of her. “I’m with him. Let me through.”

     

    “Sorry miss, you’ll have to stay behind the line; only police and security personnel past this point.”

     

    Beebe quietly fumes as Crank continues on without her. Marshal Clay Johnson eventually sees the young nomad and gets her through the police cordon.

     

    State Police techs have narrowed down the signal to a multi-room commercial storage unit. Jason has managed to keep the call connected even as his groans of pain had turned to cries of agony. The police prepare for a full breach of the building. There is a storm of gunfire as the tactical unit rushes in. Harrowing seconds pass before the team inside signals the all clear. The hostage (Jason) is secure; there’s one hostile down.

     

    Within minutes, Jason is brought out on a stretcher. Beebe pushes forward to get to his side. Though in severe pain, he manages to smile up at her. She puts on a brave face, not wanting to give him a reason to worry. It had taken nearly two hours to find Jason. In that time he had been tortured severely. Blood soaked bandages cover areas where the skin had been flayed off his body. Beebe doesn’t want to think of what would have happened if they hadn’t found him.

     

    Clay Johnson makes sure that the young nomad is kept well back as the body of Patricia Johnson is brought out. The breach team had surprised her in the midst of torturing Jason. She had turned a gun on the nomad, bent on claiming one last victim, before being taken. They had no choice, but to gun her down to save the hostage.

     

    Clay Johnson has mixed emotions about the operation. It was a blow to find out that Patricia was the kidnapper. He had always liked his cousin, yet walking around the torture chamber, seeing the grisly trophies; he couldn’t help but feel disgust.

     

    Beebe finds Crank and gives him the keys to her truck. “I’m going in the ambulance with Jason. I’ll get a ride back later.”

     

    When the Escambia deputies finally let them go, Ricco turns the car around and heads back to Petersen Point. “It has to be over by now. They have either saved him or he is dead.”

     

    (GM Note: Over the next week, evidence mounts against Patricia Johnson. Jason was far from her first victim. DNA recovered from trophies in her ‘kill room’ tie A. C. Johnson’s daughter to over a dozen other murders; all of nomads. Patricia harbored a pathological hatred against nomads since a young age. This murderous psychosis stemmed from the brutal rape and murder of her mother and aunt at the hands of a group of Raffin Shiv. She saw no distinction between these violent outcasts and members of the formalized nomad nations; killing indiscriminately.)

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

     

    B)

  10. The world media has taken a glance or two at the goings on around the Florida panhandle, but these are merely an interesting sound bites compared to the momentous decision of the Martian Senate. The future shock of the following technological developments elates and terrifies humanity.

     

     

    World News ServiceFlash!

     

    MARTIAN SENATE LEGALIZES ‘CYBERBRAIN’ and CLONING TECHNOLOGIES

    May 13, 2047

     

    The Senate of the Martian Republic today voted overwhelmingly to legalize both Dr. Gordon Freeman’s replacement cyberbrain technology and full body human cloning. This follows a speech by Dr. Freeman last Friday where the researcher was awarded the Einstein Prize by the Martian Academy of Sciences last Friday. Consul Mariska Benes called for a vote in the senate and it passed with nary a dissenting voice.

     

    “With this law in place, valuable people necessary for the flourishing of the Martian Republic will no longer be lost to accidents in the dangerous Martian environment,” stated Consul Benes.

     

    On Earth many religious groups have decried the new laws as immoral. Both Pope Francis II of the Vatican and Cardinal Konrad Lewandowsky of the Holy Polish Apostolic Catholic Church have condemned the new laws and ex-communicated Dr. Freeman and the leaders of the Martian government. The Grand Ayatollah of Tehran has issued a fatwa against Doctor Gordon Freeman and both Martian consuls.

     

    Governments on Earth are scrambling for a response to the new Martian laws. Doc Freeman’s claim to have ‘cured death’ has brought out to the fore a re-evaluation of exactly what death now constitutes. A person with a cyberbrain and a cyborg body could technically live for realistically, thousands of years. However, due to the cost and technology involved this type of life extension will only be available to the very rich. Claims of the possible rise of a plutocratic society run by immortal cyborgs are now considered not so farfetched.

     

     

    B)

  11. Episode 13 – And the Blood Continues to Flow!

     

     

     

    Henrique and his entourage arrive at the Petersen Point Resort. Rain provides answers on the starting of Visigoth/Rattlesnakes war and the death of Steve Zelinsky. Religious zealots try to take down Ricco but the hand that is guiding them is A.C. Johnson. The Pensacola crime lord continues his campaign against Ricco and crew. This conflict comes to a bloody and unlooked for climax.

     

    Blood is spilled on other fronts as a local girl is brutally murdered. Suspicion is laid close to home and triggers even more violence. Charlie and Beebe successfully continue to improve their x-ray laser. They have the first firing of the Boss Arms large laser cannon with surprising results!

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team have been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure. Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to RiccoTorres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. Those goals of are in alignment, for now…

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Bobby Tran is the grandson of Tran Xuan Giap and the cousin of Paris Saint Claire. He is like his grandfather and the sight of Paris is a constant reminder of his family’s disgrace.

     

    Calvin Jenkins is an enforcer for A.C. Johnson now wanted for murder.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Deputy Sheriff Delmar Gates is a handsome young man of mixed race. He has a soft spot for Paris Saint Claire. She seems oblivious to his attentions.

     

    Drew ‘Tiny’ Barton is A.C.’s chief enforcer. He is a large and heavily cybered Afro-American (EMP 1) with 10 years military experience. He was cashiered from the army for almost killing his superior officer and served 8 years in prison. He is extremely dangerous and intelligent.

     

    Gabriela Figueira is a famous telenovela star (the Brazilian equivalent of Susan Lucci). She is the grand dame of the telenovela who Henrique has persuaded to take a small but important role in his show.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and vandalized the Golf Course.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths. He is a tough smart leader with eight years military experience. It was he that put together the smuggling connection with the nomads and used those connections to run guns and supplies to the rebels in Alabama after the Alabama State Police murdered his two sons in cold blood eight years ago.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    Jack Shepard, the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Jenny Trang is a 24 year old Vietnamese-American who works as head security monitor. She used to be a cocktail waitress at the Blue Moon Revue. Her brother is Sammy Trang, drummer for Velvet Blue. She is a pretty (ATTR 7), vivacious person, but NEVER associates with the guests.

     

    Jordan Grey is chief counsel for Peterson Point Resort and Charles Ingersoll’s personal attorney.

     

    Lilly Tran is not a fan of her cousin Paris although there is usually no conflict between them. Lilly is NOT a good student and is afraid to ask anyone in her family for help. Sometimes Paris helps her with her homework.

     

    Lula Midare is the stage name of Lurdes Gonzalvo Guarani. Like many others in Brazil, she is of mixed ancestry. Her exotic look rather than acting skill landed her the part in Henrique’s show.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild chlld’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is the daughter of a Karl Petersen and used to be a cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon. She is preparing to reopen the Beach Creamery for her grandmother, Michelle.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dated Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Rain was the distributor for Ronnie Johnson’s Panhandle Drug Operation. She is a thin black haired white girl with a number of tats. She is out on bail awaiting trial.

     

    Reverend ‘Billy Bob’ Weems is head of the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ and leader of a group called the “Fundies” by the locals. He is an extremely charismatic and has a large following. The man hates the modern world and has even gone so far as to get cyberware banned in the county. That law against possession was struck down after a long court fight that cost the county a fortune, but it is still illegal to sell or install anything remotely related to cyberware. He was responsible for getting ordinances against serving alcohol on Sundays. He is the first cousin of Gardner Weems, but they haven’t spoken in over 25 years. The man is a registered Republican and extremely right wing.

     

    Reverend Ezra Brown is the minister of the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. He is a happy jovial man in his fifties and his church is filled with singing and music.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Senator Brainerd Johnson is a member of the Florida State legislature and is corrupt as the day is long. He, his second wife, Carol, and four children live in Tallahassee and Escambia County. His first wife and child were killed in a plane crash after that wife left him.

     

    Sheila Belanger Zelinsky is Sandy Zelinsky’s wife and Steve’s mother. She shares a special bond with Beebe’s mother, Bea.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky was the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and had the same good looks and coloration as his father. He was seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Todd Petersen is the young son of Karl Petersen and sister of Nancy Petersen. He works at his grandmother Michelle’s Beach Creamery.

     

    Tommy Klein runs all gambling in Escambia County for his boss, A.C. Johnson. He is a high level mobster.

     

    Wallena Kroitor Is from Soroca, Moldova. She is a failed gymnast, who went into dance who works for Disney (as a dancer) and now has a lead in Henrique’s show. She speaks Moldovan / Romanian and Ukrainian as well as some Hungarian, English and Portuguese.

     

    Walter Hopkins is a ‘talent scout’ for the Dixie Entertainment Agency out of Dothan, Alabama.

     

    Wilfredo Ernesto Saber ("Willy the Roach" or just Barata (Roach), but not to his face) is a friend of Henrique from the bad old days. His diminutive size and pleasant nature are at odds with his fearful reputation. His nickname comes from the fact that he is so tough to kill. He's been shot (nine time), stabbed (more than a dozen times), electrocuted (at least twice), thrown from a moving car, partially set on fire, fallen from a building, to escape said fire and had a host of other misadventures.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Wednesday, May 1, 2047:

     

    Richard King responds to Ricco’s request for a face to face. He will be at the resort Friday morning.

     

    Before heading to the Visigoth’s clubhouse for a follow-up meeting with Hank, the general manager drops by Crank’s office. “I need you to inform the rest of the team to not engage the Alabama State Police if they come onto the property. We’re not going to interfere unless they try to grab a member of the staff.”

     

    Crank appears ready to question this change in policy. It’s no secret, that the Alabama State Police already have the resort in their crosshairs. The recaptured prisoner divulging his destination to the Alabama authorities just makes the bull’s-eye bigger. To forestall any argument, Ricco offers a simple explanation.

     

    “They’re going to show up armed for trouble and spoiling for a fight. It’s a no win situation and bad for business. I want to throw them a curve ball.”

     

    Crank still doesn’t look happy, but he agrees to comply with the general manager’s request.

     

     

    Hank is in good humor when Ricco finally makes it to the clubhouse. After the normal pleasantries the MC President asks, “Do you have some time to spare?

     

    “Sure, what is it?”

     

    Hank turns serious, “I’m not asking for a couple of minutes here. This could take all day and night…”

     

    The biker doesn’t say anymore, waiting for Ricco’s answer. Something that will take the better part of a day…he wonders if it’s another meet with the Rattlesnakes. Whatever it is seems very important. “I am at your disposal.”

     

    Hank takes him down to the basement of the clubhouse; into a secured room, where they have Rain tied to a chair. It is apparent that the bikers have worked her over. These methods of coercion have proven ineffective. Hank brought in Ricco hoping that a skilled interrogator might be able to get something out of her. Out of ear shot, he tells the ex-cop, “You can promise her anything you want, but that bitch isn’t leaving here alive!”

     

    Ricco has no problem with that. He spends the next few hours convincing Rain that she has a chance of making it out that basement. All she has to do is tell them who killed Martin Long. The ex-cop doesn’t mention that she’ll also be fingering the murder of Steve Zelinsky.

     

    It takes time, but the girl finally gives up Drew Barton. “I heard A.C. tell Drew to take care of it and put it on the Visigoth’s.” This admission gives him the opening he needs to wring more details from the frightened young woman. When they are satisfied that she has divulged everything she knows, Hank asks Ricco to leave. Rain’s strangled cries recede as he climbs the stairs back to the main level.

     

    Once his business has been taken care of downstairs, Hank rejoins Ricco. The general manager feels he is owed some reciprocity for his services. Over drinks, he confides to the MC’s President, “I have a few loose ends of my own?”

     

    Hank knocks back a shot, before favoring the Brazilian with a glance. “Who?”

     

    “The assassins and arsonists who did a church.”

     

    The biker shrugs, “Sounds like they provided a public service to me.”

     

    As a good Catholic, burning down a church is out of bounds, but Ricco keeps that to himself. He offers a motivation that he’s sure Hank can understand. “Maybe, but they framed me for it!

     

     

    Elsewhere, Charlie and Beebe undertake the first test of the crewed served laser canon. When the remote trigger is activated, a dazzling beam of light streams from the aperture of the weapon towards the target down range. Superheated air pushes out in a pressure wave that echoes like a thunder clap. Intense heat chars anything within 10 feet of the weapon. There are spot fires out to 30 feet. Claxons sound around the range, as emergency systems kick in to cool the laser cannon. Tense seconds tick by as the temperature inches back from critical.

     

    Once the temperature is in tolerable limits, Charlie heads down to the target to see how well the cannon worked. The beam cut through three feet of high grade steel and into the range’s bunkered backstop. Thankfully, the sand diminished the intensity of the beam, but there’s still damaged to trees for at least a hundred meters beyond the boundary of the range. Charlie is pleased by their progress. As to the near catastrophic overheat, he thoughtfully observes “Hmm…still needs a little work.”

     

     

    There is a small ceremony at the Beach Creamery, once school lets out. A small crowd is on hand for the grand re-opening of the ice cream stand. Todd Petersen stands proudly by his big sis, while their grandmother, Michelle cuts the ribbon. This is the best day in his young life. The young man still can’t believe his luck. He’ll never tell Nancy, be he would have worked at the creamery for free. Money is a bonus. The real treat is getting to hang out with his comely coworkers. Todd has trouble concentrating on his grandmother’s speech. He is too busy stealing glances at Lilly, Paris, Natty and Amy Fry, in their short shorts and tight Beach Creamery t-shirts. Yep, it’s gonna be a great summer.

     

     

    A line of limos pull up the resort, just before dinner time. Henrique and his crew have arrived. Wilfredo Ernesto Saber steps out of the back of the lead limo and quickly surveys the area. His small stature and mild nature belie a formidable reputation. Known to many as ‘Willy the Roach’, he previously earned a living as an enforcer for the Red Command and a contract killer. Now mostly retired, he serves as the Brazilian impresario’s personal bodyguard. Satisfied that nothing is amiss, he holds the door open for Henrique to exit the vehicle.

     

    Gabriela Figueira and her personal entourage are in the second limo. Henrique was able to persuade the grand dame of the telenovelas (the Brazilian equivalent of Susan Lucci) to take the role of ‘control’ to the hot, sexy young female spies the show is built around. Lula Midare and Wallena Kroitor, the young starlets, share the last limo.

     

    Ricco is there to greet his oldest and dearest friend. He is very appreciative of the production company’s business. It means a lot to the resort and the entire community. Over a private dinner Henrique shares his plans for the show. He asks for permission to construct a bar set on the hotel’s roof. Ricco has no reason to say no to his friend. They work out a deal to make it a permanent structure, providing the resort with yet another draw for guests. The general manager even offers to negotiate the construction with the local nomads to keep down costs. This will provide the perfect opportunity to cover the installation of the new 25mm anti-aircraft gun.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, May 2, 2047:

     

    The cast and crew are up and out before sunrise to start filming.

     

    Around 9 am, the security tech on duty (Jenny Trang) alerts Brandon to five heavily armed men have pulled up in front of the hotel and are running up the front steps. The security chief tries to notify Ricco, but the general manager is currently taking a meeting with Crank in the secure conference room. With electronic countermeasures activated to defeat any possible listening devices, they are unreachable by cell phone. There is also no hard line in the room.

     

    Brandon scrambles from the security office to alert them to the incursion, but a burst from an auto-shotgun announces their presence before he even makes it to the door. The clerk at the front desk is cut down by a second gunman, as a third leaps over the counter and rushes the general manager’s office. Brandon has no angle for a shot, leaving the assailant to enter the office unmolested.

     

    The security chief is fairly certain that Ricco isn’t in his office, so he turns his attention to the gunmen in the lobby. He targets the man with the shotgun. The high caliber round slams into the shooter’s forearm, nearly tearing the limb from his body. The weapon clatters to the floor, followed soon after by the assailant.

     

    Having heard the commotion in the lobby, Crank exits the conference room, nearly running into the gunman coming out of the general manager’s office. A pistol is much more maneuverable, giving Owen an advantage over his attacker. He squeezes of two rounds before the other man can bring his assault rifle to bear. Crank takes a bullet from the gunman who executed the front desk clerk. The damage is negligible, but tears his suit. Pissed off, the Food and Beverage manager returns fire, clipping the shooter in the head. The man goes down, disappearing behind the opposite side of the check-in counter.

     

    Crank moves forward to check if the man is still a threat. A grenade sails over the counter nearly dropping in his lap. Still too far away to attempt a leap over the front desk; a reflexive jump buys him some precious distance from the exploding shrapnel. He is still shredded, but standing. Scatter grenades follow, covering the attackers’ retreat.

     

    {GM Note: The injured gunman didn’t have time to cook (burn the fuse down) the grenade before throwing. Crank also had a high initiative roll, giving him a chance to react to the grenade]

     

    Outside, Mason Verge takes fire from the attacker’s wheel man, as he speeds towards the entrance of the Hotel in the patrol car. He screeches to a halt and bails out, to grab the A-80 assault rifle out of the trunk. He exchanges fire with the gunmen as they race away.

     

    As the smoke clears in the lobby, they find two attackers. Both are dead. The front desk clerk is the only casualty for the hotel staff and guests. There are, however several wounded. Crank is the worse off (in mortal) almost having eaten a grenade.

     

    Sheriff Mason and his CSI unit arrive to investigate the attack. He recognizes on of the dead. The corpse used to be one of Reverend Weems’ more radical followers. The police are shocked as Weems’ followers have never resorted to violence in the past. It could be that the firebombing of their church and assassination of their leader has pushed them over the edge. The sheriff and his deputies head off to round up the dead man’s ‘friends’.

     

    Once the lobby is returned to them by the crime scene unit, Ricco and Brandon try to assess the damage. Their efforts are interrupted by two men in suits. At first the general manager thinks that they are part of the investigation into the shooting. They quickly dissuade him of such notions, handing him a summons to appear before a Senatorial hearing in Tallahassee on June 24th. The process servers produce identical summons for Brandon, Betty Lu and Owen Wolf. The hearings are being held by Senator Brainerd Johnson, to look into ‘terrorist attacks’ on Florida Churches.

     

    Ricco is certain this is A.C. Johnson’s doing.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, May 3, 2047:

     

    Natty is still broken up about the death of Steve, but she still stops by to see Ricco that morning. The young netrunner has reprogrammed the modem for his personal computer so he can turtle the NET with a Glo-go rig. She has also re-written six programs so they can be used by the Brazilian. The general manager doesn’t negotiate the price. He just pays her what she asks. Richard King arrives for his meeting, while the two are completing their transaction. The corporate executive watches the teenager leave.

     

    He idly remarks to Ricco, “She looks familiar.”

     

    “She’s Alina Lanikova’s daughter.” The name means nothing to the executive, so he dismisses it as mistaken identity and gets down to business. He has bad news. There can be no corporate immunity for Carrie Anne. She is an employee of Petersen Point Resort and Disney can’t offer that to her, unless she worked for them. If she were to start working for Disney, her pension could be in jeopardy.

     

    It’s bad news all around as Ricco informs his supervisor yesterday‘s attack and the subpoena from the state senate. The subpoenas interest Mr. King. It’s something Disney can act on. He promises to call legal up his return to the corporate offices and have them contact Betty Lu. The two adjourn to the private dining to have lunch, before Dick returns to Orlando.

     

    Pretty much everyone attends Steve Zelinsky’s funeral at the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. Reverend Ezra Brown gives a touching sermon that moves everyone to tears. Beebe buys a special dress for the occasion. She and Natty stand with Sandy and Sheila Zelinsky (after all they are family). The Czech girl lays her ‘Old Lady’ cut on Steve’s coffin before it is buried.

     

    At the reception following the burial, Hank approaches Ricco. “We’d like to hold a party in Steve’s honor at the resort next Saturday.”

     

    The general manager isn’t aware of any event scheduled for next weekend. “That shouldn’t be a problem. Call me tomorrow and we can work out the details.”

     

    “Thanks. All of your people are welcome to come. I know Steve worked with some of your guys and liked them a whole lot.”

     

     

    After the reception breaks up, Ricco stops to visit Alina Lanikova. He explains how the hotel is being framed for the firebombing of Reverend Weems’ church. “We’ve check the security footage at the Blue Moon and Panhandle. The bottles weren’t taken from there. It could be that someone stole them from the refuse company that we contract with pick up our trash. We need someone who can check out their offices…possibly find evidence of their involvement.”

     

    Alina’s eyes narrows, “I don’t do that kind of work anymore.” She stands signifying the end of the conversation. “I just want to raise my daughter in peace.”

     

    Ricco apologizes for disturbing her. He mulls over his options and heads to Pensacola to buy an Arasaka Blackjack. While in town, he also picks up a new armored suit and SP14 jacket; better safe than sorry.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, May 4, 2047:

     

    Saturday night, Velvet Blue plays at the Saint Claire Farm. There is a sizable crowd of local youth. Hadley Walters III spots Beebe in the crowd and gives a friendly wave. Tonight, he’s flying solo. His two partners in slime (Danny and Peter Johnson) are in Tallahassee forced to attend one of their father’s political events. All is going well till the band takes a break between sets. Lilly Tran comes around the back of the band stand and catches Paris and Natty making out. Paris’s rather puritanical cousin makes a stink about their ‘unnatural’ relationship. The singer tries to calm her cousin, but Lilly slaps her hard across the face. It nearly knocks Paris to the ground. Natty lunges for the Vietnamese girl, screaming, “I kill you!”

     

    Beebe intercepts the Czech girl. She tries to hold her back, but it turns into a wrestling match. Natty howls in anger kicking at Lilly. For her part, the Vietnamese girl stands rooted, like a deer in headlights. She remains motionless, till Paris put’s a hand on her should. The unexpected physical contact breaks Lilly’s shocked stupor.

     

    “You should go.”

     

    Lilly heeds her cousin’s advice, backing away slowly. She doesn’t want to take her eyes off the still fuming Natty; in case she breaks free. Paris moves forward to block her girlfriend’s field of vision. She whispers soothing words and strokes Natty’s cheek, trying to calm her. It seems to be working, but Beebe is still afraid to let her go. The steady stream of slurs and swears has stopped, but Natty is still fitfully straining to break free.

     

    Beebe, let her go.” At Paris’ quiet request, the nomad releases her grip. The Czech girl surges forward…but not to chase after Lilly. She buries her face in the Paris’ shoulder hugging her closely. Sobs wrack Natty’s slight frame. She is still traumatized by Steve’s death. The thought of anything happening to Paris sent her over the edge.

     

    The incident is quickly forgotten. Velvet Blues goes back on stage for their second set. Natty channels her raw emotions into her music. Beebe stays after the show and ends up spending the night at the farm with Jason.

     

     

    The production company is filming a scene poolside. Brandon has assigned himself as the hotel security representative. He amuses himself watching Lula Midare, Wallena Kroitor and the other young starlets prance around in their micro bikinis. Among the frivolity, he registers an out of place object under the low diving board. It is an 8x8x12 inch brown box; closed.

     

    The security chief points out the mysterious package to the location manager. The man knows nothing about it. He had assumed that it was put there by someone from the hotel. Brandon interrupts the filming to move the actors and crew away from the potential danger. He carefully pulls the box out from under the diving board before opening it. Inside are several sticks of dynamite, tied to a timer, with just over three minutes left till detonation.

     

    It looks like a fairly crude device, but with no demolition skills, Brandon doesn’t want to chance disarming it. He deposits it into the pool hoping the water with short circuit the time or waterlog the dynamite. At the very least, it should dampen the explosion. Everyone backs away from the pool, but the director keeps the cameras rolling. They might be able to use the use the explosion in the show.

     

    The cardboard box bobs around on the surface, before slowly sinks towards the middle of the pool. When the explosion finally comes, it sends up a towering spray of water, drawing applause from the production crew and staff. The pool area is cordoned off as a crime scene, ending the days filming.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, May 5, 2047:

     

    Beebe brings her younger half brothers and sisters to the beach for a day of kite flying. Paris and Natty tag along.

     

    As the ‘Booze Cruise’ pulls away, Crank notices something bobbing in the water, about a hundred meters from the dock. As the boat moves further into the channel, he realizes it’s a body floating in the water. Owen orders the SS Mary Beth Petersen to come to a full stop and launch a motorized skiff to recover the body.

     

    The corpse is that of a young female. When they pull it from the water, Crank can tell this is no accidental drowning. Ligature marks around the wrists and ankles stand out in stark relief against the deathly pallor. The victim’s body shows signs of torture. Because of the horrific mutilation it takes him a minute to recognize that the dead girl is Lilly Tran.

     

    Crank signals the SS Mary Beth Petersen to sail on, taking Lilly Tran’s body back to the marina in the skiff. Calls are placed to the general manager and Sheriff’s Office. The police take custody of the body. Mason has the unenviable task of informing the Tran family of their loss. It’s job he‘s had to do too many times and it never gets any easier.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, May 6, 2047:

     

    After the department head’s deliver their reports, the subject turns to the attack by Reverend Weems’ fanatical followers. The general manager asks for suggestions on how they could improve lobby security.

     

    Crank pipes up. “We should install a drop down bullet proof barrier at the front desk,”

     

    Ricco mulls the idea over before responding. Cost isn’t really an issue. What he worries about is how guests will perceive a fortified front desk. It could send the wrong message. The general manager does want to shoot down the idea, but he couches his answer. “That would mean a redesign of the whole check-in area…but if it would save an employee’s life, it would be worth it.”

     

    Mike Tran offers up a less obtrusive security measure. “Reinforce the lobby’s front door and put an auto-lock on it. Make it so the front desk or security monitor can trip it at the first sign of trouble.”

     

    Brandon looks up thoughtfully. “I know we can’t put an intercom in the secure conference room for security reasons, but maybe install something like a big red light in there to tell us something bad is happening. That way people can get a quick heads up something is wrong.”

     

    The general manager concludes the meeting, promising to take their suggestions under advisement. After the department heads, not in the know, have left, Ricco convenes a meeting of the Dirty Deeds team.

     

    Charlie reports on the status of the anti-aircraft protection for the hotel. ‘I’ve finished remounting the 25mm auto cannon. I also installed a computerized firing system (+3), which should make it more accurate.”

     

    Building the bar set will cover its installation, but who will crew the weapon becomes an issue. Ricco summarizes the dilemma. “By the time a crew makes it to the roof, it may be too late to defend against an air attack.”

     

    Beebe asks, “You’re keeping the bar on the roof right?”

     

    Ricco isn’t sure where she’s going but answers, “Yes.”

     

    “Why not just hire bartenders and wait staff that can also fire the cannon? That way, it won’t look suspicious for them to be up there.”

     

    Ricco turns to Jack Sheppard. “What do you think?”

     

    “I have a couple of people who can mix a mean cocktail. If they have to be up there anyway, I’m sure they would pass up a little extra money.”

     

    Considering the matter settled, Jack moves on to other topics. “We’ve installed the 2 shot LATGM recovered from the panzer turret on the SS Mary Beth Petersen. That should discourage any pirates we encounter. The ECM and Electronic Warfare suite are now operational. We have them set up down in the tunnels.

     

    There are nods of approval around the table.

     

    Jack has one less topic to discuss. “The hatch at the old battery has been opened. But it’s dangerous to leave it exposed. We really need to camouflage the entrance.

     

    Ricco agrees that security of the tunnels is paramount. Beebe offers to help with constructing the false façade.

     

     

    Crank brings up the death of Lilly Tran. The fact that Natty is a suspect is known to about everyone by this point. Ricco is not convinced of the young Czech’s guilt, but suggests that if she did do it, someone needs to ‘dissuade’ her from killing any more people.

     

    Beebe remains silent. She remembers Natty’s reaction when Lilly slapped Paris. The nomad wants to believe her friend wouldn’t be capable of something so horrific…but doubt gnaws at her.

     

    Mason (Verge) tries to light the mood. “Tell her to hide the body better next time.”

     

    “That would work,” quips Crank.

     

    Beebe sees red. Their blasé attitude to such a brutal murder, coupled with her own lingering fears about her friend make her want to lash out. She keeps it together long enough to make it out of the meeting.

     

    Crank watches the young nomad stalk out of the room. “Well I guess the meeting’s over.” As the group breaks up, he approaches Ricco for some ‘fashion’ advice. “My good suit was destroyed by the grenades tossed at us by Weems’ people. Do you know a place where I can get some new armored suits in the area?”

     

    Ricco gives his Food and Beverage manager the address of his tailor in Pensacola, but suggests that he take along Mike Tran. “With all the problems we are having with the Johnsons, no one should go into Escambia County alone.”

     

    Crank agrees, but decides to take Brandon instead. The security chief is already heading to Pensacola to do some banking. While they’re in town, he picks up a suit as well.

     

     

    Still angry, Beebe heads out with a crew of Thelas nomads to work on the cement plug. In addition to installing a camouflaged hatch, they unclog the air vents so fresh air can reach the tunnels below.

     

    Around 2pm, Jenny Trang, the security monitor on duty, informs Ricco that there is a sheriff’s cruiser at the school. By the time the general manager reaches the school, Sheriff Mason is leading Natty Lanikova out in handcuffs. The Brazilian asks Mason if the girl has a lawyer.

     

    “She doesn’t get a lawyer for right away for charges this serious.” The lawman is in no mood to talk further. He puts her in the back of the cruiser and drives away.

     

    News travels fast. Natty’s arrest is a concern for the whole team. If she is brain danced, they could discover her involvement in the bombing that took out Brewton, Alabama. That’s the deaths of over 1100 people! It could mean death sentences all around.

     

    When Beebe returns from working on the hatch, she goes to see Paris at family’s farm. The singer is positive that Natty didn’t kill Lilly. They were together, intimately together, the entire night. Paris adds, “Natty would never to anything to hurt me and Lilly is my cousin and my friend.”

     

    Their conversation is interrupted by the arrival of Delmar Gates. The sheriff’s deputy is there to bring in Paris. He is apologetic, but insistent, that the girl come with him. Beebe offers to go with her, but Delmar refuses to let her in the cruiser. Undeterred, she follows in her pickup.

     

    Alina is already at the sheriff’s office when they arrive. She’s been there for several hours, waiting to see her daughter. Having recently spent a lot of time with her friend’s mother, Beebe can see through her brave front. Alina is an emotional wreck

     

    Paris is interviewed for two hours before being released. The sheriff tells the three to go home. Natty isn’t going to be released any time soon. On the ride back, Paris tells them that the police grilled her about where Natty was Saturday night, into Sunday morning. The singer vague about what she and Natty were doing, but Beebe quickly realizes Alina knows about her daughter’s ‘appetites’.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, May 7, 2047:

     

    Just after noon, a security tech reports a sheriff’s cruiser heading towards the employee cottages. Ricco and Brandon head over immediately. By the time they arrive, the car has parked in front of the Alina’s house. Sheriff Mason remains by his cruiser, allowing the mother and daughter a private reunion.

     

    Mason notes the approach of Ricco and Brandon with a nod. He tells them of Natty’s release and fills them in on the state of the investigation. It’s partly out of professional courtesy, but also so that they don’t bother Natty and Alina.

     

    Lilly was killed with a single slash across the throat. Before that though, she had been tortured something awful. She was sexually violated. There was tearing and internal bleeding, but forensics didn’t find any DNA from her killer. Bruising and wound patterns suggest they may have used a foreign object.”

     

    Natty was the prime suspect, due to an altercation she had with victim hours before her death. The girl also has a propensity for blades. As far as forensics can tell the killing cut was made with a short thin blade. Natty’s switchblade fits the pattern, but it came back clean. We’re following up some other leads, but if you hear anything, please let me know. ”

     

    Brandon still has doubts of Natty’s innocence. Lack of evidence doesn’t prove she didn’t do it. Sheriff Mason has another tidbit for the general manager and security chief. Sharing information has become problematic since Ricco is still a suspect in the murder of Revered Weem’s. He drove Natty home, so that they could talk face to face.

     

    “We’ve arrested the remaining attackers and found out where they got a hold of their hardware. Seems a Calvin Jenkins supplied the weapons. He also coached them through the attack. Mr. Jenkins was originally from Milton, but now lives in Pensacola. He’s said to be working for A.C. Johnson’s as an enforcer. We have a warrant out for his arrest. Well…I’ve gotta get back to the office, but you let me know if you hear anything.”

     

    Another attack tied back to A.C. The crime lord is coming at them from all angles. Ricco returns to his office to look into Walter Hopkins. It wouldn’t surprise him if the ‘supposed’ talent agent from Dixie Entertainment was somehow linked to the Johnson crime family. He spends several hours conducting NET research, but finds nothing suspicious.

     

     

    Beebe waits with Natty outside the school, for classes to let out. Paris is overjoyed to see her friend (and lover). The two share an embrace. As they turn to leave, Lilly’s brother, Bobby Tran, approaches, pulls a small caliber pistol and aims it at Natty. “You killed my sister, you bitch!”

     

    The Czech girl reflexively goes for her switchblade. Paris tries to interpose herself between them, shouting at her cousin, “No!” Beebe who had remained by the truck is too far away to do anything. If she were back home, her revolver would be at her hip, not shoved in the glove compartment of the pick-up. She runs towards Bobby, but knows she won’t be in time.

     

    Bobby’s shot catches Paris in the torso, causing the young man hesitate. Natty uses the opening to throw her blade. Bobby mouth opens and closes like a fish out of water. He stares agog at the knife protruding from his chest and goes down.

     

    With the threat neutralized, Natty turns her attention to Paris. Her lover assures her that she’s ok...”look, it barely broke the skin.” Beebe walks over to disarm Bobby. He groggily comes around, so she tells him, “Just stay down.”

     

    The shooting draws Brandon and Mason to the school. Ricco is there soon after, as are Sheriff Mason and his deputies. Like she told Natty, Paris’ wound is slight. Dr. Ricci has her patched in minutes. Bobby Tran is not so fortunate. The knife wound will require a trip to the Milton Hospital. The sheriff takes the .22 caliber pistol from Beebe. After taking statements, he decides not to arrest anyone, yet.

     

    Beebe drives Paris and Natty to the St. Claire farm. On the way, they talk about the shooting and about Lilly’s death. Who could want to kill her in such an awful manner? Wracking her brain for possible suspects, the nomad remembers Hadley (Walters III) being at the farm, this brings up a memory of Lilly being chased by Hadley and his to asshole buddies (Episode 2). It didn’t mean much at the time, but now, it could be significant.

     

    She turns the truck around, and the three of them go to see Ricco. The general manager thanks them for the information. “Don’t worry, I’ll deal with it.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, May 8, 2047:

     

    Sheriff Mason stops by the Resort to meet with Ricco and Brandon. “Bobby Tran says that Hadley Walters III told him he saw Natty follow after Lilly the night she disappeared. Hadley denies saying anything to Bobby about Natty. I’ve interviewed Natty and her band mates. They attest to her whereabouts.”

     

    Marcus pauses. “Here’s where it gets tricky…Hadley offered to take lie detector test, which he passed. I asked Bobby to do the same and he passed as well.”

     

    Brandon notes, “His father is a lawyer. I’m sure he taught his son how to lie convincingly.”

     

    Ricco informs the sheriff about the attack on Lilly last January. He also points out that Hadley has a very expensive car. “A vehicle like that probably has a GPS.”

     

    Sheriff Mason has Beebe, Paris and Natty write out their statements regarding the incident last January and sign them. “I’ll see about getting a warrant, but the evidence is pretty thin.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, May 9, 2047:

     

    Ricco receives a message from the Pensacola COG. Operation Perfect Storm, the annual spring maneuvers, will take place from Thursday, June to 6th to Tuesday, June 11th. The Blackwater area will be locked down from 11 am to 7 pm on Monday, June 10th. Details will follow in the coming weeks.

     

    Henrique takes the afternoon and evening to produce the first recording sessions for Velvet Blue. He concentrates on the songs that will be used for the club scenes being filmed at the rooftop set, tomorrow.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, May 10, 2047:

     

    Construction is finish just in time for shooting to begin on the rooftop set. Filming begins in the evening, with Velvet Blue playing the part of the house band. Many Blackwater residents are cast as extras for the bar scene. Security is tight, preventing any incident that may mar the evening. Vera is cast as Ricco’s ‘date’. The former lovers have been falling back into their old familiarity. Once shooting has wrapped, Henrique invites everyone to a party in his suite.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, May 11, 2047:

     

    Today is the field test the new prototype for Boss Arms’ x-ray laser. The weapon has 2 standard power packs for a theoretical maximum output of (total of possible from the power packs is 40d6). The tests go fairly well. A variable setting allows the intensity of the beam to be dialed up or down. Overheating becomes an issue when the weapon is fired at higher settings. Reliability is good at medium setting (4d6 damage). Sustained firing reveals subtle instabilities in the power core that need to be worked on. Still Charlie and Beebe label it a success.

     

    The memorial party for Steve Zelinsky is held that evening by the hotel pool. Additional security has been brought in for the event, but not by the hotel. The Visigoths have paid to for a detail of to sheriff’s deputies to be on hand. With the entire motorcycle club and their families in attendance, the party would make a tempting target. Hotel security is on high alert, with Brandon and Mason working the party. The rest of the team come as quests, but still keep one eye out for trouble.

     

    Velvet Blue provides the music and is especially good. Henrique watches them play, remarking to Ricco. “I’m glad you told me about these four, Cobrinha, they can go far.”

     

    Ricco gives him a nod. Everything is going well tonight. Still, in the back of his mind he feels something is not quite right.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, May 12, 2047:

     

    An angry Sheriff Mason shows up at the Resort. A.C. Johnson’s country house was attacked and burned to the ground last night. When the fire department and police arrived, they were greeted by a pyramid of eleven severed heads set up on the front lawn. Laid out in three rows of three were six of A.C. Johnson’s remaining eleven enforcers, his butler, chauffeur and cook. On top of those were Drew Barton, A.C.’s chief enforcer, Tommy Klein, the lieutenant in charge of all gambling in Escambia County, Rain and a lawyer named Jordan Grey. The grisly pyramid was capped with A.C. Johnson’s mutilated head.

     

    Ricco (truthfully) denies any knowledge of what happened.

     

    Sheriff Mason doesn’t look convinced. “Jordan Grey was Charles Ingersoll’s personal lawyer and senior counsel for Petersen Point Properties, so you can imagine my skepticism?”

     

    The general manager continues to protest his ignorance of the massacre. After a while, he has the feeling that Marcus might be starting to believe him. Both have no doubt that the Visigoths were somehow involved, but the bikers have an iron clad alibi. For the sheriff, the most galling thing of all is that they used his people to cover up their crime. “A security detail my ass!” Marcus won’t lose any sleep over A.C. Johnson or his people, but he doesn’t like being used.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 14: The Johnson Clan Implodes

     

     

     

    B)

  12. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 12 – A.C. Johnson Makes His Move

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

    Sunday, April 21, 2047:

     

    The national news outlets carry a breaking story out of Milton. In the early hours of the morning, the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ (Reverend Weems’ church) was firebombed. The blaze has been brought under control, but the structure is a total loss.

     

    In other news, the Alabama Freedom Army issued claims responsibility for releasing unlawfully held prisoners of the Alabama ‘Police State’. The AFA further refutes statements made by the Lowndes’ regime that the dead prisoner was shot while escaping. They insist the troopers turned their weapons on the prisoners while they were still shackled in the vehicle. It is for this act of murder the trooper was executed.

     

    Reverend Weems has no doubt who is responsible for the firebombing of his church. He leads his congregation on a march down the public roads through the hotel. Brandon checks, but their parade permit is in order. As a county commissioner, Reverend Weems signed off on it himself! Resort security stands back and lets the angry marchers proceed. The ‘Fundies’ are orderly, but people from the trailer park are not. They occasional rock is thrown at the marchers. Hotel security is unsuccessful in apprehending the perpetrators…not that try very hard.

     

    By early afternoon the news reports that a third prisoner has been recaptured by Alabama State authorities inside of Florida. Two Santa Rosa County deputies were wounded when they tried to intervene.

     

    Around 2:30 (pm), Beebe’s quiet walk is interrupted by the sound of squealing tires. Charlie races up in his truck, screeching to a halt beside the startled nomad.

     

    “Quick, jump in. Your father called. There’s some kind of emergency at his house.”

     

    A knot forms in Beebe’s stomach as she climbs in. The vehicle is in motion before her door even closes. It’s a tense ride for the young nomad. She wants to ask if Sandy said anything else, but is afraid of distracting Charlie. Getting into an accident won’t help her family.

     

    There are at least 15 cars parked outside of Sandy and Sheila’s house. Her brain goes numb. She can’t shake images of cars lined up for a funeral…friends stopping by to console the grieving family. Beebe runs for the house fearing the worst. She burst through the door, to find all of her friends and family gathered in the main room. Even her mother is there, but this isn’t the somber scene she was expecting.

     

    Seeing Beebe, they all shout in unison, “Surprise!”

     

    The young nomad is confused. She had been in crisis mode. A room full of smiling faces is the last thing she expected to see. She is too stunned to speak (failed COOL role). She is almost in tears by the time her mother Bea walks up to lock her in a tight embrace. “Happy birthday sweetie.” Things had been so hectic, she completely lost track of the date. Today is her 21st birthday.

     

    “And as for you…glad to see you could keep your mouth shut.” Having partially regained her composure, Beebe turns to see who her mother is addressing. The fiery redhead’s comment was directed at Charlie. He looks all too pleased with himself, cyberarms folded, leaning against the doorjamb. Beebe gives him a playful shove, before throwing her arms around his neck and hugging him. “Fuckin scared me.”

     

    Bea didn’t come by herself. All of her brothers and sisters from back home in Nevada are here. They all come up to personally wish her a happy birthday. Beebe makes her way through the crowd, thanking everyone for coming. Sheila beams as Sandy gathers her up into great big bear hug. She still can’t believe that they’re all here for her.

     

    The party moves into the backyard, where the sweet smoke scent of grilling meat hangs in the air. If she hadn’t been so intent on finding out what was wrong, the smell of barbeque may have clued her in. Such cares are far from her mind. She has her whole family here and her best friends to share it with…and nothing horrible happened, which seems to be a rarity in Blackwater.

     

    When it comes to gifts, Beebe hits the mother load. Steve gives his half-sister a custom 500cc motorcycle that he built just for her. Since it kinda goes with the bike, Jason gives her his gift next. It’s a full set of riding leathers and matching helmet (Synth Leather Jacket SP12/4, Pants SP4, Boots SP4, Gloves SP4, Helmet SP8; very good quality +1 W&S).

     

    “So you don’t have to keep borrowing mine.” Charlie hands her a set of keys to a new four wheel drive pickup truck. Natty & her mother present Beebe with a beautiful ‘antique’ style dress (Technically Generic Chic, but of Very Good Quality +1 W&S). The lacework is stunning. Beebe almost feels unworthy of wearing it. Paris’ gift she would be too embarrassed to try on; his and hers edible underwear; three pairs each.

     

    “They’re cherry flavored” Paris notes cheerfully.

     

    Bea nearly falls out of her chair she is laughing so hard. Beebe’s blush depends by three shades.

     

    There are other gifts, but the one that sets her heart racing comes from her Mom & Dad. Bea and Sandy present her with Kundalini Roadworks GevHog (SL). The three passenger hover craft is simply gorgeous. All her doubts and worries disappear as she slips in behind the controls. A playful grin is plastered on her face, as she looks to her friends and family. “Who wants to take a ride”.

     

    The rest of the afternoon passes like a dream for Beebe, with the nimble craft gracefully skimming over the surface of the bayou as she puts it through its paces. The hover craft pauses only long enough to take on new passengers, before racing back out onto the water. Those brave enough to join her are treated to a hell of a ride. As long as there are willing passengers, Beebe is game for one more trip around the bayou. Falling darkness brings an end to her ‘fun’, but there’s plenty of party still to be had back at the house.

     

     

    That evening Ricco receives a report that the hotel finally has some vacancies. He has finally figured out how to use a glo-go rig to do his research on the NET. Now all he needs is a dedicated computer to test out his newly acquired skills (Expert: Complex Computer Languages).

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, April 22, 2047:

     

    Spring Break is officially over, but the hotel continues to experience higher than normal occupancy. The departing students have been replaced by a steady stream of military personnel and international tourists. The ‘Where It’s Happening’ segments carried by NET 54 have put the resort on the map.

     

    No matter how bright their prospects, it can all be undone by Reverend Weems and his ‘Fundies’. Ricco feels that needs to talk to Reverend Billy Bob directly, but since the firebombing, he’s been a tough man to find. It’s not that he’s in hiding. The Reverend use to live in a tiny apartment attached to the church. It went up in smoke like the rest of the structure. The general manager hopes that he can locate the preacher through his followers.

     

    Carrie Anne runs the Monday Department Head meeting, while Ricco goes to see Freddy Timmons. The constable provides him with the addresses of the ‘Fundies’ that were arrested over the weekend. He also throws in his two cents for free. “Be careful. They’re really riled up. There’s no tellin what they might do.”

     

    Ricco thanks him for the addresses and advice. Driving off he wonders…how bad could it be?

     

    “Spawn of Satan! How dare you come here! The fires that burned our church will be like a pleasant sunny day compared to the punishments awaiting you!”

     

    The fiery harangue follows Ricco as he walks to the adjacent house. His reception there is no different. The shouts draw more people out of their homes. Neighbors gather to discuss this unwelcome intrusion into their peaceful neighborhood. An angry murmur goes through the growing crowd. The situation is starting to turn ugly. A thrown rock convinces Ricco it’s time to leave. He will try a different approach…later.

     

    Carrie Anne tries to run the department head meeting, but David Lloyd keeps butting in with questions. It takes all of her skills to keep the corporate accountant from hijacking the meeting. The only major piece of business accomplished is that Simon ‘Sly’ Tremont, the assistant manager for the Blue Moon Revue, is promoted to Asst. Food and Beverage Manager. His assistant, Claude ‘DJ’ Clemmons, replaces him at the Blue Moon Revue. Lance Young, a local DJ and member of the local Young family, is hired to fill his vacated position. After the meeting Brandon uses the Sega-Atari trainer to learn how to swim (Swimming 1).

     

    The resort’s gun range plays host to several Senators, pentagon brass and officials from the DoD officials, on hand to the final fields trials of Boss Arms’ laser pistol. Success today is crucial for the Charlie’s firearms company to retain its funding from D.A.R.P.A. Failure could force the gunsmith into bankruptcy. The pistol performs well, impressing their guests. If they can just make it through tomorrow, they’ll be in the clear.

     

    The trials can’t end soon enough for Beebe. Having so many people looking over her shoulder, while she works, is nerve wracking. It almost takes the fun out of firing lasers. As soon as she can, the nomad makes herself scare, heading to Natty’s. Paris waves as Beebe pulls up. Both of her best friend’s are in the front yard, polishing Natty’s ‘new’ pride and joy. The used Toyo-Chevy Hopper is a plastic POS, but it’s all hers.

     

    “What do you think?”

     

    “It’s beautiful…let me give you a hand.” Beebe grabs a rag and pitches in. Her stressful day melts away as they spend the waning hours of the afternoon detailing the truck. It may not be the newest or prettiest vehicle, but what it represents…pride, freedom, self sufficiency…that’s what makes it beautiful to Beebe.

     

    Ricco calls Brandon to find out where they stand in opening the hatch at the old battery. The security chief can offer no time table. He had intended to send in Beebe, but the trials at the gun range and her insistence on finishing her survival training on the Sega-Atari system had delayed the operation. The general manager is not pleased. He emphasizes the importance of opening the hatch. “Get it taken care of.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, April 23, 2047:

     

    Ricco doesn’t even have a chance to check his messages. David Lloyd is at his office, asking to speak with him. Carrie Anne has been dazzling the accountant with her folksy, down home charm. She’s fed Lloyd just enough information to keep him satisfied, but not truly informed.

    It’s been a tough week for Ricco. He’s off his game; a situation that the savvy accountant exploits to trip him. The Brazilian is able to extract himself from the meeting but the damage is done. Ingersoll’s flunky now has ammunition he can take back to corporate.

     

    Ricco’s day goes from bad to worse. Sheriff Mason stops by to turnover the guns recovered from Lost & Found that came back clean. Unofficially Marcus is there to give him a preview of the State Fire Marshal’s findings. The fragments of bottles found at the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ have been traced back to the Petersen Point Resort. Marcus doesn’t believe Ricco had anything to do with the bombing, but someone is going through a lot of trouble to frame him.

     

    “It’s probably A.C.

     

    Mason shares his suspicions, but proving it is another matter.

     

    “By the way, Lt. D.B. Watson looked into those fingerprints you gave me. They belong to a Walter Hopkins. Says here, he’s a ‘talent scout’ out of Dothan, Alabama…works for the Dixie Entertainment Agency.”

     

    Ricco thanks him for the information. Marcus looks as if he has more to say. The general manager urges him to continue.

     

    Watson also informed me that the last escaped prisoner was making his way here. He seemed to think he would be safe at the resort. Watson wondered why that would be…I’m a little curious myself."

     

    Ricco feigns ignorance, but inwardly, he’s concerned. Everything seems to be conspiring to paint a bullseye on both him and the resort.

     

     

    At the range, the laser pistol performs perfectly under simulated field conditions. It carries a single reloadable (and rechargeable) powerpack with 20 charges. The laser can fire every round without overheating at a maximum setting of 4d6. The power can be dialed for 1d6 to 4d6. The tests end with a small party and buffet at the laboratory across the river from the Resort. The military, DoD and D.A.R.P.A. officials all seem extremely pleased. They depart, promising to be in touch.

     

    Crank scopes out some promising talent during amateur night at the Blue Moon Revue. He collects their names and phone numbers while gauging their interest in dancing professionally.

     

    As the clock ticks towards midnight, the on-duty security technician spots suspicious activity on the monitor covering the employee cottages. Three figures, sulking through the underbrush are headed in the direction of the General Manager’s bungalow. Before the overhaul of the security system, darkness would have easily hidden their actions. Under the watchful gaze of the new infrared security cameras, their movements are as clear as day.

     

    The technician alerts Brandon, who is on patrol. “Sir, we have a potential incident in employee housing. There are three men sneaking around in the underbrush. It looks like their target may be the General Manager’s house.”

     

    “Understood. Keep monitoring their progress.” Rather than approaching in the patrol car, Brandon parks and proceeds on foot. Driving up would tip them off. He wants to catch them in the act. Even if it comes down to a foot-chase the biomechanical knows, he is much faster than they could ever be…maybe even faster than the patrol car…definitely able to go places it can’t.

     

    With the technician’s guidance, Brandon is able to work in behind the intruders.

    “Sir, they’ve stopped near the north side of the house. They appear to be unpacking something…aw hell.” As Brandon closes in, the three are backlit by a flare of light. He rushes forward, but is too late to prevent them from tossing Molotov cocktails at the general manager’s bungalow.

     

    The perpetrators pause to admire their handiwork. As the flames lick up the wall towards the roof, the security technician is already on the phone contacting the local volunteer fire department and the sheriff’s office.

     

    Brandon moves into the growing circle of light to confront the three arsonists. “Stay where you are. Put your hands on your head.”

     

    His sudden appearance is a surprise. The three bolt towards the river. Brandon takes down the closest, subduing him. It’s all the delay the other two need. Violent splashing announces their entry into the water. His first instinct is to pursue, but this isn’t the time to put his newly acquired swimming skill to the test. He watches the two men swim for the far shore, then circles back to his prisoner and the burning house.

     

    Most of the furnishings are a total loss, but the bungalow itself only suffers minor structural damage. Unlike the old church, the general manager’s house had been renovated within the last 20 years. Fire retardant materials had been incorporated into the new construction. Ricco knows the attack was aimed at him. It doesn’t matter that the house had been vacant since Rianna’s departure. The intent is still the same. Sheriff’s deputies arrive to collect the captured arsonist. Though he won’t give up his conspirators, the prisoner makes no effort to hide that he is a follower of Reverend Weems or his hatred for Ricco.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, April 24, 2047:

     

    Brandon starts his day before dawn. While it is still quiet, he finishes training on the Sega-Atari (Swimming 2).

     

    Beebe sees off her mother and sibling at the Pensacola airport. Sandy and a large contingent of Visigoths accompany them to ward off any more tickets from the Escambia County Sheriffs.

     

    Sheriff Mason’s tip about the Fire Marshal’s report leads Ricco to talk to Crank. He tells his Food and Beverage Manager to make copies of all the records he has and store them in a safe place. This is especially true for any vendor they use from Escambia County.

     

    David Lloyd, returns to Miami to make his report. Before departing, he can’t help flicking the nose of the lion. “Mr. Torres, something stinks here, and we’re going to get to the bottom of it. You can expect a visit from my superiors.”

     

    It’s Nancy Petersen’s last day working at Panhandle Saloon. The staff throws her a going away l party. In a week or so she will be opening the Beach Creamery for her grandmother, Michelle.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, April 25, 2047:

     

    Today the fourth caterpillar runabout is ready. Ricco goes down to the fuel dock to watch it being put through its paces. He takes that time to talk to Gardner Weems about his cousin, the Reverend. Any hope that Gardner will influence Reverend Weems is quickly dashed. They may be blood, but there is no love between them. Gardner is quite pleased that his cousin’s church burned to the ground.

     

    After this conversation Ricco heads for Pensacola, taking Brandon with him. The general manager purchases a computer and glo-go (Goggles and Gloves) rig. He makes a mental note to ask Natty for her help in reprogramming the modem for netrunning. Brandon buys a Sega-Atari trainer chip for Nuscuba.

     

    Charlie and Beebe run a second test on the Laser LAW. This prototype is much improved, but there is still a delay of 30 seconds before it’s safe to open the reaction chamber and reload the weapon. The heat sinks and new cradling system shunts heat away from the operator. The design still needs work, but it can now be fired manually.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, April 26, 2047:

     

    Brandon takes the day off to use the Sega-Atari trainer to learn Nuscuba 1. The Department of Defense notifies Charlie that his laser pistol is accepted! Payment authorization is in works, and will take about 3 months to be processed. This will cover 90% of his expenditures so far on all four of his laser projects. The promised production contracts will eventually cover the rest and provide a tidy profit. If any of the other three projects are accepted, Charlie will be embarrassingly rich!

     

    Walter Hopkins returns to the Blue Moon Revue. The ‘talent scout’ from Dothan pays for a ‘lap dance’ from Alina Lanikova. Crank is not around to see the two disappear into one of the private ‘suites’, he is busy dealing with an issue in the Palmetto Room. He doesn’t hear about it later from his new assistant manager, ‘D. J.’ Clemmons. By then, Hopkins has left.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, April 27, 2047:

     

    Ricco has a meeting with Crank to discuss the storage and disposal of liquor bottles at both the Blue Moon Revue and Panhandle Saloon. The general manager is especially interested in who has access to the empty bottles. The empties are thrown into bins next to the dumpsters, behind both establishments. This puts them into the field of view of the security cameras set up to watch the back of each club. Ricco authorizes overtime for security technicians to review the video footage.

     

    Before starting her shift, Alina informs Crank she will be using some of her accumulated vacation; May seventeenth through the nineteenth. It’s not a request.

     

    Beebe has the Sega-Atari system reserved, giving her the opportunity to finish her Wilderness Survival (2) training. When done, she’s supposed to meet up with Brandon. The nomad would dearly love to go see her friends perform at the Panhandle, but this mission is too important. She hopes she won’t be missed.

    That evening Velvet Blue plays to a packed house at the Panhandle. Beebe isn’t the only no show. Steve isn’t there either. Greg Harris seizes the opportunity to try and woo Natty.

     

    Brandon drops Beebe off near the Young’s farm. He gives her his NavStar with the course data from Sam’s excursion to the top of the artificial hill. The device proves invaluable as she picks her way toward the overgrown structure. Even with her course laid out, she can’t move faster than a ¼ mile per hour through the thick undergrowth. By the time she reaches the top, it’s early Sunday morning.

     

    Beebe doesn’t bother looking for the hatch on top. She’d still have to cut through the vines. Her slight build allows her to fit through the narrow slit window and into the room beyond. The space is small, probably no more than a lookout position. Above, in the center of the ceiling, is the hatch leading to the outside. In the far corner is an uneven mound of dried cement. It looks as if someone just dumped a wheelbarrow load of concrete on the hatch then left.

     

    Beebe unrolls an IR poncho and hangs it across the slit window facing towards the Young’s farmhouse. Hopefully it will be enough to mask the light and heat given off by the thermic lance. The small handheld cutting device won’t last long, so she examines the concrete pad carefully.

     

    If the surface is anything to go by, there may be air pockets throughout. Brandon had said he could open the hatch about one or two inches. Beebe taps on the poured concrete with the hammer end of her survival tool (3in1 multi tool – hatchet, hammer and pry bar). There is definitely a void beneath. It could make cutting more dangerous, but she’s come too far to turn back now.

     

    The air inside the bunker becomes stifling. Heat from the lance turns the small room into an oven. Beebe would like nothing more than to tear down the IR poncho and let a breeze blow through. She tries to ignore the sweat running down her back and pushes on. The fuel supply for the lance gives out before she is done clearing the hatch. Luckily she has her survival tool. A couple of judicious ‘taps’ with the hammer and some light chipping with the hatchet blade finally allows her to dislodge a plug of concrete over the hatch.

     

    Just to make sure there’s not another room below this one, Beebe cycles open the hatch. A dark shaft disappears into the bowels of the gun battery. The nomad contacts Brandon on the comm. “I’m through.”

     

    There is not enough time for Beebe to make way back on the surface. The sun will be up soon. Brandon comes through the tunnels with a respirator for the young nomad. He brings along his climbing gear so a broken rung won’t end in a fatal fall. Making it back to the hotel, they inform the Thelas that the entrance is now open. Brandon says that he will report it to Ricco. Beebe just wants soak in a warm tub..

     

     

    Developing news out of Milton…Reverend Billy Bob Weems has been shot. The fiery preacher was speaking at a rally in city. Upon exiting the hall, he was struck in the by a single gunshot. Sources at the rally have reported that the bullet killed him instantly. Others contend that the Reverend lingered for a half hour before succumbing to his wounds. His followers are in an uproar. Those interviewed have no doubt that the bullet came from that ‘Sodom and Gomorrah’ on the Blackwater River. The general manager of the Petersen Point Resort could not be reached for comment.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, April 28, 2047:

     

    Sheriff Mason shows up with a warrant and seizes all the A-80s in the security room. He insists on searching the resort’s security vehicle and finds another A-80 hidden in the trunk. Nobody on the hotel’s security force remembers putting it in there. There is a single round missing from the magazine.

     

    Ricco and Brandon put their people on constructing a timeline of where the patrol car was located through every moment of the previous evening. Most of the time can be accounted for. Technicians begin to assemble corroborating footage from the security cameral feeds around the resort. There is however a 30 minute window when the car was not on the property. Brandon’s explanation of where he went with the vehicle is hazy. He obviously can’t tell Sheriff Mason that he drove Beebe out to Angus Young’s farm, so she could open an access shaft to an underground tunnel system that was supposed to remain flooded.

     

    The ‘Booze Cruise’ is sabotaged by three of Reverend Weems’ followers. They manage to smash all the liquor bottles in the vessel’s bar, before jumping overboard to avoid apprehension. The boat’s captain calls the police. An Escambia County Sheriff’s boat pulls the vandals from the water and carts them off to jail. They will be arraigned tomorrow.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, April 29, 2047:

     

    Ricco and Brandon travel to Escambia County Courthouse for the arraignment of the three ‘Fundies’ who vandalized the booze cruise. The department head meeting is once again run by Carrie Anne Thorn. Business has dropped off since the end of the Spring Break Season, but it is still much better than in previous years. So far they have not had to lay off any employees. With the recently signed contract that will bring in tourists from South American they should be able to retain most of the new hires through the summer at the very least.

     

    At the Escambia County Courthouse in Pensacola, the three ‘Fundies’ are brought up to be arraigned. The trio pleads not guilty, stating that they were merely expressing their beliefs through ‘legitimate’ protest. In a surprise move, the Escambia County Sheriff’s office supports this view, as does the Escambia County Prosecutor. All charges are dropped. An angry Ricco and Brandon return to the resort in time to catch the tail end of the meeting.

     

    After the staff meeting breaks up, the ‘Dirty Deeds’ team assembles. Jack Shepard reports that the Thelas have uncovered the entry to the diving trunk. It is recommended (and approved) that pumps be installed to make the airlock serviceable. Ricco feels they need more of a warning when the Alabama State Police come again. He authorizes the purchase of two Bell Mini-bees and a Microtech Attack Drone.

     

    Henrique’s advance team (6 rooms) shows up at hotel. Ricco greets his fellow countrymen and helps them settle in. They are here to make sure everything is ready for the main production crew. They will be arriving in the next two days. Henrique and his entourage will be coming with them

     

    Brandon calls Ricco and Betty Lu to the security office. The people reviewing the security tapes have found something. A shadowy figure approaches the patrol car while it is parked in the hotel lot. The trunk is opened and something is placed inside. That ‘something’ could easily be the rifle found by the police. Ricco contacts Sheriff Mason and sends him a copy of the footage.

     

    Beebe drives over to Natty’s house after work. Paris is already there, trying to assure her friend that Steve is all right. The Czech bassist hasn’t heard from her boyfriend in two days. He missed their show at the Panhandle and hasn’t called. That’s totally unlike him. Beebe convinces Natty to come to the gym and watch her train with Alina. The Czech girl offers a weak smile. “I could use a laugh.”

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, April 30, 2047:

     

    Henrique’s first unit arrives, filling up 20 rooms in the hotel. The marina reports that the fifth Caterpillar runabout is now in service. These small craft are proving very popular with local sport fishermen. Jack Shepard notifies Ricco that the tunnels under the hotel are now dried out and lit. There is power throughout and an independent phone system is being set up down below. They are setting up the ECM and Electronic warfare gear with hidden antennas around the resort. What he needs now is mounts for the AA guns. Ricco calls Charlie, who promises to fabricate a mount for the 25mm gun salvaged from the A-20 Militech panzer.

     

    The noon vid news has a disturbing story. Senator Brainerd Johnson announces Senate hearings on terrorist attacks against Florida Churches. The Senator is A.C. Johnson’s brother. The upcoming hearings will target ‘foreign elements’ at work in Florida. Ricco calls Richard King to set up a meeting; time to call in the big guns.

     

    Beebe receives an urgent call from her father. “Come to the house as soon as you can…bring Natty.” The edge in his voice makes her drop everything and head out the door. She drives by the school to collect Natty. The nomad sees fear in her friend’s eyes. The drive over to Sandy’s house is like a replay of her birthday, except without the happy ending.

     

    A call had come from the Escambia County coroner. The body of a young man was found last Sunday floating in Upper Escambia Bay. Sandy and Sheila had just returned from identifying the body. It was Steve. His throat had been cut.

     

    Beebe is devastated. Natty collapses into tears. Sandy is crushed and suspicious. Steve had last been seen across the street from the clubhouse, scouting places to hide a new security camera. Their previous cameras had been sabotaged several times over the past couple of weeks. That had been Saturday. His body was discovered on Sunday. Steve’s fingerprints are on file with Escambia County authorities, so why had it taken two days for them to call?

     

    Natty’s tears give way to anger. She shouts something in Czech that Beebe can’t understand. From the reaction of her family, she thinks somebody is going to pay with their life for Steve’s death. The nomad can get behind that. She’s warming to the idea of killing.

     

    That evening Sheriff Mason comes to see Ricco and return the resort’s A-80s. The weapon that killed Reverend Weems was smart-linked and manufactured years apart from the ones owned by the hotel. This discrepancy and the security footage has the sheriff convinced this is a frame-up.

     

    At least Marcus has some good news. The leader of the kill team that had taken out Rat and Hillary Williams broke under brain dance. He has implicated Calvin Jenkins, one of Drew Barton’s top lieutenants, as the person who authorized the killings. There is now a warrant out for Jenkins arrest. The hired killer also implicated Mason’s traitorous deputy. The sheriff was able to obtain a brain dance order on his former subordinate. They put him under today.

     

    In case he wasn’t aware, Marcus informs Ricco of Steve Zelinsky’s death. Mason has a copy of the autopsy, which he shares it with the ex-cop. The method of killing has bearing on his investigation into the death of Martin Long. Steve was killed by a left handed person using the same (or a similar) knife to the one used to killed Long. In Marcus’ opinion whoever killed Martin Long is also responsible for the murder of Steve Zelinsky!

     

    On another note, Alabama authorities inform Sheriff Mason that the team who freed the prisoners eleven days ago were also equipped with A-80s. It is a popular weapon in this area, but…..

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 13: And the Blood Continues to Flow!

     

    B)

  13. This comes in two parts, one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 12 – A.C. Johnson Makes His Move

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

    The Thelas nomads offer a replacement to fill the hole left by the death of Sam Fisher. Reaching an impasse in his investigation into Martin Long’s murder, Ricco makes Hank Tremont aware of Rain’s involvement. Continued protests by Reverend Billy Bob Weems and his followers fuel tensions that boil over into violence.

     

    Alina Lanikova ends her stay with federal authorities. Charlie’s naïve hiring practices are forgiven by a final successful test of his laser pistol.

     

    Reverend Weems suffers the same fate as Thomas Becket. With means, motive and opportunity, Ricco becomes the prime suspect, suitable for framing. At the urging of his brother (A.C. Johnson) Senator Brainerd Johnson pushes for hearings aimed at Ricco and the resort. A death in her new family causes Beebe to contemplate murder, while Natty’s entire world implodes.

     

     

    Background

     

    President Whindam has made it the goal of his fifth term as president, to restore the sovereignty of the Unite States of America over the four southern states colloquially known as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’. Under this directive, several teams have been formed to implement a plan concocted by C.I.A. Deputy Director Hamilton Greeley and US Attorney for the District of Northern Florida Richard Sharkey. One of these teams (The PCs) has been tasked with running the Petersen Point Resort. Located in Santa Rosa County, on Florida’s panhandle, this seedy old tourist destination is perfectly situated, between the Pensacola COG and Alabama border. Though they may be tasked with the occasional field op, the Petersen Point team’s primary mission is to act as a ‘safe haven’ and staging ground.

     

    Members of this ‘Dirty Deeds’ team have been provided with cover jobs at the hotel. Sam Fisher, a retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, was the original team leader. His cold blooded murder of an Alabama State Trooper caused his employers to reevaluate his tenure. Since his untimely death at the hands of a C.I.A. cleaner, the role of team leader has fallen to RiccoTorres. The Brazilian born ex-cop turned corporate executive walks a fine line between loyalty to Disney and the needs of the mission. Those goals of are in alignment, for now…

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    And introducing –

    Mason Verge: A former Marine Force Recon member turned freelance solo with a good relationship with the Thelas nomads and a distinct dislike for the Alabama State Police.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University, who is determined to claw her to the top.

     

    Angus Young is one of the most successful farmers in the county and he lives in Blackwater. His daughter, Anne, was killed recently by the Alabama State Police.

     

    Bea Lafferty is Beebe’s mother and a famous edgerunner from the Fourth Corporate War.

     

    Calvin Jenkins is an enforcer for A.C. Johnson now wanted for murder.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Claude ‘DJ’ Clemmons is the MC and now runs the Blue Moon Revue under Crank’s direction. He is a 32 year old black Creole from New Orleans.

     

    Constable Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    David Lloyd is a low level accountant sent by Petersen Point Properties to see the reasons for the stunning turnaround at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Drew ‘Tiny’ Barton is A. C,’s chief enforcer. He is a large and heavily cybered Afro-American (EMP 1) with 10 years military experience. He was cashiered from the army for almost killing his superior officer and served 8 years in prison. He is extremely dangerous and intelligent.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina. He is also a Blackwater Town Councilman.

     

    Greg Harris is the second son of Roger Harris who owns the Blackwater General Store. He used to date Natty before she blew him off for Steve Zelinsky. He’s not a bad kid and still pines for her. His sister Suzie was killed by the Alabama State Police in the same incident as Anne Young.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths. He is a tough smart leader with eight years military experience. It was he that put together the smuggling connection with the nomads and used those connections to run guns and supplies to the rebels in Alabama after the Alabama State Police murdered his two sons in cold blood eight years ago.

     

    Hillary Williams, an elderly resident of Blackwater who was murdered before she could testify against Ronnie Johnson.

     

    Jack Shepard, the marina manager and a Thelas nomad. He is ex-military and is organizing the resort’s defenses.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Lance Young, a local DJ who is now working at the Blue Moon Revue.

     

    Lt. Dalton Beauregard (D.B.) Watson is from the Alabama State Police Criminal Investigation Division who was in Blackwater to investigate the killing of three Alabama State Policemen.

     

    Martin Long was a drug dealer for the Rattlesnakes MC, who was murdered last year. His killing has ignited a gang war.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild chlld’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is the daughter of a Karl Petersen and used to be a cocktail waitress at the Panhandle saloon. She is preparing to reopen the Beach Creamery for her grandmother, Michelle.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Paulo is the leader of Henrique’s location scouting team and an old friend of Ricco Torres.

     

    Peg Leg Porter was an old pirate (Thelas Nomad), who was thrown out of his pack and went land bound. He had a house just north of state boat ramp where he lets the local teenagers throw wild parties. He was also knee deep in the Rattlesnake-Thelas drug connection.

     

    Rain was the distributor for Ronnie Johnson’s Panhandle Drug Operation. She is a thin black haired white girl with a number of tats. She is out on bail awaiting trial.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Reverend ‘Billy Bob’ Weems is head of the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ and leader of a group called the “Fundies” by the locals. He is an extremely charismatic and has a large following. The man hates the modern world and has even gone so far as to get cyberware banned in the county. That law against possession was struck down after a long court fight that cost the county a fortune, but it is still illegal to sell or install anything remotely related to cyberware. He was responsible for getting ordinances against serving alcohol on Sundays. He is the first cousin of Gardner Weems, but they haven’t spoken in over 25 years. The man is a registered Republican and extremely right wing.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Senator Brainerd Johnson is a member of the Florida State legislature and is corrupt as the day is long. He, his second wife, Carol, and four children live in Tallahassee and Escambia County. His first wife and child were killed in a plane crash after that wife left him.

     

    Sheila Belanger Zelinsky is Sandy Zelinsky’s wife and Steve’s mother. She shares a special bond with Beebe’s mother, Bea.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Simon ‘Sly’ Tremont is the assistant food and beverage manager of the resort. He is a greasy looking white man with black hair and a pencil thin mustache.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

    Walter Hopkins is a ‘talent scout’ for the Dixie Entertainment Agency out of Dothan, Alabama

     

     

    The Action

     

    Friday, April 19, 2047:

     

    Jack Shepard hangs around after the morning staff meeting, to introduce Mason Verge. The former Force Recon marine is a friend of the Thelas and someone he feels would be a good fit to fill the vacancy on the hotel’s security staff. The marina manager also implies that Mason would be up for ‘other duties’. A quality replacement that might fill the hole on the Dirty Deed’s team is not something Ricco can overlook. It also doesn’t hurt to keep his Thelas allies happy.

     

    Jack’s recommendation notwithstanding, he still goes through the formalities of an interview. With Brandon sitting in, Ricco quickly summarizes what would be expected of him as a security officer for the hotel. Most of the interview is spent dwelling on the past failures of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. It’s quite the eye opener, what with the general manager divulging enough incriminating evidence to hang them all.

     

    Mason does toy with the idea of turning them in…in his eyes they’re no better than murdering terrorists…but Jack vouched for him. He can’t betray that trust. Verge accepts the position, along with the extra duties. Ricco contacts the rest of the team, so that they can come meet their newest member.

     

    [GM Note: I honestly don’t know what the player was thinking. Possibly a lapse into ‘out of game knowledge’…this is an existing player, bringing a new PC into the game, let’s get them up to speed as quickly as possible.]

     

    A quick meet and greet devolves into a brain storming session that drags on for hours: the main topic of discussion, how to respond to the threats posed by State of Alabama and the Johnson Crime Clan. There is a fear that the Alabama state police may show up in force one day to take them down. Brandon suggests opening the tunnel entrance at the top of the old fort’s main battery as a possible escape route. He wants to send Mason to access the tunnel from the outside, but that would leave the leave them with a skeleton crew on the security staff; not something they can afford with the hotel at peek occupancy for spring break.

     

    Beebe volunteers to sneak in. With something blocking the hatch, they may need someone with good technical skills anyway. If the entrance is like the others, it’s probably capped with concrete or possibly some other covering. Rather than drawing out the planning session even further, by discussing the particulars, she agrees to regroup with Brandon after the team meeting breaks up.

     

    Ricco tells the entire team about the photos sent by the Rattlesnakes and the meeting that took place at Peg-Leg Porter’s. Everyone agrees that talking to Rain is key. The problem is finding her. After being released on bail, she returned to Escambia County.

     

    Beebe speaks up. “It probably isn’t a good idea for us to go rooting around Escambia.” The nomad tells of her recent run-ins and harassment by the Escambia sheriff’s department.

     

    Her final comments are mainly directed to Ricco, but said aloud for the benefit of the entire team. “A.C. has the cops wired. If there’s even a hint we’re looking for her, Rain will either be in the wind or dead. There are other interested parties who might have an easier time operating in Pensacola. They may also have contacts that can find Rain. I think this is something we should leave to them.”

     

    The meeting breaks up leaving team members to ponder what to do next.

     

     

    Meanwhile the 2nd Drunken Golf Tournament is under way. As play progresses, participants are having trouble keeping their balls on the course. Spectators devise an ad hoc drinking game around the competition to make the staid game of golf more fun and exciting. Mobile carts keep a steady supply of libations flowing at every hole. They almost manage to drink the hotel dry.

     

     

    The second unit of Henrique’s production company arrives to film location sequences and pickups. Paulo is in charge of the team. He stops drops in on his old friend, to ask about Velvet Blue. Ricco is happy to see Paulo, but with everything else going on, he hasn’t had time to look into the mess with the band. He lays it out straight. “Natty is in the wind, with a small army of Feds after her. I have no idea where she is or if she’ll even be back.”

     

    Paulo takes the news in stride. He even seems happy. “Well, we won’t be able to get them in the studio any time soon…but a story like that can only boost their popularity. Sales should go through the roof.”

     

     

    Jason is all smiles when he tracks down Beebe. “Guess what I got.”

     

    She’s about to make a snarky comment about venereal disease, but is interrupted by the ringing of her phone.

     

    “Better answer that,” he tells her, brimming with child-like excitement.

     

    Beebe shoots him a suspicious glances, but does as he asks….”Hello?”

     

    “Hey…it’s me.” Jason waves to her, flashing a toothy grin. It’s his voice on the phone, but he didn’t speak out loud.

     

    Either her boyfriend has taken up ventriloquism or he’s done some supremely stupid. Beebe unconsciously falls into the tone she used on her younger siblings, when they caused trouble under her watch. “What did you do?”

     

    Instead of speaking to her directly, his voice continues to come through her phone’s speaker. “I got a phone implanted in my head! Isn’t it cool?”

     

    She disconnects the call. Cool would not be her word for it. “Why would you do that? Cells phones can be tracked. A hand held, you can pull the battery or throw away. What are you going to do…Wear a foil hat?” It comes out harsher than she had intended.

     

    Jason is hurt that she isn’t excited. “I got it for practical reasons. Working on a boat it pays to have both hands free. Now I don’t have to worry about fumbling for my phone or having it get in the way or falling overboard...”

     

    His points are reasonable, which makes her feel doubly awful for snapping at him. Beebe doesn’t want to argue, so she lets Jason ‘convince’ her about the merits of having a phone in his head.

     

    While Beebe is humoring Jason, Brandon drives into Pensacola to buy Nuscuba and Underwater Survival chips for the Sega-Atari trainer.

     

    Later in the afternoon, an alert goes out to the security staff and general manager. A motorcade of black unmarked SUVs is headed for the employee cottages. This doesn’t have the feel of an Alabama State Police raid, but Ricco and Brandon head over just the same. They catch up to the vehicles as they pull up in front of Alina Lanikova’s cottage. The dancer and a man in a dark suit exit from the back of the middle SUV. He escorts her inside.

     

    More men in dark suits intercept Ricco and Brandon before they reach the house. One of them flashes a badge. “I’m Agent Sykes. Please don’t ask any questions, I‘m not here to answer them. Ms. Lanikova is being released. You were previously requested to detain her daughter Natalie for questioning. That will no longer be necessary.”

     

    Sykes turns away, to confer with another agent, effectively dismissing them. They make their way to the house with no further impediments. The agent who had escorted Alina inside passes them on the path. He is back to the SUV by the time Ricco and Brandon reach the doorway. The Brazilian waits for the motorcade to pull away before knocking.

     

    Alina comes to the doorway, but doesn’t open the screen. She looks unkempt and haggard. Arms crossed, she stares at the two men, “What do you want?”

     

    Her tone is aggressive; almost confrontational. Ricco tries to not to let it color his response. He keeps it as neutral as possible. “We came to see if you were ok. Do you need anything?”

     

    Anger still simmers behind her eyes, but most of the venom drains from her voice. “Where’s my daughter?”

     

    “I know she avoided capture,” Ricco begins. “I don’t know where she is at the moment, but I’ll get word to her that your back and it’s safe to come home.”

     

    As a consolation, the general manager offers Alina a complimentary bottle of liquor from the hotel. The dancer requests a very expensive bottle of Nemiroff vodka. Ricco doesn’t even bat an eye. I’ll have it sent over.

     

    [GM Note: During the 72 hours Alina was in custody, the Fed’s pulled every trick, short of physical coercion, to try to get her to talk. Her training had prepared her for prolonged sleep deprivation, but round the clock questioning by a team of interrogators still took its toll. They left her handcuffed to a table for the entire interrogation. There were no bathroom breaks. Alina was force to soil herself and then sit in her own filth. When Ricco and Brandon showed up at her door, she hadn’t even had a chance to clean herself. Alina was definitely in no mood for more questions.]

     

    Since he doesn’t have her phone number, Brandon contacts Charlie to ask him to tell Beebe that Alina is back and wants to see Natty. The young nomad doesn’t know where her friend is exactly, but she has a good idea of how to pass the information along. She reaches out to her father, hoping Visigoth’s VP will have a way to pass the message to Steve (who is more than likely in hiding with Natty).

     

    Instead of calling, she drops by Sandy’s home. Alina’s release isn’t the only news Beebe has for her father. She tells him everything Ricco revealed to the Team about his investigation into the murder of Martin Long. The nomad asks that he sit on the information at least until the end of the day. “I suggested to Ricco that he should bring this to the club (Visigoths), but just in case, I thought I should tell you.” Sandy agrees to wait. He also contacts Steve at one of the club’s safe houses and tells him to bring Natty back to her mother.

     

    Beebe drives to Alina’s to give her the good news. Knowing that Natty is safe and will soon be home seems to calm her. Beebe brings up her Sambo training, in hopes that the topic will keep her instructor occupied till Natty gets there. Alina really isn’t in the mood to discuss technique. The two lapse into an uncomfortable silence.

     

    Mercifully, Steve rolls up on his bike, with Natty behind him. As soon as they come to a stop, the Czech girl jumps off. She runs up to the porch and throws herself into her mother’s arms. Both look to be near tears. Beebe never doubted there were strong emotions between them. She had been on hand for several of their titanic screaming matches. Well…it was Natty that did most of the screaming. Alina’s delivery was more of a drill sergeant bellowing orders. But looking at them now…holding on to each other, as if fearful they might be separated again at any moment...crying tears of joy…Beebe can’t help but be moved.

     

    Both are usually so guarded. Beebe feels like an intruding voyeur. She self-consciously looks away, taking the opportunity to wipe away the tears brimming in her own eyes. By the time she looks back the moment is over. She becomes aware of Steve at the bottom of the steps. The look on his face says that he saw it too.

     

    Alina tells them, “We need some time alone, to talk.”

     

    For once Natty doesn’t argue. She gives Steve a kiss and heads inside. Before following, Alina stops to thank them both for protecting her daughter. It’s an awkward moment after the two depart. Beebe feels a pang of homesickness; a need to be with family. As if sharing her thoughts, Steve asks, “Do you…uh…want to do something?”

     

    She gives him a smile. “I’d like that.”

     

     

    While Alina and Beebe are awaiting Natty’s return, Ricco visits Hank Tremont at the Visigoth’s club house. He gives the MC President a complete rundown on his investigation, emphasizing the need to find Rain. “We have to talk to her to find out what really happened. It is going to take someone who knows the area though. If A.C. Johnson hears that we are looking for her, he will probably ‘take care of her’; tie up loose ends.”

     

    It’s not a hard sell to convince the gang leader. “We’ll take care of it.”

     

    As an afterthought Ricco asks, “Do you think Stuart Wilson will want to know who is responsible for the killing of the two nomads at that meeting?”

     

    Hank doesn’t know and doesn’t really care. The Thelas don’t know the city like they do. This will be the Visigoth’s hunt.

     

    After leaving Hank, Ricco heads into Milton to rent a safety deposit box. There are certain records and instructions that he wants kept safe, in case of his untimely death. From the bank, it’s only a short drive to Reverend Weems’ church. The secretary is less than hospitable. She recognizes the general manager and can barely conceal her hostility.

     

    “The Reverend is not in.”

     

    It is hard to tell if Weems really isn’t there or if she is just being a bitch. Barging in will gain him noting, so Ricco politely asks to schedule an appointment with Reverend Weems for this coming Monday at 9:30 am.

     

    It’s the last weekend of the Spring Break and the resort is pulling out all the stops. Pounze da Lion is rocking hard down at the beach. Beebe and Jason hang out with Natty and Steve, while the rest of the members of Velvet Blue and their ‘entourage’ mingle in the crowd. During their second set, the lead singer of Pounze da Lion takes a moment to thank Velvet Blue for helping them score the gig.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, April 20, 2047:

     

    Finally able to schedule time on the popular Sega-Atari Scholar system, Beebe learns the basics of surviving in the wilderness (Wilderness Survival 1). Since there are 4 harnesses, Paris and Natty join her. The girls had discussed going camping. Beebe had suggested that it might if they bone up on their survival skills before heading out. It sounded like a reasonable idea. They also wanted to check out the Sega-Atari system, as neither had ever had a chance to one before.

     

    Camping aside, Beebe needed to pick up some rudimentary skills before tackling the kudzu jungle covering the old battery on the Young’s farm. She’s a desert girl; born and raised. The back swamps and dense foliage of Florida, are different from anything she knew back home. At times she misses the wide open spaces.

     

    Reports of a daring escape in Alabama hit the news. It occurred during a prisoner transfer. The transport was ambushed while in transit, by an unknown number of assailants. Footage from the cameras aboard the vehicles was erased. All of the troopers in the guard detail were killed in the attack. Not all perished during the assault. One of the troopers appears to have been executed; shot through the back of the head, by a high caliber weapon.

     

    Of the four prisoners, one was mortally wounded during the escape attempt. A second prisoner was recaptured, but the other two are still at large. The Alabama State Police tip line and NET portal are linked below pictures of the remaining escapees.

     

    [GM Note: In the quasi police state of Alabama, the State Police tip line allows citizens to make anonymous reports about the activities of their neighbors. Some forms of reporting are less anonymous than others. Alabama takes a dim view of ‘false filers’. They have very strict laws and penalties for those found to be filing a false report, up to and including being charged with a misdemeanor or even a felony. It depends on the severity of the situation, but the mood of the review officer or importance of the person making the report, are also factors]

     

    Anticipating that the Blue Moon Revue might be picketed by the congregation of Reverend Billy Bob Weems’ church, Ricco orders a sign made that reads ‘Charity Night for ASPCA’. The general manager calls in Andrea Hutton for an emergency meeting, in which he lays out his idea for making Saturdays at the Blue Moon ‘charity nights’. One third of all the profits on those nights will go to the ‘charity de jour’.

     

    The PR intern couches her response. “Charitable donations are an excellent way of building good will. Posting a sign might give the wrong idea though. It might seem like you’re asking patrons to donate as well. I’m no lawyer, but soliciting funds for a charity could have tax or legal implications. It might be best to keep it a corporate donation.”

     

    Ricco appreciates her input, but decides to forge ahead. Crank is left to inform the dancers. Their responses to the news are far less politic; expletives and suggestions where Ricco can stick his idea being the most popular. There is a mutiny brewing, till Crank steps in to clarify the policy. “The donation will come from the profits of the club, not your tips. Your incomes will not be affected.” If it doesn’t hurt their livelihood most of the dancers could care less. A few continue to complain, just out of habit.

     

     

    Ricco’s guess that the Fundamentalist were going protest the resort proves to be correct. It’s only his choice of target’s that was wrong. Instead of the Blue Moon they go after the hotel and Spring Breaker Rave by the pool. A score of vehicles, blaring their horns, drive up and down Petersen Point Road. Brandon posts security to make sure not trespass onto resort property. Otherwise he orders his people to leave them alone.

     

    The partiers hardly notice the horns. Most of their noise is blocked by the building. The rest is drowned out by the music. Those in the trailer park are not so fortunate. The security office begins to receive noise complaints. The noise carries all the way to Blackwater, bringing a visit from Freddy Timmons. The protesters pretty much ignore the constable’s orders, but Freddy is not without friends or backup. He calls in the sheriff’s department and town’s jail is soon stuffed to bursting with Reverend Weems’ ‘Fundies’.

     

    The Pool Rave carries on unabated. Brandon makes a play for a drunken coed and gets lucky!

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

    B)

  14. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 11– Time to Pay the Piper

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

    Sunday, April 14, 2047:

     

    Sam Fisher and Ricco attend services at St. Peters by the Sea. Both are surprise to see Lt. D.B. Watson sitting in the back row. They are suspicious of his motives, bus as the two watch him, it becomes apparent that he’s a Catholic or understands enough to pass himself off as one. After mass, Watson circulates among the members of the congregation.

     

    He eventually approaches Ricco. “Well, I’ll be on my way now. I have a mountain of stuff to go through. If I have any further questions though, I’ll be in touch.”

     

    D.B. Watson walks to his car, but before getting in, he calls back to Ricco. “Oh, I’ll be sure to pass on to Mr. Ingersoll how cooperative you’ve been.” The general manager watches him drive off.

     

    The booze cruise pulls out just before noon, with Crank on board. Ricco drives the long way around (not thru the military base) to drop off Brandon. The biomechanical checks the area for snipers, in case their contact had a similar idea. Finding none, he moves to his position and settles down to wait.

     

    Through his scope, he sees Sam arrive on time. The ex-operative walks down the dock and begins to fish. At 1:38 pm a pickup truck pulls into the boat ramp’s parking lot. The driver stays in the truck, but a second man, wearing the USMC ball cap get out of the passenger side, grabs green fishing pole and small blue cooler out of the back and heads for the dock. Just as in the briefing, he selects a spot right next to Sam. The identical blue coolers are less than a half a foot apart. 10 minutes pass. Like clockwork the man turns to ask the ex-operative, “Fish been biting today?”

     

    “Not really,”

     

    “I’ll try someplace else then.” After reeling in his line, he bends down, picks up Sam’s cooler, returns to the waiting truck and drives off.

     

    Eight minutes in to the proscribed 10 minute waiting period Brandon sees Sam flinch through his scope. Within two heartbeats, the ex-C.I.A. operative topples forward, pitching into the river. The body pops up seconds later. Through the scope Brandon spies a reddish plume spreading in the water around Sam Fisher’s head. He hadn’t heard a shot. Brandon search for the hidden sniper, fearing he may be next.

     

    (GM Note: The only Team member who can tie this operation back to Washington is now dead. Mr. Zeitsev has kept his word to Sam (from Episode 3) about what would happen if there were any more fuck-ups. The man hired to take out Sam Fisher was James Marsden. Sam is a world class sniper and Marsden knows it. Instead of firing from the optimum position, where he knew Sam would look, Marsden chose an alternate location. It made for a harder shot, but kept him concealed from Brandon’s position.)

     

    People at the boat ramp begin to realize something is wrong. Two men jump into the water to help Sam. Others are looking around or on the cell phones. Brandon realizes it’s time to slink away.

     

    Back at the hotel Ricco has his lunch with Deputy Marshall Clay Johnson. The Brazilian lays his cards on the table. “I’m trying to solve the murder of Martin Long from last September. So far it appears that the murder had something to do with drug dealing in Escambia County.”

     

    Clay is able to confirm that his uncle considers Escambia County his ‘turf’ and he would defend it with lethal force. As to the identity of this mysterious independent fixer, Clay has no idea who it could be, but he’d be willing to help once Ricco has more to go on.

     

    Lunch isn’t productive, but it is delicious. After seeing Clay off, Ricco heads out to pick up his security chief. When the Brazilian enters radio range of the biomechanical’s personal communicator, Brandon informs him of Sam’s demise. Most of the action is still taking place across the river, so he is able to slip in and make the pickup. As they make their way back to the hotel, Ricco calls ahead to assemble a Team meeting.

     

    The group is stunned. Crank doesn’t buy it. He thinks that the C.I.A. extracted Sam. “I bet they’ve already have him set up with a new identity.”

     

    His is a minority opinion. Others fear that this may be the first of more killings to come. Ricco tries to allay their fears by telling them he reported Sam Fisher’s erratic behavior to Disney. “I was concerned that he was becoming a threat to the hotel and the mission.”

     

    Though he has the best of intentions this admission leads many on the team to suspect the general manager had Sam wacked. After the meeting breaks up, Crank contacts his people and relays this information. Brandon calls the Bast Corporation (his sponsor) and reports Ricco’s revelation. This could be very bad for the Brazilian.

     

    If one could navigate the maze of shell companies and cutouts, ownership of the Bast Corporation would trace back to the Caitlin biogens of which Catherine (Ortiz-Fisher]/b]) Vaduva, Sam’s ‘daughter’, is the leader! Fortunately, she is not a ‘hands on’ owner so this will take time for the information to filter back to her.

     

    Sabrina West and the ‘Where It’s Happening’ crew leave the resort around six that evening. They are very excited and happy they came. Net traffic on the site is through the roof. Several of the segments shot over the weekend have already gone viral.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, April 15, 2047:

     

    The morning meeting starts off on a somber note as Ricco announces the passing of Sam Fisher. Moods brighten as the department heads begin to deliver their reports. They are having the best April in over a decade. The resort is sold out through the end of the month. Being featured on ‘Where It’s Happening’ has generated buzz; more that they could have ever possibly hoped to achieve through advertizing. Ricco congratulates all concerned.

     

    After the staff meeting, Mr. Zeitsev calls Ricco to inform him that the 4/19 mission is being serviced by ‘another vendor’. The Brazilian is also informed that future missions are now his responsibility. He is in charge of the team. Ricco makes it clear, he will not do any overt ‘wet work’. Zeitsev finds this acceptable (He had no intention of giving him any of those types of missions).

     

     

    Flashing lights catch Crank’s eye as pulls up to the Panhandle a little after noontime. He sees Freddy Timmon’s cruiser, but no constable. The vehicle is parked in front of a house on the other side of Trout Avenue. He hangs around outside hoping to catch a word with Freddy when he returns to his car. The constable doesn’t emerge from the house till an ambulance pulls up outside.

     

    The lights aren’t on and the EMTs don’t seem in any hurry to go inside. Curious, Crank makes his way across the street to investigate. Freddy doesn’t let him inside, but lets him know Hillary Williams, was found dead at the bottom of the stairs. “From the looks of it, she took a spill down the steps and broke her neck.”

     

    Crank remembers that Ms. Williams was one of the three major witnesses against Ronnie Johnson’s drug crew. The old lady had let Rain use her driveway for a small stipend.

     

    With her death there is no only one witness left, Wilbur Harper. Harper lives a couple of doors down. Like Hillary, he had been paid to allow Rain to park her van in his driveway. Owen calls Ricco and Brandon, who immediately head for the house. The general manager calls Sheriff Mason on the way. At Ricco’s urging, Freddy walks down to check on Wilbur Harper. There is no answer. Checking around the outside they find what appears to be signs of a break-in.

     

    Concerned for the man’s safety, Freddy agrees to enter the premises. He takes Brandon and Ricco as backup. Since he’s not a constable, Crank is told to stay outside. The three search the house, but find no one. Heading back to Hillary’s they search the outside and find the same subtle indications of a break-in.

     

    Sheriff Mason arrives on the scene. Based on their suspicions, he calls in his crime scene team and cordons of Hillary Williams’ house. Marcus also launches a search to find the missing Wilbur Harper. The sheriff’s first call is to Wilbur’s sister, who confirms that he is at her house visiting. Sheriff Mason sends two of his most trusted deputies to pick him up. Ricco and the sheriff put their heads together to come up with a plan.

     

    Around mid-afternoon Ricco receives a great piece of news. The South American tour company that Face was negotiating with saw the NET 54 coverage of the resort. They want to sign a deal to bring two groups (40 to 50 rooms worth) a month for 10 day stays from the end of May until the beginning of September. If this works out, they could expand this contract. This deal should tide the resort over during the upcoming off-season.

     

    Just before 5 (five o’clock), Sheriff Mason drives onto the property and heads to Sam and Rianna’s house. Rianna’s life comes crashing down around her as Marcus informs her of Sam’s death. She eventually pulls herself together and calls Sam’s daughter, Catherine. Cat and Kyle immediately take a flight from Paris.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, April 16, 2047:

     

    A registered letter arrives from Texas for Ricco. Inside are the promised photos, from the Rattlesnakes. There are 6 people pictured. The names of those known to the gang are written on the back. In the photos are Peg-leg (identified and named), Martin Long (identified and named), two Thelas nomads (identified but not named), the Fixer (identified but not named), the Fixer’s girlfriend (identified but not named). Ricco doesn’t need the name of the Fixer’s girlfriend. He already knows her; it’s Rain.

     

    From girlfriend to a prominent member of Ronnie Johnson’s Panhandle Drug operation; the young woman seems to have figured out a way to trade up in the business. Ricco has questions he wants to ask her, but finding Rain, could be problematic. After making bail, she disappeared.

     

    In the early afternoon, Crank is called by ‘Sly’ Tremont at the Blue Moon. A swarm of Federal agents just stormed the place and arrested Alina Lanikova. They waved around a warrant claiming National Security, tore apart her dressing room and anywhere else she had access to. As Crank is taking this call a security alert is goes out. A group of unmarked cars with blue lights flashing are heading through the resort towards the employee cottages.

     

    Natty shows up on Beebe’s doorstep. She looks terrified.

     

    “A bunch of cars pull up in my house front and men get out with guns,” the young Czech blurts out. “I drop my phone and run out back. I need help. Call Steve, I want Steve!”

     

    Beebe pulls her inside. After a brief conversation with her brother, the two girls rush down to the dock. The nomad grabs a runabout, taking Natty to the landing just north of the Interstate highway bridge. Steve is already waiting to spirit his girlfriend to safety. As the two race away on a motorcycle, Beebe turns the watercraft towards home.

     

    Seeing the row of flashing lights waiting at the dock, she changes course, heading for the gun range and her workshop. The nomad is met on the dock by a DoD security official in a suit and one of the facility’s uniformed security men.

     

    “OK, where is Natalie Lanikova? We know you took her someplace.”

     

    “I took her north to the bridge,” Beebe doesn’t see any reason to lie. Natty and Steve have a 20 minute head start. They should already be gone or in hiding.

     

    The man in the suit glares at her. “Ms. Lafferty, consider yourself in custody.”

     

    He then turns to the uniformed. “Take her away.”

     

    The uniformed security officer is grim faced. He doesn’t lay hands on Beebe, but merely gestures towards the main laboratory building. The nomad goes with him, without comment. Once inside, she asks, “May I work in the lab?”

     

    Out of sight of the suited Fed, the security guard relaxes and smiles, “Sure Beebe, just don’t wander away. Consider yourself detained.”

     

    Back at the house a senior DoD security agent asks Charlie, “So you not only brought Alina Lanikova to a top secret weapons test, but discussed your work with her?”

     

    “Well, yeah. She’s a beautiful woman and knows about laser technology. That’s quite a package in a strip…. Err … exotic dancer.”

     

    “Exotic dancer?” the man takes a moment to regain his composure. “Her name is Lieutenant Alina Lanikova of the 601st Czech Special Operations Group attached directly to their military intelligence.”

     

    Charlie’s brows furrow. “I thought she was retired from whatever she did in the Czech Republic?”

     

    “Oh, yes, retired,” The officials retort drips with sarcasm. “Her last assignment got her promoted to an officer and transferred to the EU’s elite military intelligence school where she finished at the top of her class. And then they allowed her to resign her commission and come to America to be an exotic dancer?”

     

    “Not a good career move,” Charlie observes.

     

    The agent is speechless. The muscles in his jaw tighten as he fights to keep his mouth from gaping open at the sheer stupidity of the man in front of him. Through clenched teeth he nearly hisses at Charlie. “You are not to see her or speak to her, do you understand?”

     

    The gunsmith’s replies with a dismissive, “Yeah, sure.” .

     

     

    At the hotel’s main building a LEDiv official hands Brandon a material witness warrant and informs him that he and his security staff are to detain Natalie Lanikova if they see her.

     

     

    Around dinner time an AV-3 with a Cadillac body lands at the hotel. Once on the ground it drives to Sam and Rianna’s house. Two bodyguards exit the vehicle and survey their surroundings. Given the all clear, Kyle and Catherine Vaduva step out and go inside. It is time for the family to grieve.

     

     

    As far as the world is concerned, Wilbur Harper has returned home after a visit to his sister. In truth, this is a sting, which Ricco and Sheriff Mason hope will draw out whoever killed Hillary Williams.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, April 17, 2047:

     

    Time passes slowly at Wilbur Harper’s house. It looks like their stakeout is a bust, but a little after 2:30 am, a window on the first floor quietly slides up. Brandon is in the room in a sneak suit. He witnesses a man with face and torso plating slide into the room. Once safely inside, he unfolds the collapsible stock of a FN-RAL and scans the room. The security chief remains perfectly still, hoping the deep shadows in the corner of the room will keep him hidden. The man doesn’t seem to notice him.

     

    A second man slides through the window wearing a flak vest; armed with a Sternmeyer 21. Brandon quietly sends a sub-vocal communication of the radio to notify the others. The first intruder remains near the window, while the second moves to the closed door leading to the hallway. A third man slips into the room with an auto-shotgun.

     

    From his hiding place in the room across the hall, Ricco watches as a window slides open to admit a man in metal gear. The entry is as quiet as one can hope for in the hard armor. After situating himself he scans the room with an auto shotgun. A second figure in metal gear follows him into the room; more nimble than the first. The second intruder immediately makes for the room’s door, drawing a sword.

     

    This is a lot of firepower to kill one man. Brandon begins to wonder if they are blown. He is now in the room with four intruders. Crank is in the front room, hiding behind a chair at the corner leading to the hall. Flak vest slings his Stermeyer 21 and draws a silenced Arasaka Miniami 10. He starts up the stairway leading to the back of the second floor. Crank can see him and the man in metal gear armed with the sword. He fires a 12 gauge slasher round into legs of the SMG wielding assailant, before putting two slugs into the man in metal gear. Against the hard armor, they have some effect.

     

    The man bears down on Crank, brandishing his blade. Ricco holds his fire as the second man in metal gear moves up to the door. Across the hall, two assailants hold their positions, while the third, armed with an auto-shotgun enters the hall. Brandon fires to take down the two remaining gunmen, without killing them. He aims for their ‘gun arms’. The sound of automatic fire carries from the hallway as two Santa Rosa County deputies open up with assault rifles.

     

    In the front hall Crank drops his weapon and engages his attacker in hand to hand combat. The blade slashes through empty air as Owen ducks under the swing. He drives upward into his opponent, picking the man up by his armor and body slamming him. There is a sickening snap as the man hits the floor. He remains crumpled on the ground; unmoving.

     

    Brandon’s first shot hits the FN-RAL wielding gunman in the forearm, taking him out of the fight (failed his stun shock save). The opponent at the door turns and fires his auto-shotgun wildly. Brandon returns fire and cripples the man’s cyberarm forcing him to drop the weapon. In the hall one deputy keeps up fire as the other reloads. As the last assailant in his room takes aim out the door, Ricco shoots him in the back with his Armalite 44s. The metal gear is up to the job.

     

    The ex-cop waits to be shot, but the gunman turns his weapon on the window. A blast from the auto shotgun blows out the glass. Before Ricco can stop him, he is up and through the empty frame. Making it outside is far from getting away. Mike Tran takes him down at range, but doesn’t kill him.

     

    Brandon’s opponent tries to make the run across the hall, but is cut down by a deputy. The security chief checks the man at the window. He is seriously wounded, but not in danger of death. The biomechanical disarms and cuffs him. All of the intruders in the hall are dead. Ricco calls Sheriff Mason who has been standing by for his call.

     

    They search the attackers but find no identification. The only thing of note is a cell phone, found in the pocket of the FN-RAL armed gunman. Brandon turns it over to the sheriff when he arrives with a select few deputies. Marcus Mason examines the call log. It has only one call in it and that is a couple of hours old. The sheriff looks at Ricco and says, “Let’s give it a try.”

     

    Pressing redial elicits a ring from the pocket of one of the deputies that had accompanied the sheriff. There is a moment of stunned silence, then the deputy reaches for his weapon. Brandon catches his arm before he can bring the pistol to bear. They wrestle the man into handcuffs. Sheriff Mason looks his traitorous deputy in the eye. “Welcome to hell!”

     

    By midafternoon the Sheriff calls Ricco and informs him that the FN-RAL and Sternmeyer 21 carried by the attackers have been identified as the murder weapons involved in the killing of Rat. Judge Hannibal Grey has already signed the brain dance orders for the hit team’s leader and his crooked deputy.

     

    “This could be the beginning of the end for A.C. Johnson.”

     

    Ricco hopes it is. He realizes he personally has gone from ‘pain in the ass’ to a mortal threat.

     

     

    On a happier note today is the Second Waterskiing and Parasailing Competition for Spring Break. The beach and waterfront is crowded with the skilled and fools. The competition is once again divided into divisions. A warning letter from Sheriff Mason has ended the Naked Lady Division, but the competition is still riotously good fun. Beebe repeats as the winner of the open Parasailing Division. She is asked not to enter the next competition. As a consolation, she is invited to be a judge, which she accepts.

     

    Kyle and Cat stop by to talk to Ricco. He invites them in and explains what has been happening at the resort. The Brazilian doesn’t mention any of the ‘Dirty Deeds team’s’ missions and the two don’t ask. They seem very interested in the first assassination attempt when they arrived. The investigation into Sam’s death has uncovered the sniper’s nest used to kill him. A cell phone was found nearby. It has been traced to a Logan Hawke.

     

    Kyle and Cat tell Ricco they will be taking Sam’s body to the Arlington National Cemetery to be buried. Rianna will be leaving with them. The government has agreed to allow him a military funeral with full honors. They will send someone to clear out his and Rianna’s things at the beginning of the week. Ricco wisely doesn’t tell the pair about the conversation he had with King Dick just before Sam was killed. The Brazilian does, however, express his sincere condolences.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, April 18, 2047:

     

    Charles Ingersoll has finally noticed that perhaps the Petersen Point Resort isn’t going under quietly. This is no surprise as NET 54’s news magazine show, Where It’s Happening, did a full weekend piece a few days ago. Corporate sends a low level flunky accountant to see what’s going on. As the hotel has no vacancies, he is put in a trailer that is not in the best of shape. Both Ricco and Carrie Anne knew this day would come and are ready for him.

     

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 12: A.C. Johnson Makes His Move

     

    B)

  15. This comes in two parts, one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 11– Time to Pay the Piper

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

    Alabama sends an official investigator (with an FLDE escort) to look into the deaths of their officers. Mr. Zeitsev keeps his promise to Sam Fisher. The resort’s syberite successes draw the wrath of the local Fundamentalist Church. Charlie is cock blocked by the Department of Defense. Alina is detained and Natty is in the wind. The prosecution’s list of witnesses in the case against Ronnie Johnson grows shorter. Charles Ingersoll learns of the resort’s increasing successes.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Andrea Hutton is a hot twenty one year old senior and a marketing/PR prospective intern from Jacksonville State University, who is determined to claw her to the top.

     

    Catherine ‘Cat’ Ortiz-Fisher Vaduva is Sam Fisher’s daughter and a retired world-class operative.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Cathy Hodges is the daughter of the mayor, the head of the school and a hotel employee.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Deputy Marshal Clayton ‘Clay’ Johnson is the older son of the late Terrance Johnson and nephew of ‘AC’ Johnson, the crime lord of Escambia County. His younger brother is Roland ‘Ronnie’ Johnson a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County. The marshal is in NO way a member of his uncle’s organization and would love to put him away.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Floyd Webber is an Alabama CSI technician in Blackwater to investigate the killing of three Alabama State Policemen.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina. He is also a Blackwater Town Councilman.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Hillary Williams is a little old lady who lives across the street from the Panhandle Saloon in Blackwater.

     

    James Marsden is world class sniper and contract killer. He works for the highest bidder but used to work for the C.I.A. who alternatively hires him and puts kill orders out on him. He was first introduced in the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Judge Hannibal Grey is the aging (76) white, chief Judge of the county. He is from an old area family and comes off as an old style ‘good ole boy’ type. Personally that is true, but he worships Justice not the dry interpretation of the law.

     

    Kyle Vaduva is a retired C.I.A. operative who is married to Catherine ‘Cat’ Ortiz-Fisher Vaduva and Sam Fisher’s old friend and son-in-law.

     

    Lt. Dalton Beauregard (D.B.) Watson is from the Alabama State Police Criminal Investigation Division in Blackwater to investigate the killing of three Alabama State Policemen.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a member of the Visigoths MC and ½ brother to Beebe Lafferty.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old and is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Peg Leg Porter was an old pirate (Thelas Nomad), who was thrown out of his pack and went land bound. He had a house just north of state boat ramp where he lets the local teenagers throw wild parties. He was also knee deep in the Rattlesnake-Thelas drug connection.

     

    Rain was the distributor for Ronnie Johnson’s Panhandle Drug Operation. She is a thin black haired white girl with a number of tats. She is out on bail awaiting trial.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Reverend ‘Billy Bob’ Weems is head of the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ and leader of a group called the “Fundies” by the locals. He is an extremely charismatic and has a large following. The man hates the modern world and has even gone so far as to get cyberware banned in the county. That law against possession was struck down after a long court fight that cost the county a fortune, but it is still illegal to sell or install anything remotely related to cyberware. He was responsible for getting ordinances against serving alcohol on Sundays. He is the first cousin of Gardner Weems, but they haven’t spoken in over 25 years. The man is a registered Republican and extremely right wing.

     

    Richard King is a highly placed Disney executive that deals in ‘delicate’ situations. He is the man Disney sends, when things are going wrong and action must be taken. He has the nickname ‘King Dick’, but never to his face!

     

    RolandRonnieJohnson is the younger son of Terrance Johnson and a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County.

     

    Sabrina West is the host of the NET 54 newsmagazine show, ‘Where It’s Happening’ and a good friend of Andrea Hutton.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sargent Willard Broome is the senior patrol officer for this area for the FDLE. He is crew-cut wearing no-nonsense trooper who was born and raised in the Pensacola area. This white officer is honest and has no partisan grudges.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Trooper Seth Hunt is Broome’s usual partner in the FDLE. He is from Tallahassee and the ‘new guy’. He is a decent and honest white man.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

    Wilbur Harper is an old man that lives across and down the street from the Panhandle Saloon.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Friday, April 12, 2047:

     

    A mid-morning call from Cathy Hodges sends Brandon and Ricco scrambling for the Petersen Point School. According to the principal, officers from the Florida Department of Law Enforcement were at the school cordoning off a section of the parking lot. Classrooms on that side of the building were thrown into disarray. Students were too busy staring out the windows to pay attention to their studies.

     

    Her call to the security office was to register a complaint. “A heads up would have been nice. If we had been warned ahead of time, we could have made arrangements, so that classes wouldn’t have been disrupted.”

     

    At Brandon’s urging, the dispatcher tactfully apologizes for the oversight. He doesn’t feel Cathy needs to know they we never informed of the visit. The FDLE and Sheriff usually call ahead if they are coming onto the property. But such courtesies can’t be expected, when it’s resort staff, especially security personnel that are being investigated. After directing the security monitor to train cameras on the FDLE detail, the security chief heads off to tell Ricco.

     

    There are still faces of students in the windows of the school as Brandon and the general manager approach the scene. Sergeant Willard Broome and Trooper Seth Hunt watch from outside a newly erected cordon of yellow police tape. Like the students they are merely spectators as two men carefully go over a discolored patch of pavement; the final repose of ‘Bob Jones’.

     

    Obie had given the area a good hosing down, but some of the blood had managed to soak in, staining the pavement. After more than a week, it didn’t really look like blood any more. Light showers and the sun’s baking heat had reduced the residue to an irregular ruddy brown discoloration. If you didn’t know what happened, the spot would just blend in with all the other stains on the cracked and aging asphalt.

     

    Sergeant Broome greets Ricco as he and Brandon approach the tape line. The officer’s hail draws the attention of one of the men inside the cordon, who immediately walks over to join their conversation. Still several paces away, he calls out to the new arrivals. “Mornin, y’all.”

     

    “You muss be Ricco Torres.” Absently stripping off a latex glove, the man offers his hand to the general manager. Continuing in his thick Southern Drawl, he introduces himself as, “Lt. Dalton Beauregard Watson, Al-bama State Po-lice…Crim-nal Investigation Division.”

     

    The ex-cop shakes the Lieutenant’s hand, trying to match the man’s broad smile. Watson jerks a thumb, back over his shoulder, towards the other figure inside the tape line. “That there’s Floyd Webber, a tech from our crime lab.” He doesn’t look back. The investigator instead keeps his eyes on Ricco; studying his reactions.

     

    Sheriff Mason sent over the Constable’s report…the one-bout Trooper Harold George’s death. We had sum concerns. Oh, almost forgot.” Reaching into his coat pocket Lt. Watson pulls out two folded sheets of paper.

     

    He hands the first to Ricco. “Formalities first. This here is a letter from the Florida Attorney General, countersigned by one Judge Harlan Gillespie, o' the Florida State Supreme Court. It authorizes me to investigate the fatal shooting of Al-bama State Po-lice Trooper, Harold George. Didja know he wuz a decorated US Marine veteran?”

     

    Watson lets that sink in for a moment, before handing over the second document. “This un’s a letter from Charles Ingersoll, yoh CEO. It says all yoh employees should cooperate with my investigation.”

     

    Ricco looks over the documents. The letter from Ingersoll is galling, but he remains polite.

    “Of course, Lieutenant, we will be happy to assist you in any way we can.”

     

    “Why thank you. Now…If you don-mind me sayin, I just find it very curious…that you would hire a ‘zip’ like Bob Jones, without first looking into his past. I mean the man had an expensive and heavily modified sniper rifle an two rare custom handguns. Throw in the spawn blades an you have a very unique kit.”

     

    Ricco responds without missing a beat. “Yes, we are reviewing our hiring practices to make sure this never happens again.”

     

    “Hmm…That’d be a wise precaution.”

     

    As Floyd Webber continues to collect his samples, Lt. Watson praises Ricco’s recent work in Rio de Janeiro. The investigator sounds like a genuine admirer, but it’s clear that he’s done his homework. His thick accent and informal manner might cause many to dismiss Watson as a backwoods hick or good ol’ boy. The ex-cop holds no such illusions.

     

     

    While Ricco continues his conversation with Lt. Watson, Brandon watches the Alabama lab tech loading samples into a small case. He can see Webber say something, but it does not appear he is talking to Lt. Watson. The tech suddenly stands and looks skyward, causing the security chief to look up as well. A Bumblebee drone drops down out of the sky, landing a few feet from the tech. Webber loads the sample case into the drone’s cargo compartment. After he steps back, it shoots back up into the air. Now that he know its there Brandon can follow its course, back towards the Alabama border.

     

    [Gm Note: The Alabama drone wasn’t loitering overhead just to convey the forensic samples back to Alabama. It was also on hand to make sure nothing untoward happened to the Alabama investigators]

     

    “Well, that pretty much wraps things up here. We’ll take down the tape an return yoh parkin lot to ya. I’d still like to talk to yoh staff…especially security. I have questions about Bob Jones. Hopefully they’ll have sum answers.”

     

    Ricco promises that everyone will cooperate completely.

     

     

    Charlie moves ahead with his plans to hire the beautiful Alina Lanikova as a part time consultant on his laser project. He sends a request in to the Defense Department for the required background check.

     

    Paris and Natty fill Beebe in on the excitement at the school on the way to Pensacola. As they approach the city limits an Escambia County Sheriff’s cruiser pulls them over. The deputy cites her for speeding. It’s a totally bogus charge, but there is nothing to do about it. She takes the $140 ticket and continues into Pensacola.

     

    After picking up the band’s t-shirts, the three girls get in a little shopping before heading back to Petersen Point. Once outside the city limits, they are pulled over again, this time for running a stop sign that doesn’t even exist. Beebe grits her teeth and takes the $100 ticket. As the truck approaches the county line a third cruiser pulls out behind them; lights flashing. Sick of their bullshit, the nomad doesn’t bother to stop. They make it across into Santa Rosa County. The Escambia deputy gives up pursuit at the county line.

     

    Beebe prides herself on her driving. Such outright falsehoods and abuse of power have her in a lather. She finds Charlie to tell him what happened. The gunsmith doesn’t interrupt as she rants and raves. When she gets into these moods, it’s best to let her vent. He feels partially responsible anyway. She was driving his truck.

     

    As Beebe winds down, Charlie puts a reassuring hand on her shoulder. “I’ll look into it.” He holds out his hand for the tickets. Her anger spent, the young nomad sheepishly gives him the ‘slightly’ crumpled citations that she had been clenching in her fist during her tirade. The gunsmith takes the tickets and pays them himself.

     

     

    Ricco calls Clay Johnson hoping the Deputy U.S. Marshall can provide him with some information. The two arrange to have lunch at the resort on Sunday.

     

    While out on patrol, Sam Fisher receives a call from the security dispatcher. Two NET 54 news vans have entered the resort complex and are heading for the main entrance of the hotel. The security officer tries to head them off, but one of media is already out of the van and making her way up steps.

     

    Ricco and Andrea Hutton are waiting on the steps. The media approaches and hugs the PR intern. Andrea introduces the general manager to her friend Sabrina West. She is the host of the NET 54 lifestyle digest, ‘Where It’s Happening’. Edited segments of the video log appear in 15 minute spots as part of the standard news cycle and on the media conglomerate’s Leisure channel. The show’s real impact though is on the NET. Visitors can view all previously released segments with expanded content, live journals from Sabrina and the crew and links to the people and places presented.

     

    Andrea has convinced her friend that spotlighting the Petersen Point Resort would make a great segment. Sam pulls Ricco aside to try and convince him this is a bad idea, but the general manager sees it as a chance to score free publicity...

     

    The camera’s roll as several hundred Spring Breakers and a horde of locals cut loose poolside. They are on hand to document the Best Breasts Oil Wrestling Contest and interview the winner. Still bare chested and glistening from head to toe, Natty gives a rambling, half intelligible account of her victory. In her excitement, the girl lapses into speaking Czech, leaving Sabrina at a loss.

     

    The men in the crowd don’t really care what she has to say. They’re too busy ogling her ample breasts. For a fifteen year old she’s quiet well endowed. It’s part of the reason people mistake her for being older than she really is. Natty finishes the interview with a final shimmy for the cameras, drawing a roar of approval from the crowd.

     

    From the sidelines Beebe can only shake her head. Natty entering the Oil Wrestling competition was a surprise, but nothing her friend does shocks her anymore. In a way the nomad is a little envious. She could never be that open or comfortable showing off her body. Beebe wonders if that’s something else Natty learned from her mother. Alina’s training had served the girl well in the wrestling pit, but this exhibitionist streak was going to land her back in the dog house. Beebe can only stand by and wonder how long her friend will be grounded this time.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, April 13, 2047:

     

    Crank reaches out to his contacts to learn more about the upcoming prisoner transfer. He’s search for information about how many guards accompany the prisoners, their usual formations and backup.

     

    Around the same time there is a knock on Sam Fisher’s door. It’s the Federal Express Mail Service bearing another delivery from Mr. Zeitsev. The ex-C.I.A. operative takes the one cubic foot package, into the kitchen to open it. Inside the box is a small blue cooler containing an e-book chip, $55,500 in cash, a valid ‘active’ service ID for Sam Fisher and a ball cap with word ARMY emblazoned across the crown.

     

    After securing the cash and the other contents of the cooler, Sam takes the chip to the secure conference room at the hotel. He makes sure that all of the security measures are activated, before inserting the chip into his e-book and pressing play. Mr. Zeitsev’s voice comes from the built-in speaker.

     

    “For Your Eyes Only; Due to recent events at the Petersen Point Resorts your part in the operation scheduled for 4/19 will be serviced by another vendor. Distribute the $40,000 you received with the original briefing amongst your Team as you see fit. At the time of the 4/19 operation, make sure you and all of your people can account for the whereabouts; security camera footage with a time stamp would be best.

     

    New Instructions: On Sunday 4/14 be at the end of the dock at the East River Boat Ramp by Florida Rt. 87. Carry the military ID on you as it will keep the MPs at bay. It is NOT a forgery and will check out. Have a black fishing pole, wear a blue short, sleeve shirt and the US Army cap. Bring this small blue cooler. Put $50,000 in the small cooler along with the mission briefing materials you received last Thursday. Be there by 1:30 pm, walk down to the end of the dock and start to fish.

     

    Within 30 minutes this man (picture of contact appears on screen) will walk out on the dock with a green fishing pole, wearing a baseball cap with the US Marines insignia (image of correct cap appears on screen). He will be carrying an identical blue cooler. The contact has been provided with your picture. If he sees you are on the dock, he will come up, sit next to you and begin to fish.

     

    He will place his cooler next to yours. After about ten minutes he will leave with your cooler. You will wait at least fifteen minutes then leave with his cooler. Deliver that cooler to the same address you would have brought your 4/19 mission ‘package’ to. Make sure you are not followed to the safe house. Also, do NOT wait more than 30 minutes for the contact to show up. If the contact is not there by 2 pm, get out quickly. If the contact is NOT wearing the US Marines cap, he is an imposter and you are authorized to terminate him. Be sure to wear your US Army cap as he will be authorized to terminate you as an imposter also. The remaining $5000 is your fee and the additional $500 will allow you to replace your e-book.”

     

    Sam’s e-book immediately shorts out destroying it and the chip.

     

    (GM Note: OK, OK I was a huge fan of Mission Impossible when I was young!)

     

    Fisher immediately calls a meeting. There is grumbling when he announces the mission has been cancelled. A promise of payment restores the peace. Sam doesn’t give them an amount. He just tells them that they will receive their money by next Friday.

     

    Since everyone is already gather together, Crank puts forward the suggestion of inviting Alina Lanikova to join the team. Thanks to the NCIS investigators and Sam himself, they know she was at one time part of Czech military intelligence. The federal agent’s vetting process had been vigorous. It’s Crank’s opinion, that the military would have never rescinded the ban on the Blue Moon if they still had doubts about her.

     

    Sam disagrees completely. Owen might be right or she may have covered her tracks so well that NCIS couldn’t find any evidence. There’s also no telling how Alina will react if she finds out they’ve put her daughter, Natty, in harm’s way and made her an accomplice to one of the worst acts of domestic terrorism in recent years?

     

    Beebe agrees with Sam, but for very different reasons. “The federal government was investigating Alina, who is to say they’ve stopped? If they are still keeping tabs on her, joining the team could put us all in jeopardy.”

     

    The young nomad is fairly certain that some government agency is looking Alina. Charlie has been working to secure clearance for her to work at the test range. That’s not something she feels the rest of the team needs to know. Beebe also takes exception to Sam airing Alina’s past in front of the group and is not afraid to call him on it. “You don’t know her. Most of what you’ve said is pure conjecture. You of all people should know better. How would you like it if someone started talking about your past?”

     

    Sam doesn’t take the verbal dressing down well. His distaste for the young nomad boils to the surface and the two argue. Ricco tries to play the peace maker, but the ex-CIA operative gets in his face and tells him to “Shut up!”

     

    That’s the final straw. The Brazilian has had enough of Sam’s attitude. He refuses to be shouted down by the bigger man and joins the verbal fray. The ex-operative forgets about Beebe and turns his attention to the true target of his hatred. It still rankles him that Ricco usurped his position as general manager. He can’t admit it was his fuckup that cost him the job. Every time Sam has to him for equipment or to free up the Dirty Deeds team for a mission is like poking an old wound. This blowup has been a long time coming.

     

    The ex-operative’s blood is up. He is all ready to thrown down, but before the situation turns to physical violence, Ricco, Charlie and Beebe walk out of the meeting. Crank tries to be politic. He waits for Sam to cool down then presents a thoughtful and reasoned argument on the need for cooperation. The ex-operative is right with him, till Owen takes Ricco’s side. After that he just stops listening. Crank returns to the Panhandle Saloon where Beebe joins him. The two discuss the deteriorating situation.

     

    Brandon takes a go at soothing Sam’s bruised ego. He talks the ex-operative into mending fences with the Ricco. They both go to the general manager’s office. Until the situation is settled Brandon doesn’t want to leave the two alone in a room together. Since his departure from the conference room, Ricco’s own temper has cooled. He’s willing to hear him out.

     

    Sam explains, “As a former military man, I work on the principle of the chain of command. Anything dealing with the hotel, you are in command and I will obey your orders. Things dealing with the mission though, are under my authority.”

     

    “I was a cop. I know something of the chain of command.”

     

    The two agree that their styles of command are very different, but they agree to work together for the sake of the mission. That mission now requires Sam to make the cooler exchange tomorrow. They pull up maps to get a better idea of the dock and its surroundings. The ex-sniper uses his skills to pinpoint the best position, across the river, to cover the meet.

     

    He turns to Brandon, “Can you get here and cover me with a sniper rifle?”

     

    Ricco offers, “I have a luncheon with Deputy Marshall Johnson around that time. I can drop you off and then swing back after lunch to pick you up. Does that work for you?

     

    Sam suggests they leave an hour early, to give the security chief plenty of time to get into position. With a plan in place, they break and return to their duties. In afternoon Sam drives by his house while on patrol. He spies Lt. D.B. Watson along with Sargent Broome (in uniform) having ice tea with Rianna on his front porch. He wisely continues on his patrol, instead of stopping to investigate.

     

    That evening Velvet Blue plays at Hotel’s Outdoor Amphitheatre. The food and liquor flow freely. Beebe enlists Jason’s aid in selling the band’s t-shirts. She wears one herself to show off how they look. It’s a size too small, and clings like a second skin to the nomad, but that only seems to boost sales.

     

    Brandon assigns himself to the security detail for the event. The hotel’s security staff is still too small to handle an event this large alone, so they off duty sheriff’s deputy and ‘stable’ members of the Visigoths motorcycle club to pad their numbers. The pulsing bass echoes in the stopping feet of crowd as Paris launches into another crowd favorite, Sock Puppet.

     

    Back at the security room, the operator on duty sees a small convoy of vehicles coming down Petersen Point Road; headed straight for the resort. The lead pickup has an enormous illuminated cross standing upright in the bed of the truck.

     

    The security staff and general manager are quickly notified. A call is placed to Sheriff Mason.

     

    Sam volunteers to take up a position on the roof of the school. Brandon stops him. “We don’t know what’s going on yet. Just block the road at the tennis courts.” The security officer dutifully follows orders, but his cruiser presents a far less daunting barrier than the road grader. He is only able to block one lane. Exiting the vehicle with his M-21 EBR, Sam prepares to take out anyone who tries to get by him.

     

    Ricco leaves the rave to head for the roadblock. He calls Betty Lu and tells her to meet him there. Crank had been helping with security at the amphitheater. After notifying Brandon, he heads for his Harley, to follow Ricco.

     

    Back at the roadblock, Sam carefully keeps his weapon pointed away from the oncoming convoy. The lead truck stops, just in front of him. A man with a clerical collar jumps out of the passenger seat. Raising a hand to the sky, he bellows at the top of his voice, “This is a public way.” The hand falls forward till it is leveled directly at Sam. Of the once open palm only a single is now left extended, pointing accusingly at the security officer. “You have no right to bar our path!”

     

    A chorus of ‘Amens’ echo from the motorcade.

     

    By this time Betty Lu has been keyed into the security channel. She quickly checks the preacher’s claim on her ebook…and yes, Petersen Point road is a public through way. All may not be lost though. Sam hears the lawyer’s voice in his ear. ‘Ask him for his parade permit.”

     

    As if waiting for the request, the reverend dramatically produces the document from the breast pocket of his jacket. Sam tries to take the permit, so that he can ‘look it over’ (stall for time), but the man refuses to relinquish his grip. The security officer leans in to read it, eliciting a loud pronouncement from the Reverend, “Look, He’s threatening me with a weapon!”

     

    While Sam is busy trying to diffuse the situation, three vehicles pull out of the column. They cross into the other lane, speed past his cruiser and turn down Sunfish Lane. Coming down Sunfish from the other direction, Crank tries to cut them off with his motorcycle. He manages to stop one of the vehicles, but the lane is too wide. The other two just go around.

     

    No one else is in position to stop them. Luckily there are only four people in the two trucks that reach the amphitheater. They move into the crowd, handing out leaflets and shouting “Sinners. Repent,” as loud as they can, but their voices are drowned out by the music.

     

    Cutoff from the rest of their flock, they are more amusement than threat. The crowd laughs, pelting them with empty cups and clods of mud. Some even offer sexual favors just to set them off; laughing even harder as these righteous do-gooders froth with fury and spout scripture. All of this is caught by the NET 54 cameras. Brandon finally reaches the small group, with one of the sheriff’s deputies close behind. He asks to see their tickets for the show. One of the four, a tall lanky man, steps forward to act as their spokesman. “Reverend Weems has them. We have every right to be here. You can’t stop us.”

     

    Brandon is firm, “If you don’t have a ticket, you have no right to be here.”

     

    Secure in their faith and the rightness of their cause, the four lock arms prepared to resist removal. The security chief can feel the tenor of the crowd change. They are no longer laughing. More than a few look to have taken the spokesman’s declaration as a challenge. Violence appears a certainty.

     

    The deputy steps forward to offer a compromise. “You can be arrested for disturbing the peace.”

     

    Brandon’s focus is on the crowd. He doesn’t pick up on the significance of this statement, so the deputy asks him pointedly, “Are they creating a disturbance?”

     

    The security chief finally sees, that he’s been offered an out. “Yes, they are.”

     

    To the applause of the crowd, the deputy walks forward and begins to read the four their rights.

     

     

    Back at the roadblock, Ricco arrives at the same time Sheriff Mason pulls up. He introduces Ricco to Reverend Billy Bob Weems, head of the Santa Rosa Evangelical Church of Jesus Christ and a Santa Rosa County Commissioner. Reverend Billy Bob cuts through the pleasantries and demands Sam’s immediate arrest. “He threatened me with that rifle.”

     

    The security officer tries to protest his innocence, but past actions have earned him a reputation. He is disarmed, cuffed and placed in the sheriff’s cruiser.

     

    Mr. Torres, please contact your security staff and have one them move that vehicle immediately.” As an ex-cop, Ricco knows Marcus is just doing his job, but it still stings. The satisfied smile on the face of Reverend Weems doesn’t help matters.

     

    “Thank you sheriff; it’s good to see the rule of law still holds sway in this county.”

     

    “My pleasure Reverend, but if any of your followers sets a single foot on the resort’s property they will be spending the night in jail; like four who were just arrested at the Rave for trespassing.”

     

    Weems is aghast. “You can’t arrest them. I have their tickets right here,”

     

    Sheriff Mason takes one of the tickets from the stack being waved by the reverend. After reading it, he points out to Weems his oversight. “This gives the bearer the right to be at the concert. , Since you’re the one ‘bearing’ them, you have every right to go to the concert. As for your four followers that went ahead…normally we could take this in front of the judge tomorrow, but it’s the weekend. They’re going to be in jail till Monday, unless…”

     

    Reverend Weems is willing to compromise. For the release of his people, he will ‘forget’ about being threatening with a gun. The fiery preacher gathers his flock and departs.

     

    As they watch the motorcade drive back up Petersen Point Road, Marcus offers Ricco a friendly warning. “Well, you’ve got the Reverend’s attention now. Believe me you haven’t heard the end of him.”

     

    “Is he any relation to Gardner Weems, our fuel dock manager?” Ricco asks.

     

    “They’re cousins, I think,” Mason replies. “Shouldn’t be a problem though, they can’t stand each other.”

     

    As if he didn’t have enough problems, Ricco spies Lt. D.B. Watson watching from a distance with a smile on his face.

     

    ***

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

    B)

  16. And as troubles mount up for the Team in Florida, more serious problems appear on the horizon for the rest of the world!

     

     

    World News ServiceFlash!

     

     

    CHINA LAUNCHES LARGEST WARSHIP IN EXISTANCE– the LONG MARCH

    April 12, 2047

     

    The People’s Republic of China has entered the space arms race in a big way with the long delayed launching of its new space carrier. The Long March is a full 10% larger than its next rival, The Charlemagne class carriers of the European Union. The Long March will carry 70 Shenyang S-9 space fighters which are incapable of atmospheric flight but will also have 20 longer ranged Xuan DS-5 deltas along with a half dozen transport shuttles. An impressive array of chemical lasers and missile batteries round out this new ship’s weapons systems. The exact number and composition of these systems remain a state secret.

     

    The Chinese Ministry of National Defense estimates that it will be two more years before the Long March will be commissioned for active duty. During that time they plan to lay down the second space carrier in this class, the Celestial Dragon. Both the United States and the Commonwealth have questioned China’s need for such large vessels since that country has so few space assets. Surprisingly the EU has been silent on the diplomatic front concerning the build-up of the People’s Republic’s military muscle in the dark.

     

    The wisdom of the Chinese moves have been questioned in some quarters for not building escorts for these space behemoths, but Ministry of Defense officials claim that the carrier’s fighters and deltas along with the vessel’s short range weaponry will provide sufficient protection.

     

    In related news the Russian Ministry of Defense has announced that their warship, the Gagarin will be heading to the asteroid belt in response to attacks on Russian mining operations in that area. The EU has issued a strong diplomatic note to the Russian Federation warning them not to inject large military forces into that region of space.

     

     

    B)

  17. Jeez. I thought the player running Sam was an experienced one - and then pulling that trick with the M-90...

     

    Well, actually he is an experienced player which is why his actions surprised us all. Besides having a brain fart, I think the "why" of this may be rooted in the fact that often as a character gets older, more powerful and experienced (at least in the skills and cyberware department) sometimes he/she gets the feeling of invincibility. We have a joke in our group that 'borging out' your character cuts your INT in half because you start taking stupid risks. I understand a successful edgerunner has to take risks, but not dumb ones. :blink:

     

    After the encounter Sam's player knew he had screwed up. As a GM I can't just go "OK, nothing much will come of that."

     

    Killing a 'shlub' in the CZ is one thing, but murdering a State Trooper in front of witnesses and under video surveillance is quite another. Out of loyalty (and enlightened self-interest) the Team has concocted employment paperwork for a zip named "Bob Jones" to take the fall. They know this will just postpone the inevitable as Carrie Ann is no shoemaker. :(

     

    Yes, Sam really 'f*cked up', so he has to (as Destecado put it) take a spin on the 'Wheel of Consequences'. Unfortunately, the Team will also suffer quite a bit of blow back too. <_<

     

     

    Yeah - kudos to the writing there for making that combat come across so tense and ...uh, grounded in geography (that's the only way I can put it).

     

    I'm going to put some high odds on the team getting attacked by a posse of angry off duty cops/edgerunners hired by the Alabama police/vengeance crazed family members at some point in the very near future!

     

    Thank you for the kudos! Although these episodes are posted under my handle, I should mention that Destecado is as much responsible for the write-ups as myself. :)

     

    As to the response to the murder, this has laced the future with complications for the Team. You have to remember that as far as just about everyone is concerned there is 'no Team'. They are just employees of a resort hotel corporation and not all of the players are even that. Still, this has triggered events far beyond a simple revenge attack. No, Sam and the Team do not get off easy. This will have repercussions for many episodes to come. This killing could potentially expose the President's and the C.I.A.'s involvement in a plot to take down a state government. Sam's pulling of that trigger could bring down the current administration of the United States! :o

     

    As to what they will be, well, no spoilers here, but as written at the end of Episode 10, the title of the next episode is Time to Pay the Piper!

     

    B)

  18. Cyberpunk Adventures



    Well, our group has been gaming so long and written up a bunch of logs (which we post here and will continue to) that we have decided to gather all of the information, special rules and various items of our old campaign lore and put them in one place. When we play or our GMs are getting their new campaigns together it has proven invaluable to us as a reference. Its been up for a few months and some of the public have found their way to it, so I would (in conjunction with Destecado and SnowCrystal) officially announce its existence. :lol:

    You can check it out at http://cyberpunkadventures.com/ :D

    We have imported all of our campaigns that are posted here and are putting together synopsis' of older ones. Some of our house rules are posted here and you might notice that many are based on (if not stolen outright) from discussions on this site. ;)

    SnowCrystal is a professional web designer and knocked out this little gem for us. Destecado and I have tried to gather game notes from various sundry boxes hidden in closets here and there. We still have a long way to go, but its completed enough for us to feel OK about people looking at. :ph34r:

    Oh yes, we have been most fortunate that the Argentine comic and manga artist and filmmaker, Javier Bordon, has given us permission to use his artwork to illustrate the various pages of this site. It would be well worth your while to clink on his links on our site and check out his work! :)

    OK, enough of us blowing our own horn here. Hope you all like it and maybe even find it a little useful! Oh yes, and bookmark us maybe if you like what you see!

    B)
  19. Episode 10 – Killing Cops is Never a Good Thing!

     

     

    The Alabama State Police returns to Petersen Point. Sam’s disregard of the new rules of engagement puts the Team and possibly the entire mission in jepoardy. Charlie invites Alina Lanikova, the lead exotic dancer from the Blue Moon Revue (and Natty’s mom) to a top secret laser demonstration and discovers the woman has brains and beauty. He offers her a part time job as a consultant on his project. Ricco continues his investigation into the death of Martin Long. Spring Break is in full swing.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Angus Young is one of the most successful farmers in the county as well as serving as a county commissioner. He lives in Blackwater and the surface 16” gun battery of the old fort is on is farm. His daughter, Anne, was killed by the Alabama State Police in Episode 8.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Gardner Weems is the old white cracker who runs the resort’s marina. He is also a Blackwater Town Councilman.

     

    Hadley Walters III is a 15 year old student and forward on the Gulf Breeze Prep basketball team. He is an arrogant self-entitled little prick, who tried to attack Lilly Tran (Episode 2) and who Ricco suspects is one of the Golf Course vandals.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jack Sheppard is the new marina manager at the Petersen Point Resort and Thelas nomad, whose connections to that community would be hard to ferret out. He has strong technical skills and much experience working on the sea as a captain and navigator.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Karl and Anne Petersen, are the parents of Nancy Petersen, and their two other children, John and Todd. Karl is the owner of Petersen’s garage and treasurer of the local Visigoths.

     

    Martin Long was a member of the now destroyed Panama City charter of the Rattlesnakes MC, whose murder touched off a gang war with the Visigoths.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Michelle Petersen is the mother of Karl Petersen, granddaughter of the founder of the resort, Clarence Petersen and niece of Sophie and the late Randy Petersen. She was the ‘wild chlld’ of her generation. Michelle is one of the biggest landowners in the area and lives on the old Petersen Farm. She runs a craft and leather goods shop called ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Nancy Petersen is a cocktail waitress at the Panhandle Saloon and the 25 year old daughter of Karl Petersen, the treasurer of the Visigoths.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    ObadiahObieTerhune is an Afro-American male about 51 years old and is the maintenance chief at the Petersen Point Resort. Actually, he is the entire maintenance department which should number at least ten.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Patricia Johnson is the only child of A.C. Johnson and a lawyer at her father’s firm. She is defending her cousin, Ronnie Johnson, against charges that he ran drugs out of the Panhandle Saloon. Her late mother and aunt were brutally tortured and killed by Raffin Shiv.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    RolandRonnieJohnson is the younger son of Terrance Johnson and a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Tolland Casper ‘TC’ James is the sergeant at arms of the Visigoths and is a local. He is the first cousin of Bruce James, manager of Angus Young’s farm, but they are not very close. T.C. is ex-military and has two cyberlegs and a cyberarm. He is borderline cyberpsycho, but absolutely dedicated to the club. The man is an experienced martial artist.

     

    Tran Xuan Giap is the elderly patriarch of the Tran family and a town councilman. He is very conservative and old school.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Monday, April 1, 2047:

     

    With Petersen Point School closed for its spring vacation, Charlie decides to celebrate the initial test firing of his ‘Laser LAW’ with a cookout at the firing range. Still out of sorts over Brewton and the devastation of Barataria (Floating Colony), the gunsmith needs a win to restore his faith. A successful test will help to put things right in his world.

     

    It could also give Charlie a chance, he hopes, to make points with Alina. He had caught her act at the Blue Moon Revue and been smitten. The gunsmith had wanted to ask her out, but didn’t want to come off as creepy. Give her job she must be propositioned at lease a dozen times a night. There was also Natty to consider. Charlie didn’t want the girl to think he was only being nice, so that he could get in her mother’s pants. The celebration wasn’t set up with the sole intent of impressing Alina, but if it made her like him, all the better.

     

    By Sunday evening, the gunsmith had contacted most of his development crew to encourage them to bring their families for barbeque and open shooting at the range. Instead of fireworks, the Laser LAW test would provide the pyrotechnics for the occasion. Firing an experimental weapon in front of a crowd appealed to the showman in him, but Charlie is no fool. Safety protocols would still be in effect, regardless of his certainty that the test would be a success. He needed it to be a success, and couldn’t let the thought of it being otherwise, enter into his mind.

     

    Beebe is surprised to see Alina arrive with Paris and Natty. She had invited her friends, but hadn’t expected Natty to make it. Since seeing the video for Bloody Mayhem, her mother had the girl on lockdown. It’s nice that Alina sprung her for the day. Beebe waves, but has no time to talk. They are still in the middle of securing the experimental particle beam to its firing mount.

     

    Rigging the armature is the easy part. Things get dicey when you insert the super-cooled catalyst core. Its stable enough at low temperatures, but a sudden heat spike or energy discharge and you may as well be juggling nitroglycerine. Not really practical for the battle field, but all innovations have to start somewhere. Locking down the reaction chamber Beebe and Charlie retreat behind the blast shield.

     

    The gunsmith arms the weapon. Receiving the all clear, he depresses the activation stud. Three seconds elapse as the magnetic field aligns and ramp up to full power. A coherent beam of energy lances out from the aperture of the weapon, striking a series of 6” thick steel plates down range. The brilliant plasmoid stream lasts for under two seconds. Even in that short amount of time it releases enough energy to punch through six of the target slabs.

     

    The results are impressive, but the test reveals a potential design flaw. The Laser ‘LAW” is meant to be shoulder fired. Charlie had envisioned the design as a replacement for existing light anti-tank weapons, such as the M-72 and AT-4. During the test, the temperature around the weapon spiked to dangerous levels; enough to ‘cook’ the operator. Heat issues aside, they didn’t lose containment and the beam struck the target. Charlie calls that a success. They will need to review the data to determine the source of the heat bleed, but that can wait till tomorrow. The gunsmith has other things on his mind, such as finding out Alina’s reaction to the test.

     

    A detail is put on standby, to monitor the Laser LAW as it cools down and secure the weapon, once it can be safely handled. Beebe takes charge of the grills and handles cooking duties, to give Charlie a chance to mingle with his guests. She’s also tasted what he considers ‘cooking’. Natty and Paris come to join her by the barbeque. The nomad didn’t know about Charlie’s plan to impress Alina, but both of her friends were suitably wowed by the demonstration.

     

    “That was awesome!” Paris gushes. “You do that every day?”

     

    “Not every day. It’s a lot of hard work….” Neither girl looks like they believe her. She isn’t even convinced herself. Sure there’s hard work and danger, but where else would a girl like her get paid to play with lasers. Beebe breaks into a grin and finally admits, “Yeah, it’s a pretty sweet job.”

     

    “Hey, I’m glad you could make. I thought you were still grounded?” the nomad asks Natty jokingly, “Did the warden let you out for good behavior?”

     

    “No, Charlie invited my mom to come to the test.”

     

    “Really?” Beebe wonders why he hadn’t mentioned it.

     

    “Yeah, I think it’s why she let me come,” Natty continues. “I brought my own gun to shoot.”

     

    Beebe tells them “I’ll meet you on the range…” motioning towards the grill with her spatula, “ounce I finish up here.”

     

    Charlie talks up Alina. She questions if he has run any test in adverse conditions, to determine the fall off in performance. He is pleased to learn she has more than a passing knowledge of laser weaponry. Beauty and brains prove a seductive combination. Enamored, he offers her a part-time consulting position. The dancer jumps at the opportunity.

     

    Paris and Natty have the far end of the range almost to themselves. No one takes note of the custom .22 caliber match rifle the Czech teen pulls out of her gun case. She quietly proceeds to bore the bulls eyes out of several targets. Freed from her cooking duties, Beebe is surprised by the accuracy of her friend’s shots.

     

    “Back home I was a competitive shooter; two time National Youth Champion.”

     

    The nomad is impressed, though not completely surprised that Natty would also be good at shooting. Beebe squeezes off a couple of rounds with her Winchester before handing it over to Paris to let her have a go. Neither of them approaches Natty’s level of skill, but they keep their grouping’s tight.

     

     

    Back at the resort the weekly staff meeting is all smiles. The resort is filling up as students pour in for spring break. Jack Sheppard, the new marina manager (and Thelas nomad), informs Ricco Hank Tremont has requested to hold a re-christening ceremony when they launch the big tour boat the SS Mary Beth Petersen this Wednesday. Ricco approves and makes plans to attend.

     

    Sheriff Mason comes after the meeting with some information about Rat and his unlucky companion. “The girl turned out not to be a nomad, but a junkie from Pensacola. Forensics lifted samples of dried blood from the patches on her jacket. They were able to establish a positive match on both.”

     

    “Did they come from the shooters?”

     

    Marcus’ brows knit. “No. They were from the victims of two open cases in Escambia County; a Snake Nation nomad who disappeared 2 years ago and a nomad from the Folk Nation, who has been missing for 5 years.”

     

    “Could samples still be viable after that long? What about contamination?” asks Ricco.

     

    “The patches were only recently affixed to the jacket. Where they were stored before that, the techs couldn’t say.”

     

    It goes without saying that both nomads are most likely dead and the Johnson family was somehow responsible for their murders. What’s hard to track is why they would hold onto the insignia for so long and then leave them behind at the scene of a crime. The girl was in the system. Her story of being a nomad wouldn’t hold up for long. They would have known the nomad markings would come under increased scrutiny. A.C. Johnson may have finally slipped up or thought he could quash any investigation of the deaths. He could also have intentionally used the patches, so that they would waste their resources investigating the nomad deaths. It has Sheriff Mason concerned.

     

     

    Alina stops by Ricco’s office, to ask if she could use part of the health club. She informs him of Beebe’s request to learn Sambo. The general manager has no issue with her using the space. He even suggests she consider taking on additional students; possibly opening the class to the public. Ricco doesn’t have to twist her arm. Opening a martial arts studio is one of her dreams.

     

     

    Later in the afternoon, Beebe negotiates a deal with Ricco to sell Velvet Blue t-shirts in the resort’s gift shop. Velvet Blue is scheduled to play its first gig at the Panhandle Saloon that night. The place is packed with a mixed crowd of students and bikers. Paris’s performance seduces the college age crowd. The saloon is raking in the money. Crank is certain, that it’s the best night they’ve had since he took over as Food and Beverage Manager.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, April 2, 2047:

     

    The Alabama State Police make a surprise visit to Petersen Point around mid morning, setting off an alert to the entire security team. The vehicles turn off the main access road and head directly towards the trailer park. As previously planned, Obie Terhune moves the resort’s road grader/front end loader into position to block off Petersen Point Road. The large piece of equipment can easily cover both lanes of travel. Placed at the natural bottleneck created by the resorts tennis courts on one side of the road and the inner bay on the other, traffic on and off of the peninsula is completely blocked.

     

    Obie parks the grader with the brakes on and all the blades down. He shuts it off and locks out the controls before getting as far away from the machine as possible. Ricco monitors the situation from the security office. Calls are place to both the Santa Rosa County Sheriffs and the Florida FDLE (state police), notifying them of the raid. His plan is to delay the Alabama State Police until the Sheriff or FDLE arrive.

     

    Security personnel move into positions to keep The Alabama officers from leaving the grounds of the resort with any prisoners. Both Ricco and Brandon have ordered them not shoot first, but they can return fire if fired upon. If at all possible, they should shoot to wound, not kill. Ricco doesn’t want to escalate the situation any more than they have to.

     

    Brandon and Mike Tran arrive at the improvised barrier. Both are in their Blackwater Constables body armor. The security chief hopes the Alabama state police may hesitate to fire on fellow peace officers. He takes up a position in front of the grader with no weapons in hand. Mike Tran conceals himself behind the hedge to the left with an A-80 and RPG-A at the ready.

     

    Crank joins them with another A-80 assault rifle; his massive frame stuffed into a hotel security tactical vest. Sam Fisher dons his new cammo BDUs and takes his electro-thermal M-90 sniper rifle to the roof of the Petersen Point School. The building provides a perfect perch, overlooking the choke point.

     

    Ricco watches on the monitors, as a male guest is dragged out of a trailer and put him into the rear of a car with two officers. Four other officers and an Enforcer Cyborg mount up into larger vehicle and lead the small column back towards Petersen Point Road.

     

    As the Alabama vehicles approach their blockade. Brandon holds out his hand signaling them to stop. Both vehicles come to a halt about fifteen meters from the barricade. The five troopers in the lead car get out with weapons in hand.

     

    “You have no authority to detain anyone here in Florida,” Brandon begins. “Release your prisoner and you may leave.”

     

    The lead trooper replies, “This is a hot pursuit situation, move that damn piece of shit out of the road or we will!”

     

    “No, that’s not going to happen.” Brandon repeats his demand. “Release your prisoner!”

     

    The lead officer turns to the Enforcer Cyborg. “Push that piece of equipment out of the way.”

     

    As the fully augmented trooper strides forward, Brandon turns and walks towards cover. He subvocalizes into his mic, “Fire at will”

     

    Sam Fisher doesn’t even wait for the security chief to get clear. He ignores Ricco’s rules of engagement and puts two electro-thermal .50 caliber rounds into the back of the cyborg’s head. The bullets punch through the brain case killing him instantly. As the borg goes down, the remaining Alabama troopers raise their weapons to fire on Brandon. Crank lays down suppression fire to cover the retreating security chief.

     

    The troopers don’t waste time returning fire. They jump back in to their SUV. The driver of the rear vehicle throws the cruiser into reverse. Sam leans over the roof and fires deliberately down into the engine to cripple the car. The vehicle unexpectedly bursts into a fireball. Flames engulf the passenger cabin killing three policemen and the prisoner the team was trying to rescue.

     

    (GM Note: Any engine hit has the possibility of an explosion and fire according to Maximum Metal. The catastrophic hit is a 90% chance. Since he was calling to just cripple the engine, I halved it. I rolled a ‘01’. I took that as the dice gods telling me the car is toast. Since the player’s actions were completely contrary to all the stated plans that the Team had talked about for weeks, I felt mercy was out of the question.)

     

    Crank holds his fire and shouts for the Alabama troopers to surrender. After the cold blooded murder of three of their fellow officers not to mention the prisoner, there’s no way that’s going to happen. The remaining vehicle screeches into reverse, slamming into the burning cruiser. The larger vehicle easily muscles aside the flaming wreckage. Once clear, the driver executes a J-turn and speeds away from the bottleneck.

     

    Sam fires for their front left tire and blows it clean off. The SUV careens through the school parking lot and hits the building. Thankfully the building is empty for school vacation.

     

    The four remaining Alabama troopers rush into the closed school. Ricco orders Mike Tran to move around to the back of the building and cover any escape routes. Sam stays on top of the school covering the only door leading to the roof. The fire fight settles into a standoff.

     

    (GM Note: WTF!!!!! As GM I was flabbergasted by this action as was every other player. It was clear to me that Sam’s player was determined to kill this cop and be damned to anyone else. When he announced his called shot head attempt, Brandon’s player said (out of game), “Hey, I’m not clear yet.” The shooter smiled and said, “I fire (now).” My first thought personally was that he hoped the police would kill Brandon which would make him the new head of security. It looked like a riff on the old ‘Klingon promotion’; more on this later.)

     

    Sheriff Mason arrives first and is shocked by the scene. The Alabama State Police refuse to come out (can you really blame them?). Sam is desperate to get off the roof. He had missed his opportunity to slip over the back side of the school, while the troopers were coming in the front. The ex-operative is now afraid they will gun him down if he tries to move off of the building. Sheriff Mason calls for a helicopter to extract the sniper, but he isn’t the only one to call in air support.

     

    (GM Note: The Alabama State Police have an aerial drone watching (and recording) the whole incident. The drone was how they knew exactly which trailer they’d find their suspect in. As the situation evolved, a combat AV was dispatched to provide support)

     

    The whine of turbines can be heard in the distance. Over the comm, Betty Lu urges Sam to lay down his weapons and put his hands over his head. This would be great advice, if it was the police helicopter that was inbound. Sam kneels calmly on the roof, till he thinks, “That doesn’t sound like a chopper.”

     

    (GM Note: He was clearly told that a helicopter was coming to take him off. It was only the wide-eyed aghast looks of the other players that snapped him out of this stupidity.)

     

    He realizes almost too late, that it’s an AV, about to light up his position. Jumping to his feet, the ex-operative runs to the far edge of the building and leaps off. He is hit by a burst from the craft’s 7.62 mini-gun. Sam crashes to the parking lot with 29 points of damage! Only his incredibly cybered body allows him to survive.

     

    (GM Note: I also forgot to fire the AV’s second mini-gun, since I was still in shock over his bone-headed stupidity!)

     

    With the roof now clear, the Alabama troopers surge upward through the access door. The AV touches down briefly to retrieve them, before speeding back towards the state line.

     

    Dr. Ricci runs out to Sam. He checks the fallen man’s pulse and shouts out to Sheriff Mason, “He’s dead!”

     

    The ex-operative remains still as they stuff him in a body bag and remove him from the scene. Sheriff Mason hears the story, but without Sam’s name being mentioned. He tells Brandon, “Well, this is in your jurisdiction. Write it up and send me a report. I’ll pass it along to the Alabama authorities. The sheriff then sees to the dead cyborg and the bodies in the burning car.

     

    Once inside (and out of sight of the Alabama police drone still monitoring the scene), Sam asks for his gear to be retrieved from the roof of the school. A check reveals his sniper rifle and both sidearms are missing. The Alabama troopers must have taken the weapons with them.

     

    A custom electro-thermal M-90 sniper rifle, two custom made 14mm Big Governments (no serial numbers) and a pair of spawn blades will give the Alabama authorities plenty to work with!

     

    The one saving grace is that Sam has synthskin and no finger prints. This will hopefully protect him from print and DNA scans. There were copious amounts of blood from the mini-gun burst, but he was already on his way down when the bullets hit. Crank checks, but finds no blood splatter on the roof. Hopefully, this means they don’t have a blood sample.

     

    The Team is furious! Ricco, as an ex-cop, is livid. Sam shot a policeman in the back of the head. The first degree murder of a police officer can not be swept under the rug. The next time the Alabama State Police come, which is inevitable, they will be armed for war. The general manager has Carrie Anne work up a personnel file on a ‘Bob Jones’, a zip and recent security hire. Dr. Ricci signs a death certificate and puts together an autopsy report. A call to Hank Tremont lines up a friendly local undertaker to do a ‘cremation’ and provide a record of a ‘burial at sea’.

     

    Ricco realizes this story will probably not hold up, but it will give them time to figure out what to do. Crank puts Obie to work fixing the damage to the school.

     

    The rest of the day is fairly uneventful around the Resort. Charlie breaks through the floor in his cellar and opens up the passageway to the tunnel system below. The gunsmith installs a false floor and covers the entrance will a pool table so no one will find it. At the marina the workers notice a boat from the Florida Department of Water Quality taking samples on the river.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, April 3, 2047:

     

    Beebe goes to the re-launching of the resort’s tour boat, ‘SS Mary Beth Petersen’, with her new extended family. Many of the older members of the Visigoths are on hand for the ceremony. Sandy Zelinsky, Karl Petersen and Hank Tremont stand with TC James as the craft slips into the water. The face of the Visigoth’s Sergeant at Arms rarely betrays emotion. Even now, it remains locked in the same stoic mask, as tears flow freely down his cheeks. Mary Beth had been the love of his life.

     

    Michelle Petersen steps forward to rechristen the ship. As the woman intones a dedication to Mary Beth, Brandon realizes he knows her. He met the older woman at the Martin Luther King Day Festival. She had sold him a flip badge holder from her stand, ‘Crafty Michelle’s’.

     

    Ricco approaches Michelle after the ceremony. He wants to offer her the opportunity to reopen her Beach Creamery. Her response is less enthusiastic than the general manager expected. Michelle is non-committal, but says she’ll consider it. Ricco has more that he’d like to discuss with the older woman, but decides to take things slowly.

     

    Jason says good-bye to Beebe. The Sea Snake is heading out for another delivery to the floating colonies. He tells her that they should be back by Saturday. After seeing him off at the dock, the young nomad drives to Pensacola to buy a Sambo chip for the Sega-Atari. The training chip was Alina’s idea. Natty’s mother has agreed to train Beebe, but felt it best that the nomad learn the basics before they start.

     

    The weekly Spring Break Waterskiing Contest is held and numerous drunken college students wipe out in the river. Lifeguards are on hand to keep them from drowning. The boat from the Florida Department of Water Quality is back again; taking samples just outside the marina. Spotting a boat from the department once is a rarity; two days in a row is worrisome.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, April 4, 2047:

     

    The last flooded tunnel (by the underground complex under the health club) is finally pumped out. Sam and Brandon go in to investigate. The tunnel extends beneath the middle of the river. Behind a watertight door they find a diver’s airlock, which opens up on the bottom of the riverbed. It is currently inoperable, because the pumps were removed. Brandon believes that they could probably get it working.

     

    The SS Mary Beth Petersen leaves the marina for its first cruise under power. It is a shakedown for the ‘Booze Cruise’ around Pensacola Harbor that will occur that Sunday. Many of the off-duty staff are on board for the ‘maiden’ voyage. .

     

    Beebe tries to find a local shop that does silk screening, but computers aren’t really her thing. She once again enlists the help of Natty.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, April 5, 2047:

     

    Carrie Anne sends out a memo. The hotel is sold out for the first time in years! Beebe takes a rendering of Velvet Blue’s logo into Pensacola to have a silk screen made. The plan is to produce 300 t-shirts for sale in the hotel’s gift shop and at the band’s concerts. All the nomad wants out of the deal is enough money to recoup the cost of materials. Any profits will go to the band.

     

    That evening Velvet Blue plays at huge Spring Breaker Rave on beach. There are a few contests. The big one is the Cutest Ass Competition for both male and female contestants. Paris wins the women’s competition.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, April 6, 2047:

     

    The normally somnambulant resort is now in high gear! All of the attractions are doing great business. The main event for Saturday is the Drunken Golf tournament. Charlie has never played golf, but decides to try his luck. Losers drink, so it turns into an 18 hole pub crawl for the gunsmith. Even with his high alcohol tolerance, Charlie is completely hammered, by the end of the tournament.

     

    The Hot Rats Band plays at the Resort’s outdoor Amphitheatre that evening. They are an up and coming act, like Velvet Blue. Liquor flows freely from the fully stocked bar. Stronger substances circulate through the crowd, lowering inhibitions and supercharging libidos. Couple and groups give into their lustful urges, but rather than wandering off to find some place private, they go at right in the amphitheater. These sexual exhibitions are like wildfires that spread through the crowd.

     

    Brandon is heading security for the event. He watches as the concert devolves into an open air orgy. Rather than cracking down on the revelers, the security chief tries his best to join them. Sadly, there are no takers.

     

    Velvet Blue and their ‘entourage’ (Steve, Jason, Amy and Beebe) are invited to the Hot Rats after party. Actually anyone under thirty is invited. This leaves Charlie a bit disappointed. The gunsmith tries to protest, that he could pass for thirty. In the end, the nomad leaves disappoint. He staggers home and pours himself into bed.

     

    At the after party, Beebe is surprised to see Hadley Walters III talking with the Hot Rats road manager. The self-indulgent like prick sees the young nomad and comes over to talk. Hadley is polite and apologetic! He asks that Beebe forgive him for the whole ‘egg throwing’ incident.

     

    His delivery is to cloying. It rings of insincerity. Beebe is immediately on her guard, but screws on a smile and accepts his apology with a nonchalant wave, “We’re cool.”

     

    Any hopes that this would prevent further conversation quickly disappear. Hadley continues to talk … incessantly. Between empty platitudes he makes it plain, he knows about who her family is; back home in Nevada and here in Blackwater. Beebe wants to punch him in his smug face, but continues to smile and nod. She doesn’t give him the satisfaction of rising to these veiled threats. Jason finally rescues her from the conversation. The two cut out of the party and find someplace quiet, where she can display her gratitude. (Jason slides into third base)

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, April 7, 2047:

     

    As has become custom, Sam Fisher and Ricco attend services at St. Peters by the Sea. They have by now become accepted members of the parish. Even the hostility directed towards Sam by Vietnamese community has mellowed with time. Some are even openly friendly with the security officer; as long as Councilman Giap is not nearby. The elderly patriarch of the Tran family still refuses speak to or even acknowledge the ex-Special Forces operative.

     

    Back at the hotel, the Second Spring Break ‘Booze Cruise’ sets sail. With advanced ticket sales, they’ve also already sold out space on the evening cruise. It is not just hotel guests that are taking the trip around the Harbor either. At Crank’s suggestion, they have opened access to the thirsty residents of Santa Rosa County.

     

    In the evening, Ricco returns home to find an employee of the marina waiting for him in a car. The Thelas have been able to arrange a meeting with the nomads who were involved in Martin Long’s plan to break into the Pensacola drug trade. This will be the only opportunity to meet. He has to go now or never.

     

    Ricco has built a level of trust with the nomads that run the marina. The general manager gets into the car without hesitation. When handed a blindfold, he puts it on without question, though inside, he feels as if he’s heading for a firing squad. They drive for about twenty minutes, before the car stops. The passenger door is opened and Ricco is helped out of the vehicle.

     

    The Brazilian is told to leave the blindfold on, as he is led up a short flight of steps and into a structure. From a corridor, they turn left into a room. Murmured conversation stops as Ricco and his guide enter. There are no echoes or other indications to give away the size of the room or how many people are inside. They walk 10 paces into the room, before he turned around. A voice, other than his guide tells him to sit.

     

    Ricco is happy to have something solid underneath him. Stumbling around in darkness was unsettling. He is given a moment to settle in, before they begin. A deep gravely voice breaks the silence. “So…what do you want to know?” There are whispered conversations to some of the ex-cop’s questions, but he only hears the one voice clearly.

     

    The answers are brief and to the point. They were approached by Martin Long and the Rattlesnakes. Two of their people went to a meeting at an undisclosed location. They were later found dead in upper Escambia Bay; sometime in the first week of last September. Cause of death was reported as drowning. They were unable to verify this for themselves, because the Escambia County Sheriff’s Department had the bodies cremated before the families could claim them.

     

    The deaths of their people and Martin Long getting his throat cut sent a pretty strong message. They stay away from Escambia County now. This is all that they have to say on the matter.

    Ricco is driven home. The blindfold is only removed once they reach the hotel grounds.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, April 8, 2047:

     

    It’s a sad day for the youth of Blackwater. School vacation is over and it is back to the classroom. Local media outlets are abuzz with the news that Ronnie Johnson and his crew have been released on bail. His uncle, A.C. Johnson, arranged the bond that secured their release. A reporter catches up with Ronnie as he leaves the courthouse.

     

    Mr. Johnson what are your plans now that you’ve been released?”

     

    The wannabe wise-guy pauses and puffs out his chest for the camera. “I’m gonna make sure the punk ass pukes who framed me and my friends pay. Nobody fucks with me and my friends.”

     

    His cousin and attorney, Patricia Johnson, quickly adds, “Using all the legal means at his disposal.”

     

    Ms. Johnson tries to hustle her cousin away from the reporters as they call for Ronnie to confirm his lawyer’s statement.

     

    “Yeah, right,” the drug dealing punk laughs. “We’re gonna ‘legal’ them to death!”

     

    The laughing dirtball is escorted away by a few of his uncle’s ‘associates’.

     

    That night a local band and friends of Velvet Blue, Pounze da Lion, plays the Panhandle Saloon to an enthusiastic crowd. The place is packed with spring breakers and locals.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, April 9, 2047:

     

    The Team is suspicious of the boat from the Florida Department Water Quality. Brandon and Sam check the security feeds and make note of the locations they were testing. They worry it might be some nefarious scheme to place sensors in the river. Beebe suggests that someone from the hotel should just call the agency to confirm the testing.

     

    The suggestion makes sense, but Crank questions why she doesn’t call them herself. Although the nomad feels that the answer is obvious, she humors him (using small words so he’ll understand) “I don’t work for the Hotel. An official inquiry from the resort would go a lot further than some nomad calling up and asking questions”

     

    It’s a sound argument. Crank calls the Florida Department of Water Quality, which confirms that a boat was dispatched to take samples. He enquires if they are testing for contaminants that would be of concern to the hotel. The representative assures him that there is nothing in the water they need to be worried about. The agency is just tracking a change in the salinity of the bay.

     

    [GM Note; The type of change that would occur if you were to say pump hundreds of thousands of gallons of fresh water from a tunnel system into a body of salt water]

     

    For his own piece of mind, Sam hits the water in his nuscuba gear to scout the ‘sampling’ spots. He finds no sensors or other devices; only empty water. So it isn’t a wasted trip, he looks for and finds the hatch to the old fort’s diving trunk. It’s buried in the silt. Dredging will be required to make it accessible.

     

    That evening Crank holds the first Amateur Night at the Blue Moon Revue! He hopes it will help him scout out new talent to fill the club’s expanded hours. Tonight is also the monthly meeting of Blackwater Town Council. Only Carrie Anne (and of course Gardner Weems) go. The permits she needs are quickly approved with little discussion. With the resort’s new hiring policies (hiring members of the Vietnamese community) Councilman Giap drops his obstructionist tactics.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, April 10, 2047:

     

    Michelle Petersen calls Ricco Torres about the Beach Creamery. She is willing to reopen, if they can work out a right of way agreement. They are able to agree on terms within twenty minutes. Almost immediately afterward, Nancy Petersen calls Crank and gives her two week notice. She will be leaving to manage the Beach Creamery for her grandmother.

     

    The Petersen Point Resort holds its first Para-sailing Contest at beach. It is a mixture of athletic performances and comic crashes. Members of the Thelas make sure no one is seriously hurt The crowd for the event is large and enthusiastic. There are a number of ‘divisions’ in the contest. Paris enters and wins the Naked Lady Division! Beebe enters the Open Division and fends off all rivals to win the championship.

     

    After the contest Sam Fisher asks Beebe if she will fly her ultra-light over the old 16” gun battery on Angus Young’s Farm. The young nomad is not willing to chance getting shot at so she says no. More importantly Beebe has developed an intense dislike of the man and isn’t ready to do him any favors.

     

    Crank notices a new customer at the Blue Moon Revue. He is friendly and watches the girl’s intently, but there’s just something about him that seems off. Every once in a while he catches the man typing something into a small data pad. The customer talks with the girls, but turns down all overtures for a lap dance or anything else. He does however tip them very well for their time. Crank heads over to have a little chat.

     

    “Excuse me, sir. I hope that device is not a camera. The sign on the door expressly forbids photography.”

     

    “Oh, no,” the man responds. “It’s just a data pad.”

     

    He hands it over, so that Crank can examine the device. The screen is blank, but the device clearly has no built in camera. The club manager smiles, hands it back and introduces himself.

     

    “A pleasure to meet you, sir,” the man says. “You have a fine establishment here.”

     

    Crank thanks him for the compliment, before returning to his position near the bar. He directs the waitress servicing the man’s table to bring the next empty glass back to him. Owen carefully places the tumbler into a plastic bag. He is determined to find out this man’s identity.

     

    Sam and Brandon decide to check out the gun battery. Equipped with respirators, the two walk the 1 ½ kilometers to the basement of the century old structure. Using his NavStar, in inertial navigation mode, the security chief is able to follow their progress on an overlaid map of the local area. The tunnel ends in a series of damp rooms, with a pair of staircases leading up to two sets of large double doors. Those doors are rigid as if a large weight is sitting on top of them.

     

    Off to the side is a metal ladder in a vertical shaft. It passes out of sight into the darkness above. The ladder is in fairly good shape, above the old waterline used to be. The section that was previously underwater is heavily corroded. Brandon carefully makes his way up, testing the rungs before putting his full weight on them. Once past the bad section his speed increases. It’s a long way up, but he finally reaches a hatch at the top of the shaft.

     

    With his strength, he could probably break through the welds holding it shut, but there’s no telling what’s above them. A glance at his mapper shows that he’s well above the surrounding terrain. His best guess is that the hatch opens up near the top of the artificial hill that used to house the 16’ guns. Before they cut open force the hatch, they’ll need to do some topside reconnaissance.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, April 11, 2047:

     

    Crank shows up at Ricco’s office, with the glass in a plastic bag. The food and beverage manager explains about his run in with a customer at the Blue Moon and of the man’s odd behavior.

     

    “You have an in with the Sheriff. Could you have is people dust this glass for fingerprints? We need to know who this guy is.”

     

    Ricco has no illusions that Ronny Johnson’s televised posturing was an empty threat. They need to know if this strange customer has anything to do with the Johnson family. He takes the plastic bag and agrees to pass it along to Sheriff Mason.

     

    Sam spends is morning trying to find a satellite photo of the terrain around the old fort. His search is interrupted by the doorbell. It is another folder from Mr. Zeitsev. The Team has a new mission. A week from tomorrow around seven in the evening an Alabama prison vehicle will be traveling along Route 31 in the area where the east – west border between Alabama and Florida turns south. Inside the folder there is a picture of the man they must extract and bring to an address in Pensacola. The mission package also contains $40,000 for expenses.

     

    Sam goes to Ricco and asks for permission to conduct a surface inspection of the old gun battery. In case he is able to find the other side of the hatch, he would like Brandon standing by in the tunnels at the top of the ladder. Securing the tunnels complex is as important to the hotel as it is for the Dirty deeds team. Ricco gives his approval and agrees to drive Sam through town and get him as close as possible to the farm without raising suspicion.

     

    As Sam and Ricco set off, Brandon returns to the ladder with a rope and tackle and a cutting torch. He wears respirator, although he doesn’t really need. Tying himself off at the top of the shaft, he waits for Sam’s signal.

     

    The ex-operative wears his Blackjack to conceal his movements. He ghosts across the orderly fields, till he reaches the old farm road leading to the battery. The roadway is quite clear. There are signs of light but steady traffic on the road. The entire structure of the old battery, however, is buried by the encroaching kudzu.

     

    Sam moves quickly down the side of the road, but about half way to his target he sees a dog ahead. It can’t see him, but can obviously smell him. The barking draws the attention of a farmhand walking along the narrow road. Sam has no choice but to move through the thick covering of the kudzu as the dog tries to pick up his scent. The ex-operative succeeds in evading his canine pursuer, but moving through the dense vines drops his speed to about ¼ mph. It takes several hours to reach his goal.

     

    Reaching the base of the old battery he starts the slow climb to the top of the kudzu covered hill. Sam is finally at the spot where the inertial mapper says the hatch should be. The only thing standing in his way is a small one room blockhouse. It has one slit window facing south to the sea, which is too small for him to fit through. Sam walks around the structure, but can’t find an entrance. With dawn approaching he turns around and starts back. His speed down the hill through the kudzu is agonizingly slow. If he was racing a molasses flow down the hill, he would lose.

     

    About 7 am he reaches the pickup point and calls Ricco for a lift. The two get back to the hotel and Ricco asks, “Where’s Brandon?”

     

    Sam realizes he never notified the security chief that he had turned back. The biomechanical is still hanging up at the top of the shaft. An exhausted Sam heads down into the tunnels to get his associate.

     

    (GM Note: After all that effort to get there, I can’t believe Sam didn’t look on the roof of the small blockhouse. That is where the entrance was. FYI, this fort is based on a real installation from the town I grew up in. As a boy, my friends and I would spend hours exploring it. It was a kid’s dream come true!)

     

    Finally Sam gets to the battery again and climbs up the shaft to where Brandon is hanging. Assured that no one will see them exit the hatch, the security chief pulls out his torch and cuts the welds holding it shut. A small piece of hot metal lands on Sam; hanging just below him. It hurts, but doesn’t burn him too badly. With the welds gone, the hatch swings open, but stops after half an inch. The gap between the hatch and the rim is too narrow for them to see the obstruction. Brandon tries to force it, but the portal won’t budge. After several attempts, the two finally call it quits.

     

    Closing the hatch, they head back down the ladder. Near the bottom Brandon has his own mishap. A rung gives way and he falls to the bottom of the shaft. There’s some slight damage but nothing the biomechanical can’t handle. Frustrated, they make their way back to the hotel,

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 11: Time to Pay the Piper

  20. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 9 – Life is Full of Ups and Downs

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

    Thursday, March 21, 2047:

     

    Charlie shows up at Sam’s house with Beebe. They intentionally arrive after Rianna has already left for school. The two men head inside, while Beebe waits out on the steps to ensure their privacy. After scanning for listening devices, they sit down to talk. Sam drops his mask of cold efficiency and lets his friend see his true feelings on the disaster. He is completely candid about his knowledge of the Brewton mission.

     

    It convinces Charlie, who calls in Beebe, so that she can hear it for herself. Sam is as forthcoming as he can be, without revealing their involvement in the death of the students. Hearing his contrition helps, but deep down she is still suspicious of the ex-CIA operative.

     

    The two nomads leave soon after; Charlie to catch up on some much needed sleep, Beebe to prepare for the arrival of her mother. Sam reflects on what he told his friend. The part about Brewton was complete truth. As to their employer…he doesn’t like lying to Charlie, but if he told him who they were really working for and it somehow got out, both of them would be dead. For his own good, he had to him that the operation was being directed by a well connected fixer with deep pockets.

     

     

    That afternoon, Ricco is notified that the tunnels (from the old fort) are dry enough to explore. He has Brandon meet him at the marina’s storage bunker. A group of nomads is already preparing to go down. The air is still pretty foul, so they are wearing respirators as a precaution. Ricco and Brandon gear up to join them. Being a biomechanical, the security chief doesn’t really need the breathing apparatus. He still needs to breathe, but his oxygen requirements are minimal. Brandon still wears the respirator, so as not to arouse suspicion.

     

    Heath brings along his DataTel Mapmaker, so that they can map out the tunnels as they explore. The group heads west along the main corridor. After about half a kilometer there is a niche with stairs leading up to a pair of rusted steel doors. The room above is quite a bit smaller than the one under the storage bunker. It is also still damp. There is a ladder leading up to a hatch in the ceiling. The Mapmaker marks their location as being near the fuel dock office.

     

    At the top of the ladder is a room of similar size to the one below. It is dry and judging by the dust, was never submerged. Another ladder rises towards a ceiling hatch. The chamber above is smaller and circular. Four metal plates are set into the wall at the cardinal points. The later dead ends at what appear to be an airlock hatch or water tight door. Brandon turns the wheel to open the hatch. Fresh air floods in.

     

    On the other side of the hatch is a tall round wooden structure. The inside is unfinished and cramped. It doesn’t look to have ever been intended for habitation. Brandon pushes aside a loose panel that leads to a small electrical room. A door on the opposite wall opens to the outside, at the base of the replica lighthouse next to the fuel dock office. The circular room below must be a fortified pill box. Hinges on the plates would normally allow them to be opened, but they are currently blocked by the wooden base of the lighthouse.

     

    Further exploration reveals that all of the small lighthouses that dot the peninsula are built on top of similar bunkers. There is also a large complex of rooms near the hotel. If the mapper is accurate there should be an entrance to the tunnel system in one of the outbuildings by the pool. They can’t confirm it’s location from the tunnel side, because the stairwell has been blocked by a poured concrete floor.

     

    Another complex of rooms lies under the maintenance building near the golf course. A large set of blast doors set into the ceiling of highest room, but they refuse to budge. Ricco suggest that they find the doors from the other side, rather that trying to break their way out from the tunnels. If it’s anything like the other sealed entrance, there could be a slab of concrete above them.

     

    The group has to call for replacement air canisters before making their way back through the tunnels. They’ve left the hatches at the lighthouses propped open to help change out the air, but it’s still pretty bad deep in the tunnels. Arriving back at the marina, they head east along the main corridor. The tunnel continues past the two remaining lighthouses, out under the mouth of the small harbor at Blackwater. Based on its course, it probably extends all the way to the old 16’ gun battery on Angus Young’s farm.

     

    There is another set of rooms and a sealed entrance, on this side of the harbor. The mapper, places it under Charlie’s house. For the time being the explorers agree to keep the extent of the tunnel network a secret. Both the nomads and Ricco recognize their potential. He makes a handshake agreement to share access. The details can be hammered out later. For now, they need secure the wooden doors to the lighthouses, and let the air start to circulate.

     

    Bea arrives at the hotel with her two youngest children; Annabelle (5) and David (9). Sandy and his wife Sheila bring Steve and his three younger siblings to meet them. They all have dinner together at the Zelinsky’s house. After dinner Sandy delivers some bad news to Beebe. Something has come up with the club this weekend. Most of the membership won’t be able to attend the Memorial Barbeque.

     

    Sheila promises to makes sure the bikers’ families will still be coming. She’s will to help out in any way she can. It hurts that her father won’t be there, but she graciously accepts Sheila’s offer. Bea offers to help out too, if someone will tell her what’s going on.

     

     

    Bad news travels fast. The video for Bloody Mayhem goes viral. Velvet Blue looks and sounds fantastic. Gratuitous shots of the Rattlesnakes attack are edited in with footage of the band on stage. The song’s chorus is accompanied by a scene of a blood drenched Natty, diving into the bed of Charlie’s pickup. It switches to slow motion as she begins to peal off her clothes. The chorus is repeated three times during the video, giving viewers ample opportunity to ogle the bassist’s breasts.

     

    There are no shots of the killings backstage, causing commenters to question if the violence and blood are real. Steve and Beebe head over to Natty’s cottage to show her the video. She thinks the video is great. The Czech girl shows no sign of shame. If anything, it gets her all hot and bothered. Beebe leaves, so that Natty can have some time alone with her boyfriend. If Alina sees the video, it may be a long time before she sees Steve or anyone else.

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, March 22, 2047:

     

    The $36,000 is burning a hole in Sam’s pocket. He heads into Pensacola to do some shopping. He picks up a CINO Big Blue system and dive suit. At the Harley dealership he buys himself a Thunder God. After a side trip to register the motorcycle, he makes his a more important stop of all; to buy a bouquet of flowers for Rianna!

     

    Back at the hotel, the second caterpillar runabout is heading out for its shakedown cruise as a small ship from Texas pulls up to the fuel dock. Twenty Hell’s Angels roll of with their motor cycles. Riding with them are two members of the Rattlesnakes MC. Both of the Rattlesnakes wear patches from a Texas charter of the gang. This doesn’t look like a war party. Half of the Hell’s Angels have brought along their old ladies, as have both bikers from the Rattlesnakes,

     

    Ricco places security on alert. Hank Tremont arrives and asks to see the general manager. The Visigoth president apologizes for not giving him a heads up about the Angels and Rattlesnakes. “They’re here to talk peace.” Hank explains that the hotel was the only place, in the area, large enough to put up all the bikers. “Everyone has promised to be on their best behavior”

    The general manager accepts his friend’s assurances, but is still concerned about security. If there is one silver lining to the whole situation, it’s that the Texas bikers paid for their rooms in advance.

     

     

    Ricco enlists the help of Sam and Brandon to pull up the floor in the old lost and found. If the mapper was correct, the tunnel entrance should be underneath. Thankfully there is no concrete to chip through. The large double doors lie just under the subfloor. They lubricate the hinges before swinging them open. Ricco’s hopes rise when he sees the plastic barrier blocking the passage. The room below has been weatherized like the basement of the marina’s storage bunker.

     

    Slicing through the barrier, they enter a large room packed crates. Most bear Russian markings. None of them appear to have ever been opened. It takes several hours for the three to catalogue all of the containers, but after totaling up all the weapons and equipment, they realize there’s to supply a battalion of infantry!

     

    Small Arms:

    400x Kalashnikov A-80s (100,000 rounds AP; 400,000 rounds STD, 10 clips each gun)

    40x PPsh-41s (10,000 rounds AP; 40,000 rounds STD, 10 clips each gun)

    60x Sig Sauer P226 [.40 S&W 3d6+3, 5 clips each] (1,000 rounds AP; 4,000 rounds STD)

    6x Dragonovs (standard optical sight, SL, bipod, 10 clips each) (600 rounds AP; 2000 rounds STD)

    20 crates (24 apiece) 7d6 frag grenades

    10 cases (24 apiece) smoke grenades

    200 Claymore mines

     

    Heavy Weapons:

    20x PK Light Machineguns (10,000 rounds AP; 40,000 rounds STD)

    12x RPG-As (100 rounds HEAT, 100 rounds HE)

    6x 60mm mortars 1000 rounds HE, 100 rounds smoke)

    6x DshK’s w/multiple mounts (12.7mm) (10,000 rounds AP; 40,000 rounds STD)

    2x KPV’s (14.5mm) (2,000 rounds AP; 8,000 rounds STD)

    4x Scorpion Anti-Aircraft launchers (12 missiles)

    6x LATGM launchers (20 missiles)

    2x HATGM launchers (8 missiles)

     

    Communications:

    50 field telephones with 3 portable switching hubs and 20 miles of wire.

    500 personal communicators

    Satellite uplink.

    3x Military Radios

     

    Electronic Warfare:

    ECCM Suite

    ECM (10 km)

    Electronic Warfare Suite

    Military Radar with ID function

     

    Other Gear:

    2x Large Generators with 200 gallon tanks

    5,000 MREs

    30x 10 person tents

    30x 6 person tents

    2x field kitchens

    Dry hospital supplies

    800 Jungle cammo BDUs & Kits

     

    Randy Petersen was either totally insane, or a genius. Sam immediately begins to talk about selling off the weapons. There is enough here to equip the Dirty Deeds Team, fund the hotel and the Team’s operations, and still provide a tidy profit for all concerned. Ricco puts his foot down. Nothing will be sold! It all belongs to the hotel. If the team needs weapons for a specific mission then Sam can make a request.

     

    In the back of his mind Ricco realizes that the Alabama State Police will come again and again. They now have the firepower to repel a major assault. Why would he sell it? The general manager does allow Sam and Brandon to take enough weapons to stock the weapons locker in the security office. The two security officers load up a crate with ammunition and 5 A-80s, 5 PPsh-41s submachine guns, 2 Dragonovs, 2 RPG-As, a scorpion missile launcher.

     

    Beebe and Steve stop by to pick up Natty’s after school, but Alina has her restricted to the house. Her mom saw the video and flipped. The girl looks a little frightened recalling Alina’s reaction. She can play at the event tomorrow and go to school. Other than that she’s grounded.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, March 23, 2047:

     

    The peace talks between the gangs last all day and stretch into the late evening.

     

    When Beebe had told Ricco that guests of the hotel were welcome to come to the cookout, she hadn’t known that the Hells Angels and Rattlesnakes would be in town. It wasn’t her intent, but the party has given the three gangs an opportunity to socialize. Whether it will help the negotiations, she can say, but one thing’s for certain, it’s hurting the attendance at her party.

     

    The presence of the gangs seems to be keeping away the locals from Blackwater. Instead of the 300 she had planned for, there’s only about half that number. The only thing that rescues the night for Beebe is that members of the Harris and Young families stop by to express their gratitude. They don’t stay long, but that act of kindness allows her to finally enjoy the evening.

     

    With so few guests, there is a mountain of leftovers. Beebe makes sure that they are packaged up for anyone who wants to take them. Many of the nomads will be eating high on the hog for the next couple of days.

     

     

    As the party goes on at the beach, Sam is on patrol is the resort’s security vehicle. A group of four catches his eye as he turns onto Etta Road. They are dressed like nomads, but it’s way too warm to be wearing such long coats. Two of the four appear to be standing watch by their truck, while the other two are heading for a trailer. It looks like they were up to something.

     

    Sam decides to turn around and check it out. He makes it to the intersection and hears the sound of automatic weapons. Pressing down the accelerator, the security officer races towards the trailer where he first saw the four men. The two men by the truck pull shotguns from under their coats and level them at his vehicle. Sam jerks his car to the left as the sound of pellets ping against the side panel. As the car comes to a stop he jumps out and takes cover behind his cruiser.

     

    The security officer activates his radio and draws his pistols. He spins around the end of his car and fires at the men, aiming for their heads. Sam is good shot, but the range is too great and he misses. The security car provides cover from the two gunmen by the truck, but not from their friends coming out of one of the trailers. One fires on the security officer with a FN-RAL and doesn’t miss. Pain sears through Sam’s leg, as he drops behind his vehicle to avoid further fire. The attackers speed off and make a successful getaway. No one at the beach can hear the firefight over the music of Velvet Blue.

     

    Brandon and Ricco get there in a couple of minutes and all three check the trailer.

     

    In the bedroom of the trailer are the bullet riddled corpses of a man and woman. Both are naked and appear to have been screwing each others brains out, before they were splatter across the walls and bed sheets. Ricco doesn’t recognize the woman, but the man is Rat; their chief witness against Ronnie Johnson.

     

    Sheriff Mason comes quickly with his crime scene unit. He doesn’t need forensics to tell him who is responsible. “This is the work of A.C. Johnson.”

     

    Ricco agrees. Their case against the Johnson’s drug crew just got a whole lot weaker.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, March 24, 2047:

     

    Last night and into the morning the Visigoths place calls to all local ‘motorcycle enthusiasts’ inviting them to join them on a ‘run’. The club is riding up to the Alabama border crossing on the Old Spanish Road. The Visigoths, Hell’s Angels and Rattlesnakes all ride together as a sign of their new found accord. A temporary truce is now in effect. Crank rides with them. Sam wants to go, but his leg is too messed up from the night before. He still goes by the jump off to express his solidarity.

     

    Charlie takes Beebe and Bea out to the range to try out the new sniper version of the Boss Arms Hammer. The weapon performs as expected, but the real joy for Charlie and Bea is getting to hang out again. After working out some aggression on the range the three head over to Sam’s house. Before they talk in his study the gunsmith sweeps the room with his bug detector.

     

    Surprisingly they find one. Sam is irate by the discovery. To help his friend’s piece of mind, Charlie scans the rest of the house. He turns up three more listening devices. They are all high tech custom jobs. Someone seems to be very interested in Mr. Fisher.

     

    By that evening it’s time for Bea and her other kids to catch their flight back to Nevada. There is a tearful farewell at the airport as Beebe’s siblings and mother depart. Sandy, Sheila and their children are also on hand to say good-bye.

     

    On returning to the resort, Beebe drops by to say high to Natty who is back from the club’s ride. The girl’s eyes are red and she smells of tear gas.

     

    “What happened?” Beebe asks.

     

    With a big, stupid smile of her face Natty replies, “The Alabama State Police gassed us!”

     

    Beebe helps her friend wash the stench out of her clothes as Natty explains. “We taunt them from Florida side of bridge and they just snap. Big turret weapon they have at the check point open fire with gas rounds. There was a little gunfire, but no one seriously hurt. It was awesome!

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, March 25, 2047:

     

    Ricco is ecstatic at the morning staff meeting. This was the best weekend the hotel has had since the Team arrived. Based on advanced reservations the coming weeks look to be even better.

     

    Crank reports on the Scheduling changes at the Panhandle and Blue Moon.

     

    “Having both clubs closed on Mondays is killing us. Under the regulations, there is nothing that states establishments that serve alcohol, need to be closed on Mondays. They just need to be closed on Sundays and one other day of the week. I’ve spoken to the staff and we’re going to open the Panhandle on Mondays. It will now be closed on Tuesdays.

     

    Since business is picking we’re going to expand the hours at the Blue Moon to include Tuesday. The dancers have agreed to pick up additional shifts, but we really need to hire more girls. Ricco, I wanted to check with you before I hired any more dancers.”

     

    The general manager is perfectly fine with the idea.

     

    Crank wraps up his by bringing up a proposal for a booze cruise. “If we take guest far enough out on the river, we will be outside the county boundary and therefore not subject to its ban. If there is an issue with guest buying drinks on Sunday, we can make it all inclusive, factoring the price of drinks into of the ticket for the cruise.”

     

    There are nods around the table. The plan is music to their ears.

     

     

    The Texas Hell’s Angels are set to leave by ship just before noon. Charlie has a dilemma. The Sea Snake will be escorting the Angel’s vessel part of the way to Texas. From there, it’s supposed to sail to the Barataria Floating Colony and deliver the new fire control system for the USS Alabama.

     

    The old battleship is the colony’s primary defense. In its current state the ship is mostly a paper tiger. The existing ammunition for the 16” guns is no longer usable. Charlie has made more, but without the fire control it would be next to impossible to hit anything. Hence the problem; not all of the components are ready. With all of his side projects and binge drinking, the gunsmith is several days behind schedule. There is no way he’ll be ready to sail today.

     

    It’s important that the Texas bikers get home safely, so Charlie sends the Sea Snake on the first leg of its mission. After finishing its escort duty, the ship will return for him and the finished components. The colony will just have to wait a few more days for its delivery.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, March 26, 2047:

     

    In the early afternoon the Sea Snake hands off the Hell’s Angel’s vessel to another nomad escort on its trip back to Texas. The vessel turns around and heads back to Blackwater. Charlie and his work crews work day and night to finish the remaining upgrades for the USS Alabama and get ready for transport.

     

    There have been rumors that the state of Alabama is NOT happy with the nomad’s plans to upgrade the venerable old battleship. Anticipating trouble, Charlie asks Sam and Brandon to come along. The ex-operative is willing to go, but only of his friend with outfit each of them with a full set of armor. Sam wants assault armor. Beebe is adamant that there’s no way that’s happening. They negotiate down to full BDUs with heavy ADAP inserts.

     

    [GM Note: Beebe and Charlie lay out $4000 each, to equip the two security officers, when there was an entire battalion’s worth of BDUs right under the Maintenance Building. Sam’s player wasn’t clear about his motivations for holding his friend over a barrel. It may have had something to do with having to ask Ricco for the equipment or it gave him a chance to get back at Beebe for making him pay $500 just to talk with Natty about the Brewton mission]

     

    Sam and Brandon head into Pensacola to pick up their new BDUs. The ex-operative brings along Natty, so that he can buy the girl her own set of jungle BDUs. He opts to buy her the full kit and a spytech body stocking. Natty is beginning to trust Sam, but she still has hang-ups about older men. She refuses to go unless Beebe comes along. The nomad will go for her friend, but she refuses to talk to either man.

     

    At one of the stores they visit Natty finds herself alone with Brandon and quietly asks him, “Excuse me, I don’t mean to offend…but are you a cyborg?”

     

    Brandon is completely unfazed by the girl’s question and responds, “I’m sorry, but I am not allowed to answer questions about that.”

     

    Natty breaks into a smile and says, “OK, thank you.” She feels she has her answer.

     

    They return to the resort and Natty squirrels away her new gear.

     

     

    Hank Tremont asks Ricco to come by the club that evening. The Brazilian eagerly accepts. It’s the first time he’s been invited inside the Visigoth’s clubhouse. Ricco is escorted to their secure meeting room, where the gang leader informs him of the results of the recent ‘peace conference’. The Rattlesnakes believe that that the Visigoths who were responsible for the murder of one of their members, Martin Long. Last September his body was dumped at Peg Leg Porter’s place. Ricco nods. He’s familiar with the cold case file.

     

    (GM Note: See Episode 4 and Sheriff Mason’s list of local unsolved murders and disappearances.)

     

    Hank insists that the Visigoths had nothing to do with the killing. The Rattlesnakes admit Martin Long was the point man in their attempt to expand their club’s drug trade into Escambia County. Martin was working with some Thelas nomads who were to bring the drugs in by boat. After Long’s murder the Panama City chapter of the Rattlesnakes looked into the killings and discovered that the Visigoth’s were behind the murder. They were told that the Blackwater chapter had killed Martin as an object lesson and tossed the body at Peg Leg Porter’s place as a warning to the Thelas.

     

    This is what brought on the attempted kidnapping of Nancy Petersen (in Episode 3). After that failure, further Rattlesnake investigation intensified. Peg Leg Porter was fingered as the person who tipped off the Visigoths about the Rattlesnakes move into the local drug trade. After the Rattlesnakes’ attack on the rave at Peg Leg Porter’s and his resulting murder (in Episode 6) the Visigoths called on their alliance with the Pagans based out of Daytona. The Rattlesnakes MC was virtually wiped out in Florida. Their remaining five chapters (four in Texas and one in New Mexico) could not let this go unanswered so they called on their allies, the Hell’s Angels.

     

    While the Angel’s don’t like the fact the Rattlesnakes attacked the Visigoths through their families, they can’t be seen as weak and do nothing. Since the Hell’s Angels also have dealings with the Thelas, all sides have agreed to a six month’s truce. It gives the Visigoths time to look into the murder of Martin Long and find his true killer. Once they know who they’re after all parties in this conflict will deal with them. Hank’s problem is that they aren’t very experienced as criminal investigators. In fact, the annihilation of most of the Panama City Chapter of the Rattlesnakes has eliminated just about all the leads they can think of. Hence, they need Ricco’s help.

     

    The Brazilian ex-cop agrees to help. The first two things he asks for are to speak with the remaining Rattlesnakes from Panama City and to talk with the Thelas who were going to bring in the drugs. Hank will try to arrange both.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, March 27, 2047:

     

    An hour or so after dawn the Sea Snake arrives back in Blackwater. The vessel pulls up at the resort’s fuel dock and fills her tanks. At the marina the second of the waterskiing boats is finished being overhauled and is put in the water. The new ski boat is put through its paces and certified for use. This weekend will be the beginning of Spring Break!

     

    Ricco calls Sheriff Mason and they meet for lunch. The Brazilian gets right to the point and tells Marcus, “I am investigating the Martin Long murder and want to know if Peg-leg had a criminal record that you know of?”

     

    “No, not really,” Mason replies, “he had some drunken and disorderly charges before he lost his leg. There is the rumor that he was a pedophile, but that was started by the man who beat him out for leadership of his clan.”

     

    “What has been the history of drug dealing in Blackwater / Santa Rosa County?”

     

    “Well, there is a little, but it is mostly small stuff in Santa Rosa. The Visigoths have made it clear over the years that no one sells drugs in Blackwater. I don’t think the MC is involved in it either. Hank is big about not shitting in his own backyard.”

     

    “What about Peg-leg?” Ricco asks. “Was he into drugs?”

     

    “His name never came up in any investigation and his body was drug free at the time of his autopsy.”

     

    “Are there any big drug operations in the adjoining counties, you know of?”

     

    Sheriff Mason lets out a rueful chuckle. “Rumor has it that the Johnson Clan considers this whole area to be their territory.”

     

    Ricco thanks his friend. When he returns to the hotel, there is a message from Hank. The Rattlesnakes will meet him in Houston tomorrow. The general manager makes reservations and catches a night flight to Texas.

     

    By 5pm the Sea Snake has refueled and moved to Charlie’s workshop across the river. They load the 16” shells and powder bags, two 5” rapid fire naval guns, an early warning radar and new fire control updates for the USS Alabama. The ship sails with Charlie, Beebe, Sam and Brandon aboard.

     

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, March 28, 2047:

     

    About mid-morning the Sea Snake is hailed over the radio by The Alabama State Police Naval patrol. The nomads are informed they are sailing into a ‘live fire’ exercise area and will be fired upon if they continue. Charlie and his captain huddle and decide to turn south towards Cuba. The will skirt Cuban territorial waters and go around the exercise area. This will add about eighteen to twenty hours to the trip. They try to raise the Barataria Colony, but there is no response.

     

    At the resort the first wave of Spring Breakers begin to arrive. Many don’t have reservations, but the hotel is able to accommodate them all.

     

    Ricco escorted by a pair of the Hell’s Angels meets four of the Rattlesnakes in a sleazy motel at the edge of the combat zone. One of the Rattlesnakes, Hammerman, is from the now defunct Panama City Chapter. They are evasive in their answers, but it is clear that drug dealing was the major vocation of that slaughtered charter. Martin Long wasn’t an officer, but he was a senior member of the club. From what this surviving biker heard Long had made contact with a major independent fixer in Pensacola. There was one meeting between these people at Peg Leg Porter’s place where the gang, some nomads and this fixer met to hammer out an arrangement. Porter wasn’t involved in the deal. He just provided this meeting place, but put on a show for that fixer that he was some kind of big wheel. Martin did have someone on overwatch who took some pictures of the people at the meet. They might be in his stuff. Ricco asks if they could find the photos and send them to him. The Texas Rattlesnakes turn that request down, but Hammerman interjects, “We should give it to him. There’s no living Rattlesnakes in the shot.”

     

    The Rattlesnakes agree to look for the pictures and send them on. With business concluded, Ricco heads for the airport and a flight back to Pensacola.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, March 29, 2047:

     

    In the past ten days the reservations have been pouring into the resort. The student grapevine has filled 70% of the rooms for this weekend and the buzz is just beginning. The weekend is revving up to be a complete bacchanal.

     

    Out in the Gulf the Sea Snake arrives at the still smoking Barataria Colony. About a quarter of the colony is sunk and the USS Alabama is gone! Yesterday afternoon Alabama state forces stormed the ship. With aircraft and support from a frigate and two corvettes they seized the old warship and took it in tow. Anyone who stood in their way was slaughtered. About a third of the colony is dead or missing. There are slightly more that thousand lost souls.

     

    The crew of the Sea Snake helps with rescue operations. Sam and Brandon pitch in. Charlie talks with the remaining elders. They no longer need the 16” gun ammunition or the advanced fire control system, but they will still take the rapid firing 5” cannons, the Sea Wiz’s and the early warning radar. None of the elders say it, but if the Charlie had arrived when he was supposed to the battle might have turned out very differently. Now there is only cleaning up the aftermath and counting the dead.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, March 30, 2047:

     

    Out on the Barataria Colony the clean-up continues. A number of damaged structures have to be cut away and allowed to sink. More of the missing are found, but the confirmed dead are also piling up. The Sea Snake remains for the whole day and continues to assist.

     

    Back at the resort the ski boats are pulling skiers and Para-sailors. Beebe was right. This is going to be a huge hit. The day ends with Velvet Blue playing poolside at a huge Spring Breaker Rave. Paris captures the heart (and lust) of every male there who has a pulse. Ty, Natty and Sammy are totally in sync and put out a hypnotic beat behind Paris’s siren voice. For the hotel the money just pours into the tills!

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, March 31, 2047:

     

    In the morning the Sea Snake sails for the Blackwater Bay. The ship’s decks are covered with wounded heading to land for treatment. Charlie is especially quiet as he contemplates the enormity of the disaster and his responsibility in it. If he hadn’t let himself be sidetracked by other projects or spent most of his time since Brewton swimming at the bottom of a bottle of whiskey, he would have been on schedule. They would have had the upgrades installed on the Alabama and the ship would have had ammunition for the huge 16” guns.

     

    The Resort is a bit quieter today. Crank tries an end run around the no liquor service on Sunday laws by selling coupons yesterday which are redeemable on Sunday at one of the temporary service bars. He doesn’t expect to get away with it, but next Sunday will be different. The Petersen Point Resort’s large tour boat, the SS Mary Beth Petersen is being re-launched this week. Next Sunday will be the first Pensacola Bay ‘Booze Cruise’. This should end the hotel’s ‘dry Sundays’.

     

    As the sun starts to set the Sea Snake pulls into Blackwater Bay.

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 10: Killing Cops is Never a Good Thing.

     

     

     

  21. This comes in two parts, one right after the other. So here is Part One -

     

     

    Episode 9 – Life is Full of Ups and Downs

     

    Part One of Two

     

     

    Guilt continues to eat away at certain members of the Team. Charlie’s work suffers. Missed deadlines lead to more tragedies. Memorial services are held for the two slain teenagers. Beebe is motivated to spend her share of the ‘blood money’ doing something good for the community.

     

    A brazen murder occurs at the resort. Evidence emerges that could help solve several open cold case files and prove the innocence of a wrongfully convicted man. The Hells Angels come to Petersen Point.

     

    Velvet Blue is poised to hit the big time, if Natty’s mother ever lets her out of the house again. Beebe is still trying to get use to her new family dynamic as ‘Hurricane Bea’ hits Petersen Point.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Lafferty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Lafferty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Bea Lafferty is Beebe’s mother and a retired Major in the United States Army. She is famous for launching the first ortillery strike (on U.S. soil) during the Fourth Corporate War.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Greg Harris is the second son of Roger Harris who owns the Blackwater General Store. He used to date Natty before she blew him off for Steve Zelinsky. He’s not a bad kid and still pines for her. His sister Suzie was killed by the Alabama State Police in the same incident as Anne Young.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Father Ernesto Rivera is the Porto Rican born priest of Saint Peters by the Sea. He is 32 years old and very warm and friendly.

     

    Hammerman is one of the few surviving members of the Rattlesnakes’ Panama City, FL charter.

     

    Henrique: A former Favela drug lord (nicknamed the King Snake) and leader of the Red Command who took a government amnesty offer and got out of the drug business. Henrique used to belong to a Brazilian pop group manufactured by a record company. When his voice changed he was fired and thrown back into the favela where he rose to the top of the local gang. The man now runs a media company which works with Disney. He and Ricco Torres grew up together with Ricco being the younger ‘brother’ (nicknamed Cobrinha – Little Snake).

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Lt. Gordon Thomas (retired) is with the Lazarus Observation and Security Team who comes to watch the Pensacola COG’s Winter War Games.

     

    Mr. Zeitsev is the code name for Sam Fisher’s contact on this secret, black project. He is the government’s ‘Mr. Johnson’.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Peg Leg Porter was an old pirate (Thelas Nomad), who was thrown out of his pack and went land bound. He had a house just north of state boat ramp where he lets the local teenagers throw wild parties. He was also knee deep in the Rattlesnake-Thelas drug connection.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Reverend Ezra Brown is the minister of the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. He is a happy jovial man in his fifties and his church is filled with singing and music. He and Father Rivera are good friends. The two have a standing checkers game every Thursday about 5 pm at the Blackwater General Store.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheila Belanger Zelinsky is Sandy Zelinsky’s wife and Steve’s mother. She shares a special bond with Beebe’s mother, Bea.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

    The Action

     

    Saturday, March 16, 2047:

     

    No amount of liquor would wash away the bitter taste of Sam’s words, nor would it drown his overwhelming guilt. The bourbon only seemed to magnify Charlie’s dark feelings. He was well on the way to drinking himself into a stupor, when he was struck with an idea. Inspiration usually came during bouts of drinking. This latest vision was of a sniper modification for the Hammer long rifle. Fabricating the new pieces wouldn’t relive his guilt, but throwing himself into work would at least let him forget for a while. There was also every possibility that he might need a power sniper rifle in the near future.

     

    Charlie isn’t the only one to have trouble coping with the consequences of their actions. He can tell Beebe is torn up inside, but talking to her may do more harm than good. She doesn’t know about the satchel. Sam swore him to secrecy, to tell no one about the side mission, especially Beebe. That his friend made him complicit in the deaths of a bus load of teenagers is his cross to bear. It would be unfair to burden her with such knowledge, especially given her current state of mind.

     

     

    Beebe isn’t sure if she can live with the idea of being a mass murder. It doesn’t matter if they didn’t know what was in the tanks. They’re still responsible. Killing in self defense or during war she could accept, but not the cold blooded murder of almost an entire town. She needs to talk about it, but confiding to Paris is out of the question. They’d already dragged one of her friends into this mess. There’s no way she’d involve the other.

     

    As for Natty…the thought of what her friend might say fills her with fear. Irrational or no, Beebe can’t forget the satisfaction Natty expressed from killing the bikers at Peg Leg Porter’s. She couldn’t handle it, if her friend was ok with mass murder. It worries her that Natty might develop a taste for killing. She will eventually have to ask, but for now, the memory is too raw.

     

    Beebe seeks out Charlie. She needs her mentor’s reassurance. The nomad also needs to inform him of her decision. If these are the types of missions Sam expects them to undertake, she can’t be a part of them. It’s hard to admit that he was right to try and keep her off the team, but her mother trained her to be a soldier, not a murderer.

     

    She finds the gunsmith in his workshop, rooted in front of the lathe. He doesn’t look up or say anything. All of his focus is concentrated on the hunk of metal turning on the spindle. The safety visor protects against stray bits of metal, but does nothing to hide his swollen lids and bloodshot eyes. Behind the shatter proof plastic his face appears sallow and sunken. It’s not unusual for Charlie to work himself to exhaustion when wrapped up in a project, but he looks more haggard than normal. The odor of alcohol cuts through the normal industrial smells of lubricant and gun oil. It’s a point of concern for the young nomad. Beebe has seen the gunsmith drunk on many occasions, but never when he’s working.

     

    It may be sad, but Beebe finds comfort in his condition. It lets her know she’s not suffering alone. Concern for Charlie also gives her something else to focus on.

     

    “You’re going to loose a finger if you’re not careful”

     

    The gunsmith doesn’t look up from his work. “I can attach another” his voice is thick and cottony, but the words aren’t slurred.

     

    Charlie…can we talk.”

     

    The pain in her voice hurts him more than any damage the lathe could inflict. He’s dreaded this conversation. Charlie kills the power on the machine and removes the hard plastic visor. He gives Beebe his full attention, but she doesn’t say anything right away. It’s as if she’s waiting for the spindle to come to a full stop; needing silence to collect her thoughts.

     

    Now that he’s looking right at her, Beebe can feel her resolve waiver. She can’t meet his eyes. Charlie had vouched for her, made Sam accept her on the team. Is her decision a betrayal of that trust? More painful than any guilt she feels is the though or disappointing him. Before she completely loses her nerve, Beebe blurts out, “I can’t do this again.”

     

    Charlie’s response is immediate. “Neither can I. I’m going to calm down and then talk with Sam. I need to be fully read in on any future missions.”

     

    How could she have ever doubted that he would have her back? Charlie’s words are like a salve. She confides in her mentor, telling him of her lingering doubts and fears. The gunsmith is more that willing to let her do most of the talking.

     

     

    While the two nomads try to come to terms with their guilt, Sam is on his way to Pensacola with Ricco. He hopes that the purchase of a Sega-Atari System will allow him to rectify the stunning lack of skills displayed by the team. Less than half know how to swim or survive in the wild. To him, this is a glaring oversight by whoever put the team together.

     

    Even with the funds for mission expenses, Sam doesn’t have enough money to purchase the system himself. Ricco agrees to extend him a loan. He also has a way that they can disguise the purchase and recoup their initial investment. The system is expensive; too expensive to be left sitting idle. Having such a pricy piece of equipment sitting in his bungalow could also make it a target of theft or raise unwanted questions. The general manager suggests that they hide it, in view of everyone, as a new attraction for guests of the resort.

     

    Ricco intends to by a second unit, with his own money, which he will then lease to the resort as a game system. He would be willing to arrange a similar lease for Sam’s system. This would not only provide a fast way to pay off the loan, it would give the ex-operative an external source of income. The plan is sound. Sam agrees, so long as gust use does not interfere with the team’s training.

     

    Ricco has a ready answer. “We’ll have a sign-up sheet at the main desk. Team members will be able to schedule time on the system. If they need to use the trainer unexpectedly, having two units, will allow us to pull one for ‘maintenance’ We’ll buy four VR harnesses for each system to maximize their capacity.

     

    ‘Ok, but before we open it up to the guest, the team needs access to the machines for at least 3 days. We need to get their skills up before the next mission.”

     

    Ricco is more than happy to comply with this request. It will take a couple of days to setup the lease agreements and the space for the equipment anyway. Sam purchases Swimming and Wilderness Survival training chips for the system.

     

    As they are making their purchases, a special news report flashes across the video screens, set up throughout the store. A group calling themselves the Alabama Freedom Army has taken credit for the strike Thursday night in Brewton. In a statement released within the past half hour, the group refutes the Lowndes government’s claims that the Student Medical Society of Milton was involved in the attack. Sources have confirmed that an Alabama chapter of the SMS visited the Water Treatment plant 10 days prior to the explosion at the nearby Brewton Chemical Works. Alabama investigators either missed or ignored this fact so that they could launch an unlawful assault across the border into Florida, resulting in the death of thirty-two students.

     

    Sam remains stone faced as they exit the store. He had not been read in on the psy-op to discredit the Alabama government. Both men avoid conversation on the ride back to Petersen Point. The report plays throughout the day on multiple stations. Eventually everyone on the Team sees is. None of them are happy that they are now part of the ‘Alabama Freedom Army’.

     

     

    Beebe decides that work is the best cure. If she keeps herself busy, there won’t be time to brood. She stops by Ricco’s office to pitch him an idea for adding parasailing to the activities offered by the resort. Her delivery is a bit scattered. With other issues occupying her mind, she hadn’t devoted much time to her presentation. The nomad comes off a bit frenetic as she describes how an interest in kites got her into the activity.

     

    “Parasailing is like being a human kite. Back home in Nevada, we used ATVs to get aloft, but here, you have the ski boats. They’re already equipped to pull water skiers. Configuring them to handle a parasail wouldn’t be that difficult…”

     

    Ricco calmly listens. Being from Rio, he is familiar with parasailing. The activity is popular and could be a boon to the resort. There’s no question that Beebe is enthusiastic about the idea. It just needs some refining, before he invests any money. Ricco asks the nomad to generate a list of the equipment they will need and to price it with vendors in the local area. He will speak to Betty Lu about regulations and liability.

     

     

    “Hey, aren’t you Sam Fisher?”

     

    The question catches the security officer off guard. He had been on his way to the security office; thoughts of the news report and inevitable questions from the team running circles through his head. All that is pushed aside, as he turns to confront his questioner. The man is dressed in a conservative suit. There are no obvious weapons or hostility in his posture, but he carries himself like a soldier.

     

    Sam replies guardedly, “Yes I am.”

     

    Picking up on the tension in his voice, the man tries to put him at ease. He extends his hand with an introduction. “Lt. Gordon Thomas. I’m here with Lazarus. Clem spoke very highly of you when we served together.”

     

    Sam knows only one Clem; Clement Johns. The mention of his former Delta Force team mate brings a smile to Sam’s face. He shakes Gordon’s hand, but isn’t ready to just open up based on this stranger knowing the name of an old friend. He feels him out. Before joining Lazarus the Lieutenant was an officer in the Army Rangers. He talks about his time in the service and about their mutual friend,

     

    Sam is willing to give Gordon, the benefit of the doubt, but is still wary. This meeting is too convenient. “So, what brings you here?”

     

    “We’re here for the Winter Games; observation and evaluation over at the COG. Colonel, my Team is going out tomorrow to plant sensors around the highway bridge; for the exercise here on Monday. Would you like to join us? I’d have to check it with my boss, but I am sure everyone will want to meet you?”

     

    Sam is flattered and readily accepts the invitation.

     

    “If I can clear it, I’ll leave a message for you at the front desk with the time and place.” The two part amicably.

     

    Getting in good with Lazarus Corporation could help his job situation. Thoughts of working for Lazarus bring a smile to Sam’s face.

     

     

    That evening, Rev. Ezra Brown and Father Rivera hold a candlelight vigil for Anne & Suzie at Town Hall. Nearly the entire town turns out, including every member of the Visigoths. The team goes to show their support. Betty Lu puts in appearance with Greg Winter (the Face), before the two head over to the Panhandle for a night of drinks and dancing. Sam brings Rianna, but spends most of the time talking to the Visigoths.

     

    Charlie seeks out the parents of the two girls to express his condolences personally. The gunsmith learns of several charitable trusts being set up in the names of the victims of the school bus massacre. He discusses donating his entire cut from the last job with Beebe.

     

    His gesture makes her consider ways to divest her own cut of the blood money. As to Charlie’s donation, the young woman counsels caution before. It’s not that she wants to deter his desire to give. Beebe just doesn’t want to see the money go to frauds. “Make sure they’re real charities and not someone trying to profit from the tragedy.”

     

    It’s a sobering thought for Charlie; something he hadn’t considered.

     

    Beebe sees Natty and excuses herself to talk with her friend. She feels a little guilty about leaving the girl out in the cold over her own hang-ups. The nomad still isn’t ready to discuss what happened, but the parasail project provides a safe topic for the two to talk about. Natty is more than happy to help her with the NET research. They make plans to meet up Monday.

     

    After almost ten weeks of working of double shift, seven days a week, to pull the resort’s legal department into shape, Betty Lu finally gets a chance to relax and have fun. The ‘fun’ lasts till the next morning, when she wakes up in her bed, with the Face next to her.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, March 17, 2047:

     

    Reverend Ezra Brown and the Jubilee Baptist Church hold a Special Memorial Service. Blue Velvet plays at the service, but the music is very different from their usual tunes. Today it’s strictly gospel. Though they don’t normal go to church, Charlie and Beebe are there, as is Jason and his sister Amy. After the service, Beebe spends the day with Jason. Charlie retreats to his workshop and opens the first of many whiskey bottles. He gets back to crafting the sniper version of the Hammer.

     

    Sam Fisher and Ricco Torres attend services at St. Peters by the Sea, which holds its own a special memorial mass. When Sam returns to the resort, there is a message waiting from Gordon Thomas. The ex-operative has a great time with the Lazarus Observation Team diving and setting sensors around the bridge.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, March 18, 2047:

     

    At the weekly staff meeting Carrie Anne reports that they have seen a healthy increase in reservations for the April Spring Break season. It appears that the Greg (Face) and Arthur’s (Geek) networking has started to pay off. Ricco asks Betty Lu to look into the legal regulations and liability issues of having parasailing at the resort. Near the end of the meeting, Betty Lu brings up a personal request.

     

    “I have located a Buddhist Meditation Center just outside Pensacola. Would anyone be able to give me a ride there tomorrow?”

     

    Brandon speaks up, “Miss Lu, I can take you Wednesday, if that would be alright.”

    Betty Lu is just happy to have a ride and graciously accepts. With no other business, Ricco closes the meeting.

     

     

    Henrique calls to tell Ricco that the location visit was a resounding success. The producer still isn’t sure if they will be filming at the resort, but the footage of Velvet Blue’s concert has him sold on the band. He asks Ricco to help get the band to sign a 1 year development deal. His people have already edited the footage of the attack on the concert into a kick-ass music video. All he needs is their signatures, to release it to the NET. The band will be paid $.06 per play (hits).

     

    If they sign, Henrique promises to feature the band in at least one episode of his show. Any songs that appear in the episode will be released as part of the official season soundtrack, but he will also front the cost of an EP of original tunes. The band will be paid $.50 per unit of the EP sold. (A unit is $5. Ricco will get a band member’s share of the royalties). As an added incentive, Henrique will give each band member (and Ricco) a signing bonus of $20,000 apiece. They will also receive an additional $1000 per month for the year. It is an excellent deal for a young band.

     

    At noon Operation Wary Wolf (the Pensacola COG Winter War Games) closes down the town of Blackwater. All traffic in and out of town is suspended till 7 pm that evening. As is custom, the hotel sends refreshments to the troops at the state boat ramp.

     

    With the roads closed, Ricco heads over to the golf course maintenance building, to catalogue items in the old lost and found. Brandon accompanies him. The security chief begins to sort through their collection of decrepit golf carts, organizing them into groups; ones that can be repaired or cannibalized for parts and those destined for scrap.

     

    It’s slow going for both of them. By late afternoon, Ricco has only made it through about a third of the boxes. Most are filled with junk, but he does come across an IMI Uzi Mini-auto 9 and a Sig Sauer P226. The ex-cop wonders if they might be tied to any of the open cold cases. He confers with his security chief, about what they should do with the guns. Brandon advises that they hold of on calling in the Sheriff, at least till they finish processing the rest of the room.

     

     

    Charlie gives the Boss Arms crew the day off. He continues to try to find solace at the bottom of a bottle. Beebe uses the time off to visit Natty. She finds her friend behind the cottage sparing with her mother. The nomad waits quietly, not wanting to interrupt their workout. Natty launches a series of strikes against Alina, forcing her back across the grass. The combination of blows allows her to land a successful grapple, but the older woman side steps and reverses the hold; driving her daughter to the ground. The two women spar for another twenty minutes, before calling a break.

     

     

    While they cool down, Beebe asks Alina if she would train her. The nomad can read uncertainty on the woman’s face. Before she can say no, Beebe pleads her case. “I wasn’t able to defend myself at Peg Leg’s. I…I had to run for my life. I picked up some Arasaka Tae back home, but my skills are inadequate. Please teach me.”

     

    Alina studies Beebe before answering; as if she looking for falsehood. Her eyes shift to look at her daughter. “Let me think about it.” The older woman heads into the house to take a shower. Natty is excited. Her mother didn’t say yes, but she hadn’t said no either. “It’s good.” Seeing her friend’s confusion, the girl elaborates. “My mother has been thinking of opening a dojo, but isn’t sure that anyone would be interested.”

     

    As the two continue to talk, the conversation rolls around to Suzie Harris and Anne Young. It’s no secret that Suzie and Natty didn’t get along. With a sigh, the Czech girl explains, “I didn’t hate Suzie. She was angry about her brother Greg. Greg really liked me. He’s an alright guy, so we fucked once or twice. That was before Steve. He though I dumped him for Steve. Susie took his side.”

     

    (GM Note: In Episode One, the fight the Team witnessed at the State Boat Ramp was about this. Greg Harris was the one sitting on the ground after being knocked down. He had just slapped Natty in front of Steve who then decked him. Suzie was one of the three girls calling Natty a ‘skank’.)

     

    As the sun begins to set, they head into the house to look up parasailing outfitters and equipment suppliers in the local area. Natty finds three shops that sell equipment. There are also several listing for used harnesses and parasails, but Beebe thinks it best that they stick to new equipment. By the time the nomad heads home, she has everything Ricco was looking for.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, March 19, 2047:

     

    Operation Wary Wolf ends. Sam is once again invited to dive with the Lazarus Team, to retrieve their sensor packets.

     

    Beebe meets with Ricco to give the names of the three vendors In Pensacola. She hands over an itemized list of equipment they will need and a break down of the pricing for each supplier. Since they haven’t had time to vet the shops personally, the nomad includes reviews from previous customers. The general manager seems happy with the work she’s done, so Beebe decides to pitch him another idea.

     

    Her plan is to invite the entire town and the nomads at Petersen Point to a party honoring the memories of Anne and Suzie. It’s her attempt at an Irish wake; a chance for the local community to come together in celebration, rather than in grief. Beebe isn’t asking him for a hand out or sponsorship. The nomad plans to pay for the event out of her own pocket. “It will be good for the community and good business for the hotel.”

     

    The hotel is in business to make money. Ricco is happy to have the business, but will need to crunch the numbers. “I see no reason why we can’t book your banquet. When were you looking to have it?”

     

    “Would this Saturday be too soon?”

     

    “Putting together a party in less than a week is going to be difficult. There’s staffing, and ordering that needs to be done…” Ricco trails off, seeing the look of defeat on Beebe’s face. All of the manic enthusiasm seems to have left her. The party meant more to her than he realized. The resort isn’t that busy. They should be able to swing it.

     

    “Can you come back tomorrow? I should have the costs worked out by then.”

    It takes a moment for Beebe to process what he said. When she realizes the party is back on, she nearly hugs the general manager. ‘Yes. I can be her tomorrow...what time…when do you get in…is 8 to early?”

     

    Ricco holds up his hand to try and slow the torrent of questions. “Why don’t we meet at nine?”

     

    “Ok. I’ll see you then.” Beebe jumps up and races out the door. There is so much to do and so little time to do it in. With the venue tentatively secured, Beebe hunts down Natty to try to line up entertainment. It takes a couple of tries for her friend to get the gist of what she’s trying to say. The Czech girl’s English is still shaky and her excited state, Beebe is talking too fast.

     

    Once she understands, Natty is all for Velvet Blue playing the event. She’ll still have to talk with her band mates, but that shouldn’t be a problem. They all knew Anne and Suzie. Except for the trouble with Greg, they got along reasonably well. Beebe gives her friend a big hug before heading off to find her father.

     

    They need to get the word out about the party as quickly as possible. There’s no time to produce posters or wait for a town meeting. The Visigoths are a large part of the community and having a father that is the vice president of the local charter can sometimes pay off. After securing a promise from Sandy to drum up support within the MC, Beebe races over to Rianna’s. Without her the International Kite Flying Day celebration would never have gotten off the ground. The nomad hopes her friend will be willing to help out again.

     

    Rianna is enthusiastic. The idea of an Irish Wake appeals to her, but the time table is a bit daunting. “Do you ever plan anything more than a week in advance?”

     

    The nomad is abashed by her friends chiding. She tries to stammer an explanation, but Rianna cuts her off with a laugh. “I’m just kidding. We can do this. If I tell the students and other teachers at school, that should spread the word. It’s more that Beebe could hope for. The two women spend the next hour deciding how to present the celebration to the community.

     

     

    Ricco returns to the maintenance building to finish cataloguing the lost and found. Brandon is already hard at work stripping down one of the golf carts. After rummaging through countless boxes of junk the Brazilian comes across an Armalite 44 pistol and a small metal lockbox. Both had been wrapped in a bundle of old clothes.

     

    There is a heft to the lockbox. Several objects can be heard sliding around inside, when he turns it in his hand. With no key to open the lock, Ricco puts it aside. The handgun has some surface corrosion, but still looks serviceable. He ejects the magazine and clears the chamber, before checking the firing mechanism. The ex-cop notices that there are three rounds missing from the clip. Ricco returns the gun and clothes to the cardboard box and turns his attention back to the locked case.

     

    It would be a simple matter to pop the lock. The thin aluminum skin of box would give easily enough, but he doesn’t want to damage potential evidence. Ricco calls in Brandon to take a look. The security chief displays one of his hidden talents, deftly picking the lock and opening the lockbox. Inside is an assortment of jewelry; fourteen pieces in all. There is also a newspaper clipping with an article about the murder of Hanford Wells. Ricco doesn’t need to read the story. He’s seen the cold case file. Hanford Wells was a former security chief at the Petersen Point Resort who was murdered 12 years ago.

     

    [GM Note: Here’s the summary of the cold case file presented back in episode 4:

    Hanford Wells, chief of security of the Petersen Point Hotel was found dead of multiple gunshot wounds. The slugs recovered were from a .44. The victim was shot tree times; twice in the heart and once in the head. Distance of the shots was determined to be within ten feet. The victim was found 10 feet down the trial leading from the dock to the Pistol & Rifle Range. Investigation of the scene determined that the victim was killed elsewhere then dumped. The site of the actual murder was not located.]

     

    Even though he still hasn’t finished going through all the boxes, Ricco knows this can’t wait. He calls Sheriff Mason to tell him of their find. Marcus comes out personally. They hand over the cardboard box with all of its contents, and the weapons they found yesterday.

     

    “We’ll print the box and run the guns. Any that come back ‘clean’ will be returned to the hotel. I’ll let you know what we find. You let me know if you find anything else.” Sheriff Mason departs. No mention is made of securing the site or bringing in a forensic team.

     

    (GM Note: The gun and box will have the fingerprints of Seymour Giles all over them. Giles was an employee of the hotel, murdered a year after Wells was killed. The recovered jewelry was from a burglary that occurred 12 years ago at the hotel. A local man, Gregory James, who managed the golf course, was convicted of the crime. Greg James is the cousin of both TC James (the Visigoth Sargent at Arms) and Bruce James (manager of Angus Young’s farm). He is currently serving time at Radford, with 8 years left on a 20 year sentence. Sheriff Mason immediately starts proceedings to have Greg released.)

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, March 20, 2047:

     

    Beebe meets with Ricco and Crank to go over the details of the memorial celebration. The general manager is willing to let her use the resort’s facilities at cost. He quotes a figure of $1000 to secure use of the hotel’s beach and adjoining cooking pits. That price also covers labor cost for cooks, bartenders, wait staff and security. Food and liquor are not included, but Ricco is willing to cut her a deal on both.

     

    “You’ll need to talk with Chef Gambier about a menu before we can calculate a final number. Do you have an idea of how many people you’re inviting?”

     

    That wasn’t something she hadn’t considered. “Uh…I guess about 300.”

     

    Crank runs some quick figures for liquor cost on an open bar. The amount is eye opening. Even at the discounted price, the amount is outside her budget. The Food and Beverage manager suggests a cash bar. “An open bar causes too many problems. Say there’s free liquor and they’ll be crawling out of the woodwork. Stick to a cash bar. It will help keep down the cost and make it easier to hit your number of 300 guests.”

     

    It all seems so much more complicated than when Charlie throws a party. Her confidence is shaken, but Beebe is determined to see it through. She meets with the chef to works out a menu. After stopping by the school to tell Rianna they’re a go, Beebe heads into town to buy supplies for the party. She does her shopping at the general store. It gives her the opportunity to personally invite Susie’s parents to the party.

     

     

    Around 11 (am), the marina re-launches the resort’s old deep sea fishing boat. It still needs to go on a shakedown cruise, but the resort will soon be able to offer deep sea fishing excursions to its guests.

     

    The Lazarus Corporate and Security Observation Team check out of the hotel.

     

    As promised, Brandon drives Betty Lu to the Pensacola Center for Buddhist Studies. The security chief runs errands while Betty Lu tours the facility and takes advantage of its meditation garden.

     

    A package arrives from Mr. Zeitsev. It contains $210,000 in non-sequential bills; payment for the Brewton Mission. Sam puts aside $50,000 to pay off his loan to Ricco and $7,000 for the team budget. He divvies up the remaining cash into shares for each team member. The split is far from egalitarian. Sam keeps $36,000 for himself. Brandon and Dr. Ricci, each receive $28,000. Charlie and Ricco earn slightly less at $20,000. Natty takes away $10,000; Beebe gets $9,000. Betty Lu shared the same dangers, but only comes away with a measly $2,000.

    Sam puts the shares into envelopes and visits each team member, to deliver them.

     

    He finds Charlie in his workshop. From lathe to fabricator to milling machine; a trail of empty whisky bottles marks the gunsmith’s progress on his modified long rifle. It has become his obsession. All of his other projects have fallen by the wayside.

     

    Charlie squints at Sam over the upturned end of a half empty bottle. The ex-operative holds up the envelope as a peace offering. He tosses Charlie’s cut onto the workbench. The gunsmith watches the envelope land but makes no move to pick it up. He just continues to stare. It’s been a weeks since they talked; Charlie remember how many bottles of whisky he’s drunk since then.

     

    It takes a minute to work the moisture back into his throat. Sam is talking, but the gunsmith doesn’t hear him. Charlie has to concentrate on what he wants to say to his friend, so it doesn’t fade into the alcohol induced haze. When he can speak, the nomad expresses dismay at what happened to Brewton. “Friendship only goes so far. I need to be read in on any future missions. I’m not doing this again.”

     

    Sam is hurt by his accusations. “I didn’t hold anything back. I showed you all the briefing material, even the parts that were for my ‘eyes only’. I had no idea about the volatility of the chemicals at the plant or what the bag meant.”

     

    Charlie wants to believe him, but the alcohol makes it hard to think rationally. Sam can tell his friend is busted up over the deaths, especially those of the high schoolers. He tries to console him and the too share several drinks. The gunsmith begins to get a little weepy, which almost has Sam tearing up. They decide to call it a night, agreeing it might be better to talk when they’re both sober.

     

    ***

     

     

     

    Next: Part Two of Two

     

     

  22. Episode 8 – Success Is Sometimes Not So Sweet

     

     

     

    The delivery of mission essential equiment is frought with headaches. Hiding the cache brings a new discovery tied to the old fort. The Johnson Family’s illicit businesses suffer a setback in Santa Rosa County. Steve Zelinsky makes the ‘cut’, leading Beebe to an unexpected family reunion.

     

    The Dirty Deeds team scores its first win under the leadership of Sam Fisher. Success comes with a heavy cost. The ensuing fallout causes several team members to question their invovlement and the team’s mission.

     

     

    Background

     

    Sam Fisher, retired Delta Force colonel and C.I.A. assassin, has finally been ‘officially’ released from prison after serving his sentence for extortion due to a botched operation in the Atlantic City part of the Burn Notice Campaign. Part of his (unofficial) deal for pleading guilty at the time was that he would receive his government pensions on his release from prison, but the government isn’t able to honor that part of the agreement. He is informed by his old friend, Nathan Forrest, Deputy Director for Clandestine Services at the C.I.A., that his pensions could be restored if he assists in a very black operation on United States soil.

     

    President Whindam has decided to bring the four southern states known collectively as the ‘Cotton Kingdoms’ to heel. Sam, accompanied by his fiancée Rianna Prescott, will be sent to Santa Rosa County in the Florida panhandle near the Pensacola COG to the Petersen Point Resort, a seedy old tourist destination that will serve as a ‘safe house’ for operations to bring down the state government of Alabama. He will also be tasked with the occasional mission himself. To help him, a ‘Dirty Deeds’ group has been assembled whose covers are as employees of the hotel. Only Sam knows this is a government sanctioned operation.

     

     

    Dramatis Personae

     

    The Team

     

    Beebe Laugherty: A young tech and member of the Snake Nation helping Charlie with his various projects. She is the daughter of retired Major Beatrice ‘Bea’ Laugherty, who gained fame (or infamy) by firing the first ortillery strike of the Fourth Corporate War on Night City.

     

    Betty Lu: An attractive 25 yo lawyer of Chinese descent. Despite her appearance she is a Texas girl, through and through.

     

    Brandon Heath: A solo who is serve as head of security at the Petersen Point Resort. He is a member of the ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. Unknown to everyone but Doctor Eduardo Ricci, Brandon is an experimental Biomechanical (cyborg) with one of Doc Freeman’s ‘cyberbrains’ sent by the Collective in response to Sam’s daughter’s request to watch over her father. Brandon was originally Grave, a cyborg from the Fourth Corporate War, who was later (2026) convicted of authorizing the murder of a young hacker and his family. Grave was supposedly executed but the government put him in their Project Kill Switch Program (see Super Solo 2 Campaign for details). He was rescued from a top secret government lab by his friend, Caitlin Jones.

     

    Charlie Bibbliodoc: A master weaponsmith and owner of Boss Arms. He is a Snake Nation nomad in the area who is working on two projects. One is a government DARPA sponsored program to develop next generation laser technology. The other is to rearm and rehabilitate weapons systems for the floating colonies and vessels of the Thelas Nation in the Gulf of Mexico. He is an old friend of Sam Fisher from the Romanian Campaign.

     

    Doctor Eduardo Ricci: This man is the hotel physician and a ‘Dirty Deeds’ employee. He is a Brazilian national who used to work with Roca Terrier, and is trained in bio-mechanical repair.

     

    Owen ‘Crank’ Wolf: A young, muscle bound solo with experience in managing bars and other watering holes. He is a member of Sam’s ‘Dirty Deeds’ crew. His cover is Food and Beverage manager at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Rianna Prescott: A younger woman from Sam Fisher’s past, who reconnected with him in Atlantic City and stood by him through his years in prison. They are engaged to be married.

     

    Ricco Torres: A former member of the Rio de Janeiro Civil Police who became a private investigator when his friendship with certain ‘unsavory’ characters came to light. The Disney Corporation hired him to assist an Edgerunner team brought in to push their political agenda in Rio. In the process a monstrous plot that cost the lives of thousands of residents of the infamous favelas was uncovered and Ricco figured prominently in bringing the conspirators to justice. He was promoted and moved to Walt Disney World in Florida. When the United States government asked Disney for help, they sent Ricco who is now general manager of the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Sam Fisher: Retired Delta Force sniper, CIA black operative, assassin, cleaner, you-name-it. He has just been released from prison after pleading guilty and serving a five year sentence for extortion to protect his friends and his daughter from the fallout of a botched operation. He is now just a security officer for the Petersen Point Resort and still Team Leader for the ‘Dirty Deeds’ group.

     

     

    The NPCs

     

    Arthur Cletus ‘AC’ Johnson is the acknowledged leader of an organized crime family in the area and a lawyer from Escambia County. Publically he is one of Escambia County’s leading citizens. His partnership with Hadley Walters Jr. has given him the respectability he needs to get his younger brother (the middle one), Brainerd, elected to the state legislature. The man is smart and savvy. His power base is Pensacola and controls all the drugs, gambling and prostitution.

     

    Alina Lanikova is the lead dancer at the Blue Moon Revue. She is a stunningly beautiful (ATTR 10), tall 29 year old Czech woman. Her skills are exceptional and she acts as ‘Den Mother” to the other dancers. She lives at the Resort with her teenage daughter.

     

    Amy Fry is a young Thelas and sister of Jason Fry. She dates Sammy Trang, the drummer of Velvet Blue.

     

    Carrie Anne Thorn is Front Desk Manager, also asst. hotel manager and bookkeeper at the Petersen Point Resort. She is a small white woman is her early sixties. Carrie Anne has arthritis so she doesn’t walk a lot.

     

    Charles Ingersoll is the grandson-in-law of Sophie Petersen, widow of Randy Petersen and heiress to the Petersen Family Trust. He serves as CEO of the Petersen Point Properties Group.

     

    Eustis (‘Useless’) Saint Claire is an old black man who runs the water and sewer system at the Petersen Point Resort.

     

    Greg Winters (the Face) is one of the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University.

     

    Freddy Timmons is a rotund little man in his forties, who stutters a bit and seems almost comically nervous. He is a town constable.

     

    HenryHankTremont is the president of the local charter of the Visigoths MC.

     

    Jason Fry is a young Thelas nomad serving of Charlie’s test ship, the Sea Snake. His sister is Amy Fry. He has a thing for Beebe.

     

    Lilly Tran is not a fan of her cousin Paris although there is usually no conflict between them. Lilly is NOT a good student and is afraid to ask anyone in her family for help. Sometimes Paris helps her with her homework.

     

    Michael Jay Tran is the great nephew of Tran Xuan Giap and an ex-soldier and Philippine policeman. He is hired at the Petersen Point Resort as a security officer and is made a Blackwater town constable.

     

    Natty Lanikova is the daughter of dancer Alina Lanikova and the teenage bassist for Velvet Blue. She dates Steve Zelinsky, a prospect of the Visigoths and speaks little English.

     

    Paris Saint Claire is the lead singer for the band Velvet Blue and granddaughter of Eustis Saint Claire. She and Natty are best friends.

     

    Rain is the distributor for Ronnie Johnson’s Panhandle Drug Operation. She is a thin black haired white girl with a number of tats.

     

    Rat is a nomad ‘Dog Soldier’ (nomad enforcer) with a particular hatred for drug dealers. He is working with Ricco Torres to end the drug dealing out of the Panhandle Saloon.

     

    Reverend Ezra Brown is the minister of the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. He is a happy jovial man in his fifties and his church is filled with singing and music. He and Father Rivera are good friends. The two have a standing checkers game every Thursday about 5 pm at the Blackwater General Store.

     

    RolandRonnieJohnson is the younger son of Terrance Johnson and a suspected drug dealer who runs a crew in Santa Rosa County.

     

    Sammy Trang is the drummer of the band, Velvet Blue and boyfriend of Amy Fry.

     

    SandomirSandyZelinsky is the Vice President of the Visigoths MC. He is a tall blonde, green eyed man. Wild and fun loving in his youth, Sandy has matured into a clever and experienced leader. He and Hank are best friends.

     

    Sheila Belanger Zelinsky is Sandy Zelinsky’s wife and Steve’s mother. She shares a special bond with Beebe’s mother, Bea.

     

    Sheriff Marcus G. (Garvey) Mason of Santa Rosa County is a powerfully built African-American with a bald head and piercing brown eyes. He has been sheriff for seventeen years and on the force for eight years before that as well as twelve years in the Army. He has a cyberarm and two cybereyes as well as a lot of smaller cyberware. The man has a reputation as a tough, honest cop who protects his county.

     

    Sheriff Roger Calhoun is a hard ass white cop, who has had his job for 24 years. He is a good friend (and in the pay of) Hadley Walters Jr. and as such turns a blind eye to AC Johnson’s various criminal enterprises.

     

    StefanSteveZelinsky is the eighteen year old son of the V.P. ‘SandyZelinsky of the Visigoths MC and has the same good looks and coloration as his father. He is seeing Natty Lanikov.

     

    Tobias Johnson is Gregory Johnson’s only son. His mother died in childbirth and complications may have led to Tobias’ lack of intelligence (4). The young man (17) works as an enforcer for his cousin, Ronnie.

     

    Ty Saint Claire is Paris’s cousin and the smoking hot guitar player of Velvet Blue. He is a bald (he shaves it) ebony skinned teenager.

     

     

     

    The Action

     

    Friday, March 8, 2047:

     

    Betty Lu hits a dead end in her investigation of the Petersen Family Trust. Without access to the trust documents it is almost impossible to continue. The exact terms of the trust are in the possession of Charles Ingersoll’s corporate attorneys. There is little chance that they would be willing to release the records and asking would only tip Ricco’s hand. She’s tried and end-around through the courts, but all files related the Petersen Family Trust have been sealed. Someone has gone through a great deal of trouble to hide this information. To penetrate the veil of secrecy surrounding the trust they’ll need the aid of a Petersen family member. Ricco decides to drop the investigation; for the time being. He asks Betty Lu to turn her attention to the Beach Creamery.

     

    The Federal Express courier shows up at to Sam’s house to deliver the equipment promised in the mission briefing. There are eight crates in all; one 3 cubic foot wooden crate, six (2 x 2 x 4) foot metal crates, and a larger (3 x 3 x 5) wooden box marked as fragile. This is more equipment than he expected. Storing it in a back bedroom isn’t going work. Even if space wasn’t an issue, security is a major concern.

     

    The driver and his assistant already have several of the crates off the truck before Sam stops them. “Can you wait while I find a store room to put these in?”

     

    “Sorry, we have a schedule to keep. You can either take them now or we can load this back on the truck and come back next week.”

     

    Having the shipment held till next week is not an option. The team needs access to the equipment to prepare. Sam is also a little curious to see what they sent him. At his direction the delivery crew stacks the containers in the living room. He contacts Ricco to ask if there is an out of the way place, where he can store some equipment.

     

    The general manager offers up space in the golf course’s maintenance building. With repairs underway on the course, they need to open it up anyway. If Sam is willing to pitch in, Ricco has no problem making room to store team equipment. They arrange to meet later to check out the building.

     

    It takes a while for Sam to get a hold of the gunsmith, but Charlie agrees to loan him his truck. Beebe volunteers to drive it by. After the incident in New Orleans, the young nomad is leery of lending anything to the ex-operative, but she keeps these concerns to herself. It’s Charlie’s friend, his decision. She wouldn’t presume to tell him what to do with his truck. Still if Sam wants the wheels, he’ll have to take her too.

     

    Rianna arrives home from school, before Beebe shows up. She is surprised and less than happy with the mountain of crates in the middle of the living room. Sam promises her they will be out of the house by that evening.

     

    Beebe swings by as promised. They are able to stack six of the containers in the bed of the truck, but moving the rest will require another trip. Ricco and Brandon meet them outside of the maintenance building. Sam never really paid much attention to the old concrete building on his patrols, other than to make sure no one was breaking in. Standing in front of it now, he notices the construction is similar to the storage bunker at the marina.

     

    Sam’s hopes begin to rise as they wait for Ricco to unlock the building. The presence of heavy metal doors, similar to those at the marina, confirms his suspicions, but sadly, there is no hidden weapons cache; other than the one they brought with them. Unlike the storage bunker, no attempt was made to seal maintenance building against the elements. A thick layer of dust, blankets the interior and everything piled within.

     

    No lights come on when the wall switch is flipped. Beebe grabs a flashlight from the truck and goes in search of the breaker panel. Her beam illuminates a larger set of doors at the far side of the structure. Between the massive portal and her position are piles of equipment and a graveyard of golf carts. At a glance, none appear to be serviceable. Some even look as if animals have been at them. There are tears in the cushions with clumps of foam missing. Beebe grips the flashlight a little tighter. She makes for a small office near the back. While the young nomad hunts for the fuse box, the other three survey the interior, in the wan light cast through the doorway.

     

    Resetting the breakers does the trick. There is a faint buzz as fluorescent lamps come to life over head. Some burn out almost instantly. Others continue to flicker. Nearly half remain dark but the working lamps give off enough light to illuminate the interior. Beebe switches off the flashlight and rejoins the others. With the interior lit, they have a better appreciation of the space and what it contains.

     

    The room is cavernous. There are no interior partitions to break it up. Three doors set into the back wall hint at side rooms, but they are currently inaccessible. Bags of chemicals and assorted equipment are heaped in front of them. They are also secured by large padlocks. Further down, some eighteen golf carts are parked haphazardly in front of a workbench. The exact number is hard to tell, as a few are little more than shells; possibly cannibalized for parts. There may still be tools in the drawers of the workbench, but to even get at it they’d have to move most of the carts.

     

    Sam is gung ho to see what’s behind the doors. He suggests cutting off the locks, but Ricco nixes the idea. He examines one of the locks and pulls out the master key ring. It takes a minute to flip through them all. There is no corresponding key. The general manager doesn’t bother to check the other two. The missing key causes same to question whether the building is secure. Ricco tells the ex-operative not worry. He’ll take care of it.

     

    After unloading the truck, Beebe and Sam return to his house to collect the remaining two containers. Brandon comes along to help with the larger crate. Ricco remains behind to watch over the six already in the maintenance building. They arrive back in short order and begin to un-box the equipment.

     

    The six smaller containers hold suits of assault armor fitted for the entire ‘Dirty Deeds” team; Sam Fisher, Ricco Torres, Owen Wolf, Brandon Heath, Betty Lu and Dr. Eduardo Ricci. As Charlie and Beebe are not officially team members, there is no armor for them.

     

    The larger crate, that had been marked fragile, holds a number of smaller containers. On top is a small box marked ‘eyes only’. Sam takes it and puts it aside. Underneath is a trove of neatly package explosives and demolitions equipment. There is a total of 48 kilos of C6, 40 kilos (80 sticks) of TNT, 100 meters of Det Cord, 3 kilos of nitroglycerin, a dozen ‘think-boom detonators’, three explosive field kits, 10x DET Cards, 5 tubes of ‘thermite in a tube’ and $40,000 in cash for expenses.

     

    Leaving Sam at the maintenance building Brandon returns to his security patrol. After a quick NET search, Ricco drives to Pensacola to purchase new locks. Beebe heads for marina. With everyone gone, Sam opens the ‘eyes only’ package. Inside, are instructions and a small cloth satchel with the initials ‘SMS’ emblazoned on the side. The bag holds 2 kilos of unwrapped C6. During the attack he is to leave the empty satchel in a culvert, adjacent to the waste water treatment plant, which is across the road from the targeted chemical facility.

     

    Beebe’s trip to the marina is not a social call. Sam wants to use the resort’s airboats as transport for the mission. Ricco okayed her use of the boat, so he must be on board with the plan. Airboats are fast. With their flat bottomed hulls and a large fan instead of a propeller, they can go places most other water craft couldn’t. From what Beebe has heard, they’re not that dissimilar to the hover trucks she’s use to piloting. The only problem she sees with using them for the mission is that they’re loud. She worries that their enemies will hear them coming, long before there are in position.

     

    Beebe cools her heels watching the shakedown cruise of the hotel’s newly re-launched ski boat. Repairs on the second speed boat should be finished within the week. The Thelas nomads race up and down the river, putting the boat through its paces. Beebe idly wonders if the resort has a functional parafoil. She makes a mental note to ask Ricco when he returns.

     

    The pilot of the ski boat turns out to be her instructor. Once the wakes of the test cruise have died down, they head out onto the river. He gives her a crash course in airboat operation, even showing her how to swamp the craft. The handling is very similar to a hover craft. Beebe picks it up quickly.

     

    Ricco returns with replacement hardware for the golf course maintenance building. Sam swaps out the lock on the main door. For the time being there are two keys. The general manager keeps one for himself and gives the other to Sam.

     

    Sheriff Mason calls to ask if Ricco has time to speak with him in person. Marcus doesn’t say the reason for the meeting, but the ex-cop is always willing to help out local law enforcement. “Sure, I can be there in an hour, if that’s good.”

     

    “That’s alright, I’ll come to you.”

     

    The reply is cryptic. As he heads back to his office, Ricco wonders what is so important that it couldn’t be discussed by phone. It’s not that he doesn’t want a visit from the sheriff. He counts Marcus as a friend. It just sounds like he’s coming to deliver bad news.

     

    Sheriff Mason arrives about 10 minutes later. After making sure the office is clean of listening devices, he gives Ricco some good news for a change.

     

    “The Grand Jury has returned an indicted against Ronnie Johnson and his crew. We’ll going after their operations at the Panhandle. Since Sheriff Calhoun is in the Johnson’s pocket the Marshals (US Marshal Service) and FDLE (Florida State Police) will handle things in Escambia County.

     

    They’re sequestering the grand jury for the night. We don’t want the Johnsons catching wind of this. Information is ‘need to know’. I’ve only told a couple of my most trusted deputies. You’ll of course be there. Freddy is on board too. We’re gonna have his constables standing by as backup. Some of them are your people, so I’m leaving it to your discretion to tell them about the raid ahead of time.”

     

    Ricco knows his people aren’t on Johnson’s payroll, but some have shown a tendency to talk openly about subjects that are best kept private. He decides to play it close to the vest. Crank should be at the saloon. He’ll let Brandon and Sam know, just before they head over.

     

    It’s the kickoff of the weekend and the Panhandle is packed. The saloon’s increased business has allowed Ronnie Johnson to expand his own customer base. There is a steady flow of visitors to his table. With surveillance in place, each transaction is recorded and the buyers tracked. About a half hour before the raid in Escambia County, Santa Rosa County deputies move in to detain buyers that have already picked up their product.

     

    Word comes down from Escambia that the FDLE and the Marshals have captured the arriving drug shipment. Ricco, Freddy Timmons and Sheriff Mason enter the Panhandle, to confront Ronnie. The punk sneers as the three walk up to his table. “What do you bozos want?

     

    Mason smiles back at the perp. “I have a warrant for your arrest for Class C drug trafficking.”

     

    Ronnie looks at them, and laughs as if it’s some sort of joke. Ricco produces a pair of cuffs, adding his own smile to Mason’s. The smirk disappears from the pusher’s face; replaced by stupefied disbelieve.

     

    Outside, Santa Rosa deputies, backed up by Brandon and Mike Tran rush the ‘buy’ van and arrest Rain and Tobias Johnson. Deputies then move in to pickup buyers who had returned to the Panhandle before their sweep. Ronnie and his crew are transported to the sheriff’s office in Milton. The media is notified of the raids and arrests, ensuring cameras on hand to document their ‘perp walk’. Freddy Timmons is in his glory.

     

    Ricco, Brandon and the rest of the hotel’s security let the Chief Constable and Sheriff share the credit for the bust. A.C. Johnson will know who did it. He’s already declared war on the local mob; no need to poke the bear.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, March 9, 2047:

     

    The Pensacola war games have given them a little bump in business, but it’s still a slow Saturday at the Petersen Point Resort. Steve Zelinsky is one of three prospects being ‘patched in’ by the Visigoths MC. Tomorrow there will be a public celebration, but today’s ceremony is private; club members only.

     

    Invites to Sunday’s party have been extended to most of the team. Ricco and Sam are considered friends of the MC. They garner invites for letting the Visigoths back into the Panhandle. Karl Petersen extends a personal invite to Brandon in appreciation for the security chief saving his kids on several occasions.

     

    Natty invites a slew of people; Beebe, Paris and the rest of the band are going to be there. Even her mother is coming. Velvet Blue will be playing the party, but that’s not the only reason she’s been allowed such a long guest list. The day is as much about her as it is about the three new members of the MC. Club traditions require that a male stand with Natty during her upcoming ceremony, so she also asks Charlie to come. The bassist really doesn’t have a father figure in her life. She’s usually leery of older men and their intentions, but Charlie’s different. He’s warm, friendly and has made an effort to support the band; plus he’s Beebe’s patron. If her friend trusts him, she feels she can too.

     

    Sam asks Ricco to give his regrets. He’d like to attend, but recon for the mission takes priority. Someone needs to scout the chemical plant and airport, as well as map the best approaches and egress routes. In his estimation, no one else on the team is up to the task. Beebe agrees to provide transport. She drops Sam off a mile from the Alabama border. Jason rides shotgun. If all goes to plan, they will meet at the same spot on Monday.

     

    Brandon drives to Pensacola to buy eight Demolition +3 chips for his ‘security team’. Beebe and Natty are also in Pensacola to buy clothes for Paris’s father’s funeral. While there, the nomad also buys a dress for tomorrow’s party. She’s still a little nervous about going back to the Visigoth’s clubhouse. Last time there, they had eyed her like a piece of fresh meat.

     

    Steve insists it will be ok. Natty begs Beebe to come. There’s going to be some sort of ceremony during the party and Czech girl wants her friends to be there. Against her better judgment, the nomad agrees.

     

    Betty Lu asks Charlie if he could make her a City Hunter (handgun).

     

    The nomad gunsmith is blunt in his assessment. “The City Hunter is a piece of shit!” This is no fit of pique, or dismissal of her request. He delivers a frank critique of the weapon and offers her a superior alternative, the .454 Nikita; built by Boss Arms. Sure, it’s a sales pitch, but Charlie honestly believes his guns are better. The gunsmith believes so strongly in his firearms that he offers Betty Lu a sweetheart deal. “I’ll sell it to you on credit. No interest. Just pay me when you can”

     

    This isn’t some special offer for a fellow team member. The gunsmith has been cutting similar deals with nomads living in the trailer park. It isn’t just about customers. Charlie’s looking for converts to spread the virtues of Boss Arms weapons.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, March 10, 2047:

     

    Beebe made an effort to look nice for Natty’s ceremony. Ordinarily the nomad doesn’t like to wear dresses, but for her friend’s special day, she made an exception. Wearing a light summer shift was a mistake. Shorts and a t-shirt would have been more appropriate. That Natty knowingly let her buy the dress for the party is the most galling part, especially given her own attire of a Visigoths tee shirt, jean shorts and motorcycle boots.

     

    Giving her friend a hug, Beebe whispers in her ear, “I’m so going to kill you.” Natty’s feign innocence doesn’t fool her for a moment.

     

    With all of the familiar faces at Petersen’s Garage, Beebe allows herself to relax. Her earlier worries may have been unwarranted. Things seem almost tame. She wonders if the gang is putting its best face for the invited guests. The party still isn’t what she’d call ‘family’ friendly, not by a long shot, but the vibe is much mellower than expected.

     

    Ricco and Brandon talk with Hank and the other officers. Now that Ronnie Johnson and his crew are in jail and the investigation completed, Hank brings up the issue of the ban against the Visigoths at the hotel. Ricco is willing to give them access to everywhere except for the Blue Moon Revue. The resort needs the military’s business. If they let the club in, the COG would most likely reinstate its ban. Hank is more than satisfied. All that the club really wanted was access to the Panhandle Saloon. The rest is gravy. He agrees to make sure that no Visigoth wears colors to the hotel proper unless the club is sponsoring a function.

     

    As the party roles on outside Hank and Sandy gather up a select group of guests to attend Natty’s ceremony inside the clubhouse. The bassist has been tight lipped about what the ceremony was about. Beebe figured it was to keep the details from leaking to her mom. In her heart, the nomad hopes her friend isn’t doing something stupid like getting married. Steve’s a great guy and she’ll stand by Natty’s decision, but fifteen is way too young to get hitched.

     

    Inevitably, her worst fears are realized. It’s not a marriage in a legal sense, but now that Steve’s a full member of the Visigoths, he’s naming her as his Old Lady. Natty is given a denim sleeveless cut with the Visigoth and Pensacola rocker patches. In place of the club insignia is a patch reading: Old Lady. The teen is ecstatic. Tears well up as she vigorously hugs her new Old Man, as the assembled guests clap in approval.

     

    Alina is not overly pleased, but she tells Charlie that she believes Steve loves her daughter and as she does him. The dancer isn’t happy with the situation, but she has to admit, this is the happiest that she ever seen her daughter. The girl is glued to Steve’s arm, beaming from ear to ear, as he shows her friends around the clubhouse. Many of the walls are lined with pictures. Some are framed. Others are wedged into the corner of existing frames or tacked directly to the wall, creating a collage representing the history of the motorcycle club. Looking over a set of photos, a familiar face catches Beebe’s eye.

     

    She has to look twice to believe what she’s seeing. A knot grows in her stomach. The nomad begins a silent mantra, “Please no, please no, please no…”, as if repeating enough times will make the image disappear.

     

    Charlie catches her staring blankly at the photo and has a look for himself. The picture is worn with age, but the petit red head, is easy to recognize. In the photo, she is sitting astride the shoulders of a hulking biker, toasting whoever is taking the picture, with a half-full bottle of liquor; grinning like a maniac. “Hey Beebe, isn’t that your mom?”

     

    The gunsmith’s question breaks the spell. She looks away from the picture and considers running from the room. Beebe loves her mother dearly, but for such a small woman, she casts a wide shadow. Not in a bad way either. Most folks like her mother and would cut her breaks because of it. All of the appreciation was suffocating. She came to Florida to be something other than “Bea’s kid”. It seems she didn’t run far enough.

     

    Curious, Steve steps over to take a look at the photo. “Hey Dad, come over here!”

     

    The big blonde biker strides across the room. Steve points to the picture, “Look here, that’s Beebe’s mom!”

     

    Sandy breaks out into a huge smile. The photo obviously brings back fond memories. He’s much younger in the picture, but the likeness is unmistakable. Sandy is the biker with her mom.

     

    “So, you’re Bea’s kid.

     

    Beebe involuntarily shudders at that dread phrase. It’s like she’s been masquerading as someone else all this time and suddenly they’ve found out who she really is. All she can must is a weak, “Yeah.” The nomad can’t meet his eyes. She knows what’s coming next; a story about how awesome her mother is and what a pleasure it is to meet her.

     

    As if hearing her thoughts, Sandy tells no one in particular. “She is awesome woman! I didn’t know her long, but ….”

     

    As the pause drags on Beebe feels compelled to look at him. Worries that her seeming disinterest may have offended Sandy are cast aside when she sees his face. His expression is one of shock not anger. She’s a little shocked herself. Beebe had never really looked that closely at Sandy before. Why would she? They hardly know each other. In her mind staring to long at the bikers could be mistaken as a sign of interest or aggression. Best to be avoided either way.

     

    But now, studying his face, she sees familiar features; ones that stare back at her from the mirror every morning. The cleft chin and cornflower blue eyes are almost an exact match.

     

    “How old are you girl?”

     

    Natty’s mouth drops. “Ach můj bože.” (Oh my God)

     

    Steve doesn’t see it “What?” He looks back and forth between Beebe and his father. After a moment, he ‘gets it’. “Damn!”

     

    Sandy’s eyes water up. “I am so happy to meet you. I …. I didn’t know or I would have been there for you.”

     

    Beebe doesn’t know what to say. She had never thought to go looking for her father. Mom in her own way had filled the roll of both parents and also been like the coolest older sister anyone could want. Beebe always felt loved; sometime too much.

     

    She doesn’t blame Sandy for not being there. Bea not telling him; that would be so like her. She wouldn’t see the need. If anything, she probably did it to spare him. Looking at the biker in the picture, there’s no way he was ready to be a father. Bea was certainly not ready to settle down. Her mother has always lived her life on her own terms. They had a fun time. He had his memories and she got the best souvenir of all. That last may sound egotistical. And maybe it is, but what else would you expect from Bea’s kid.

     

    Beebe’s reverie is interrupted by Sandy’s shout. “Sheila! Come over here!”

     

    Sandy’s wife joins them in front of the photo. She looks from her husband to her son. Both bikers seem at a loss on how to explain this unexpected reunion. In the end, Sandy simply gestures toward the photograph on the wall. Sheila’s face brightens. “Oh, I remember that. It was just after the destruction of the Raffin Shiv Trade Town.” Moving closer, she points at a figure off to the side of the shot. “That’s me right there.”

     

    The look of apprehension on her husband’s face causes the Sheila’s smile to wane. Her brows knit in confusion. Laying a large hand on Beebe’s shoulder, Sandy introduces the girl to his wife. “Sheila, this here is Bea Lafferty’s daughter.”

     

    The woman’s smile returns even larger than before. “It’s so nice to meet you. Your mother saved my life back then. Without Bea and her friends I’d probably be dead.”

     

    (See Episode 36 – http://vfte.cyberpunk.co.uk/index.php?show...=6515&st=60 Sheila Zelinsky’s maiden name is Sheila Belanger)

     

    Finding her father was a shock, but Sheila’s heartfelt admission is like a knife through the young girl’s heart. The thought of ruining such a happy memory, and possibly a family, is too painful to bear. Beebe tries her best to screw on a smile, but she can feel her tear ducts about to give way. Tears have always come easy and that angers her. How she must look now…tears rolling down her cheeks smiling like a mad woman. Sometimes Beebe wonders if she’s as crazy as her mom.

     

    Thoughts of Bea bring unbidden memories of her childhood; memories of why her mother told her to always tell the truth. “You don’t have a face for lying. It’s too honest. I can tell exactly what you’re feeling, just by looking at you.” The nomad wonders what her face is betraying now.

     

    Sheila’s face is a study of concentration as she looks back and forth from her husband to Beebe. It takes only a minute for the pieces to fall into place. The girl braces for the worst. She is wholly unprepared for Sheila’s response.

     

    “Come here, girl!” Smiling warmly, the older woman pulls Beebe into a deep embrace. Relief flows through her. The nomad can feel the tension drain away. After the two women disengage, Steve gives his new half-sister a vigorous hug. Those inside the clubhouse return to the cookout, giving the family some time alone, to get acquainted. It’s time for Velvet blue to take stage anyway.

     

    Natty wears her new ‘cut’ during the performance. Ricco and Brandon take note of a particular patch on the vest. From their backgrounds, both are aware of its meaning. It signifies someone who has killed for the club! The two don’t discuss it, but the deaths of three Rattlesnakes backstage at the ‘Fuck President’s Day Party” are on both of their minds.

     

    During a break between sets, Sandy takes the stage with Sheila and Beebe. The Visigoths VP shouts to get the attention of his brethren. “Hey, listen up! I want you to meet Beebe here!”

     

    Wolf whistles, catcalls and lecherous laughter erupts from the crowd.

     

    Sandy’s voice turns serious. “She’s my daughter, my blood!”

     

    The crowd immediately falls silent.

     

    Sandy continues, “She is also Bea Lafferty’s daughter, you will treat her with respect!”

     

    The cheering starts among the older members first; those who had fought at Trade Town. Soon it engulfs the entire crowd. Feeling like an idiot, she waves to the crowd, setting off a new chorus of cheers. Never having been one to be at the center of attention the experience is frightening, yet oddly exhilarating. In a way, she can understand why Paris and Natty find it so alluring, but it’s not her scene.

     

    The celebration goes on into the early evening. Late that night Beebe calls her mother to tell her about Sandy, but the biker beat her to the punch. Bea already knows and is making plans to visit.

     

    “Great. I can’t wait to see you.” Beebe finds that she is genuinely excited about her mother’s visit. Though loath to admit it, she was feeling home sick. The two talk for over an hour, before saying their goodbyes. Tired but happy, she drifts off to sleep, smiling to herself at the thought that Hurricane Bea will soon be blowing into town.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, March 11, 2047:

     

    Beebe and Jason arrive at the pick up point, but Sam doesn’t show. They wait well beyond the pre-arranged meeting time. In case anyone is watching, they make out in the truck to throw off suspicion. An hour ticks into two and he still hasn’t shown. Beebe sees no other alternative. They leave the rendezvous point and head back towards Blackwater.

     

    Even for someone of Sam’s skill, the swamps of Florida can be confusing place. He got turned around and had to back track for over an hour. After righting his course, the ex-Delta Force operative heads to the rendezvous, but the truck is long gone. Sam is forced to work his way back towards the resort of foot. Once he is in range of a cell tower, he calls Rianna, who drives out to pick him up.

     

    The Face comes by Betty Lu’s office to talk ‘businesses’. After a brief chat the two have a date for Saturday night.

     

    Ricco heads into Pensacola and buys some higher end padlocks.

     

    Charlie and Beebe (along with Steve, Natty, Jason, Sammy Trang and Amy) attend the funeral for Delmar Saint Claire at the Blackwater Jubilee Baptist Church. Reverend Ezra Brown gives a comforting sermon. Paris is in the front row with her grandfather Eustis and cousin Ty. Beebe feels for her friend. She’s been through a lot in the past ten days, being rejected by her mother and now burying her father; it’s a wonder she’s keeping it together.

     

    Lilly Tran is at the cemetery as they arrive for the interment. Instead of following the procession to the graveside, she remains near the entrance; furtively watching. She may be Paris’s cousin but she’s also the daughter of the man who murdered her father. It’s understandable why the girl wouldn’t feel welcomed at Delmar’s funeral. The singer surprises everyone, when she walks over to her cousin, takes her hand and escorts her back to the gravesite. Paris has Lilly sit next to her during the ceremony.

     

     

    Once Sam makes it back to Petersen Point, he calls a team meeting, to share the results of his recon. The group is definitely going to need a NET runner for the op. He suggests Natty. Beebe was previously against involving her friend, but after the Fuck the President Day Assault, she knows the bassist can handle herself. Being 15 she is now also an adult; at least in the eyes of the State of Florida.

     

    Since Sam is not Natty’s favorite person, the nomad offers to contact her friend and ask her to come to the conference room at the hotel. The sit down will only cost him $500; payable to Natty up front, when she arrives. It’s a straight up shakedown, but she has him over a barrel. He agrees to her terms.

     

    Natty jumps at the chance for work. She quickly arrives at the hotel and Sam begins to layout the job.

     

    Beebe cuts him off abruptly. “What about the amount we discussed?”

     

    Sam is aggravated by her interruption, but keeps to the word of their agreement. He slides the stack of bills across the table to the young netrunner. Natty is overjoyed. $500 just for showing up; she’ll listen to anything he has to say.

     

    So she understands exactly what she’s agreeing to, Sam continues in German. Natty takes it all in and has but one question: “Money?”

     

    He’s willing to pay her $10,000 for the mission, plus an extra $4,000, up front, so that she can update her deck. That’s more money than she has ever seen. The teenager is definitely in.

     

    Sam asks Charlie to talk with his Nomad contacts and see if there is anyone familiar with the bayous in the north that could help them get the Team closer to Brewton for this week’s strike. The nomads tell Charlie that there are ‘other’ people who handle smuggling across the bayous. They will contact them and see if they will talk with the gunsmith.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, March 12, 2047:

     

    In the morning Ricco asks Carrie Anne why Randy Petersen blocked Michelle Petersen’s access to her Beach Creamery. She doesn’t know the exact reasons, but tells him the two never really got along.

     

    Brandon goes to the golf cart storage to try to get some of the vehicles working. He clears out the debris in front of the three doors at the far end of the large room and opens them. One is filled with old tools. The second contains old office furniture. The third is packed with shelves loaded with boxes. Looking at the contents of a few of the boxes, leads him to believe in may be the hotel’s old lost and found. Brandon notifies Ricco of the rooms’ contents. The general manager makes a note to go through the lost and found out after the Brewton mission.

     

    A ten member corporate observation and security team from the Lazarus Corporation checks in for the war games. This is the resort’s first corporate military client. Paris, Beebe and Natty head into Pensacola to buy NET programs. They also stop to get something to eat and do a little personal shopping.

     

    Charlie receives word from his contacts; a representative of their smuggling ‘associates’ is willing to talk with him. The gunsmith is taken far out into the country where he meets Sandy Zelinsky! It’s a surprising turn of events, but Charlie doesn’t let it put him off his game. He tells the Visigoths VP about their mission in the most general terms.

     

    For a quick in and out mission across the border into Alabama, Sandy quotes him a minimum prices of $20,000. The amount could increase, depending on the specific mission parameters. This puts them at a standoff. Charlie isn’t sure what he can reveal about their mission. He asks Sandy if he would be willing to talk with Sam. The VP would be more than happy to hear what the man has to say.

     

    That night Charlie brings Sam and Beebe with him. Fisher pulls out his maps and reads Sandy in on the mission. When done, he asks if the Visigoths will be able to get them in there quietly. The VP shows them, the gang’s two Kundalini Roadworks GrevHogs; equipped for stealth operation.

     

    “They have a tiny radar signature that should read as ground clutter and both are thermally baffled.” The Visigoth VP also knows a route that will get them within a ½ mile of the airport. He’ll personally drive the second to deliver Charlie, Ricco and Brandon to the chemical plant. Their only problem is that the crafts only accommodate 3 passengers. The Team has seven members.

     

    Beebe speaks right up. “We don’t need a second driver. I can fly it.”

     

    Sandy takes her at her word, but to placate Sam, they arrange to test drive the vehicles tomorrow. The final price for the run will be $30,000 to be paid before the mission jumps off. Sam and Sandy seal the deal.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, March 13, 2047:

     

    Operation Wary Wolf, Pensacola COG Winter War Games begins. They take place at the COG and all over Santa Rosa and Okaloosa Counties. Today the action is in Okaloosa. At the resort the marina finishes refurbishing the first caterpillar runabout. In his mind Sam runs through his plan one more time, while preparing 20 C-6 demo charges (32 kilos worth) for the three target boxcars, 2 chemical tanks and airfield targets.

     

    Two customized Kundalini Roadworks GevHogs race through the bayou as Sandy puts his new found daughter through her paces. Beebe keeps up with him, proving to be every bit his equal. As he watches her maneuver through the swamp, there is no doubt in his mind this is his child. The biker’s breast fills with pride.

     

    They return to Blackwater. For the rest of that afternoon and evening Beebe works in Charlie’s weapon shop making silencers for tomorrow’s mission. The gunsmith busies himself fashioning radio taps, for the team’s new netrunner.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, March 14, 2047:

     

    Work schedules are altered at the Petersen Point Resort, to free up the team members for the night’s mission. Beebe meets up with Sandy at the edge of the bayou, to pick up the stealth GevHogs. Natty shows up for the mission in a set of oversized fatigues. No one takes much notice, except for Sam. The ex-operative recognizes the unit patch on the shoulder. It is from the Czech Army’s elite 601st Special Operations Group; a unit that operates under the direct authority of Czech military intelligence. He files the information away for later.

     

    The mission jumps off just after nightfall. They follow the bayous, staying in formation till they reach the border. After crossing into Alabama, Sandy splits off to take Ricco, Charlie and Dr. Ricci towards the chemical plant. He is able to drop them within 300 yards of the facility. Beebe lands her hovercraft on a rise two miles from the airport. The nomad has no doubt she could have dropped them closer, but operationally, their current position will allow Natty to support both incursions.

     

    While Brandon and Sam sneak off towards their target, Beebe unloads a Boss Arms Hammer from the hovercraft. The nomad sets up the bi-pod mounted electro-thermalled long rifle in case the pair needs fire support to cover their retreat. A suppressed assault rifle, close at hand, will allow her to protect herself and Natty, if anyone attacks their position.

     

    Reaching the perimeter, Sam and Brandon attach Charlie’s radio tap. Natty enters the base system and succeeds in spoofing the defenses (it took a great roll as she is only fifteen and not all that good!). They ghost across the field, hitting the drone storage center and UAV control array. Their final targets are the six jet fighters sitting on the tarmac. Once the last explosive charge has been planted, Sam and Brandon retreat to the perimeter and work their way back towards the hovercraft.

     

     

    Natty easily defeats the simple electronic security systems at the chemical plant. Charlie, Ricco and Dr. Ricci place two of their charges on the tanks and then set the three secondary charges on the train cars. The three have a momentary scare. A two man foot patrol passes their position as they are exiting the facility. Instead of engaging, they hide, trusting in their skill and stealth suits. The guards continue by without stopping. They are too wrapped up in their own conversation to notice the trio.

     

    Charlie looks at his laser rifle. He briefly considers giving it a field test, but quickly dismisses the idea. As the three approach their pick up point, Charlie remembers Sam’s ‘special instructions’. He splits off to leave the satchel in the culvert across from the chemical plant. With all three back aboard the GevHog, Sandy lifts off and heads for the rally point.

     

    They are almost to the border when the first charges go off. The initial explosions cracks open the two chemical tanks and blow up the drone hanger, antenna array and six jets. A few minutes later the charges on the train cars explode. They touch off a conflagration that blossoms into a mushrooming fireball; reaching high into the night sky. Even though they are miles away, the shockwave buffets the hovercrafts. The explosion is much larger than they were expecting.

     

    The group makes it across the border undetected and meets up with the Visigoth pit crew. They all make it back to the hotel unobserved. The Team finally has a successful mission under their belts, but the inaccurate intel raises concerns.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, March 15, 2047:

     

    The explosion at the Brewton chemical plant and attack on the Alabama State Police Aero base lead the national news that morning. The story is big enough to be picked up by international new media. Last night was the graduation ceremonies for the new pilot class of the Alabama State Police in Brewton. The exploding plant killed all the graduates, their instructors, the commander of the state aero forces, his chief deputy, a number of other police pilots and local dignitaries. The air base was destroyed along with 98% of the personnel there. Unfortunately the Town of Brewton was also in the path of the blast. The entire town was knocked flat by the shockwave. There have been over 1100 confirmed deaths. Among the dead are 550 civilians!

     

    Governor Braxton Lowndes II promises to spare no effort to bring the ‘terrorists’ to justice. While condemning the attack, media outlets around the country begin to ask questions about the chemicals being produced by the plant. The facility was not rated to make any explosive substances. The Alabama government ignores any such questions, but reports they are near to identifying the culprits and bringing them to justice.

     

    A breaking news report from the Alabama government preempts local programming that afternoon. Terrorists responsible for last night’s attacks are fleeing south on Florida Route 89, with the Alabama State police in pursuit. The screen cuts to a live feed as two AV gunships open up on a school bus, reducing it to a flaming wreck. There are media on hand covering the COGs military maneuvers. They descend upon the scene.

     

    It quickly becomes clear, that there were no terrorists aboard the bus. The broken and mangled bodies within the smoking wreckage belong to members of the Student Medical Society of Milton High School. They were returning from a field trip to the Jay Hospital. Thirty-four students are dead including Anne Young & Suzie Harris from Blackwater. Anne is the daughter of Santa Rosa County Commissioner, Angus Young. Suzie’s parents own the Blackwater General Store. The entire town is in shock!

     

    (GM Note: The Team has met the two dead youngsters. They were (along with Lilly Tran) the three girls screaming at Paris and Natty during the fight at the State Boat ramp in Episode One.)

     

    Beebe is shocked by the loss of life, but Charlie is particularly devastated. The gunsmith knows that he’s directly responsible for the deaths of those students. Leaving the satchel in the culvert sealed their fates. He’s ashamed and has trouble dealing with the guilt. Charlie tries talking to Sam but his friend is completely unmoved by the deaths. He dismisses them as collateral damage. Charlie can’t be that cavalier. He goes home and crawls into a bottle, finding solace with his old friend Jim Beam.

     

    (GM Note: Sam’s player made willpower roles not to show emotion over the deaths in Brewton and of the students on the bus. He was broken up like everyone else, but felt it was important that he remain stoic in the face of adversity. If he were to do otherwise, it would make him appear weak or not in control of the situation. Sadly, for many on the Team, it made him look like an inhuman a-hole)

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 9: Life is Full of Ups and Downs B)

     

     

     

     

  23.  

    As our game group enters into the back half of our Cotton Kingdoms Campaign (we have just finished playing Episode 11 and Destecado is putting the finishing touches on his edit of Episode 8), we will be heading into our pre-World War III cycle of what is planned to be 4 short(?) campaign adventures. The first three were supposed to be ‘cyber-spy’ style tales connected with the C.I.A. and the last a Deep Space style adventure. Our timeline is NOT set in stone so to speak. While our group’s actions don’t necessarily always dictate the flow of our future history, it does often effect how we approach it. Events in our Cotton Kingdoms Campaign have occurred (but not yet been published) that will affect our Meta Plot.

     

    The two World Wars of the twentieth century did not run from 1914-1918 (WWI) or 1939-1945 (WWII). Historians often use those dates for convenience sake. The Turkish-Italian War of 1911-1912 and both Balkan Wars of 1912-1913 were the simmering pots that boiled over into what was called then, ‘The Great War’. World War II grew from the stream of blood that started flowing in 1931 with the Mukden Incident in China. That fighting which varied in intensity for years really only ended in 1945; although a case could be made for 1949 in China (with the defeat of the Nationalists). The 1936 Italian Invasion of Ethiopia added another stream of blood to that growing river. The Spanish Civil War of 1936-1939 has often been referred to as the ‘dress rehearsal’ for WWII. All of these added to the torrent unleashed by the Nazi invasion of Poland in 1939 and the tsunami of blood that followed.

     

    Our march towards a world war for the twenty first century has been hinted at in the various ‘News Breaks’ that punctate our Campaign Logs we publish. There are many hints seeded in the plots we do and now they are beginning to come to fruition. The issue now is how to turn this story arc into a usable and fun Cyberpunk Adventure. Companero mentioned earlier in this thread about using a small ‘Counter-Disruption Team’ with ‘lots of local autonomy’. Destecado and I have discussed doing something like this as it seems like a good way to apply the attitude and sensibilities of cyberpunk to the situation that has developed.

     

    Combining this with the concept of private militaries for hire and the ‘cyber-spy’ flavor that we have developed, the idea has grown that ‘The Team’ will first be built by a two of our ‘retired’ PCs, Kyle and Cat Vaduva. Cat founded a small security company in New Zeeland many (game) years ago to handle finances for the Caitlin biogens which has up to now been run quietly by the Collective. They will take back control and use this organization as the sponsors of the new ‘Team’. Neither of these characters will actually ‘play’ since both have accomplished their initial ‘character goals’. They will, however, train a Team(s) and use them (at a price) to support causes they believe in and push forward their own agenda. Our four GMs have discussed what this will be and we are in general agreement. Our group has developed a liking for being the (relative) ‘good guys’. In the world situation we have developed the Team will have to dance on the ‘moral edge’ as well as on the ‘technological edge’. Our campaigns deal with the changing evolution of Humanity through biogenetic manipulation, the rise of Artificial Intelligence, the cyberware to biomechanical revolution and its creation of a new society based on the recognition of sentience as the binding principle rather than just biological humanity.

     

    To many this is a frightening prospect. The reaction of the Catholic Church, Fundamentalist Christianity and conservative Islam to the rise of the biogens in our Super Solo 2 Campaign was the beginning of this. Our Republic of Mars’ acceptance of them and the ever increasing number of Nietzscheans (Super Solos) stands as a counterpoint to the religious reaction. This and the rising belief in the EU that they are the leaders of this New World Order and all must follow their lead are two of the rivers that are joining to form the flood that will be our Third World War. Militant Islam which is rising from the ashes of the Mid-East Meltdown, and the ever growing (and seemingly ever present) gap between the ‘haves’ and the ‘have nots’ are adding their energy to this building explosion.

     

    One of the functions of our Cotton Kingdoms Campaign has been to introduce a new generation of PCs for the players to use. For Sam Fisher and Charlie Bibbliodoc this campaign should allow them to reach some long cherished goals …. Or die. Brandon Heath is being allotted something rare for a Cyberpunk character and that is a second chance. Ricco Torres was ‘the new guy’ in the Rio de Janeiro Campaign and is coming into his own as a leader. Betty Lu, Beebe Laugherty and OwenCrankWolf are new characters who will (hopefully) survive for the world that will come out of the coming conflagration will be all of theirs.

     

    As to the ‘War Stories’ we are looking for. The first pre-war campaign will be a short one to allow the ‘new’ Team to get used to working together. As it is looking now it may be based in northwestern Australia and will be run by me, Cyberbear. The second will be a Euro based mission dealing with the simmering Czech Civil War and the EU’s running rivalry with Russia over Poland and the rest of NCE. This is major flashpoint for the coming World War III. The player who runs Sam Fisher, Victor Kane and the late Randy Shugartt III will be making his debut as GM for the group. He is an experienced GM for other gaming systems and an accomplished military miniatures game designer and player. The third pre-war campaign will be run by Destecado and will be a ‘Zero Dark Thirty’ type of campaign centered on the enigmatic Voice of the Wastes. Many will be looking for this figure for their own divergent reasons. I will run the fourth pre-war campaign which will be centered on the growing industry and national rivalries in the asteroid belt.

     

    Ideas are what we are looking for here. I am personally grateful to those who kicked in thoughts as I worked on the Fall of the Cotton Kingdoms Campaign – 2047. They helped so much set the flavor of what we are doing now even if it doesn’t come through in the campaign logs all of the time. A number of the suggestions have yet to be reached in the story line. I know I speak for our whole gaming group in saying that the input of the members of this forum is so very appreciated and our continuing publication of our gaming logs is our way of thanking you all. That being said, we are all interested in people’s ideas for these ‘War Stories’. B)

     

     

  24. And now the Conclusion of -

     

     

    Episode 7 – Mardi Gras

     

    Part Two of Two

     

     

     

    Monday, February 25, 2047:

     

    Back in Florida, the entire Pensacola Chapter of the Visigoths MC, is picked up and held for questioning. A coordinated raid is launched by the Florida State Police and Santa Rosa County Sheriff’s Department. Petersen’s Garage and the gang’s clubhouse are thoroughly searched. While the Visigoths are in custody, the clubhouse of the Port Orange (Daytona) Chapter of the Rattlesnakes MC is firebombed. Fourteen of the thirty-one members at the clubhouse are killed and many more seriously burned.

     

    In the Caymans, Ricco creates a new shell company.

     

     

    Beebe calls to make sure that Paris and Natty are all right. Paris tells her that they’re both fine, but her voice sounds hollow. The nomad has to fight the urge to ask what happened. It’s not something that you discuss on the phone. She asks her friend if they want to get together.

     

    "Alina’s keeping us pretty busy. I don’t think she’ll let Natty out of her sight."

     

    Beebe doesn’t want to press her friend. She keeps her tone light, even while trying to fight back tears. “Ok, well if you can’t get away, I’ll see you on the boat.”

     

     

    The rest of the Team parties the day away. Their wanderings take them down a back water alley, past the dock, where the meet will take place that evening. The narrow wooden quay backs a row of buildings. When this area was dry land, the waterway was probably a service road or private lane running through the block behind houses and business. Being on the back side of the block, there are no walkways running along or crossing the tight channel. Given its narrowness, turning the boat around could prove difficult. Charlie doubts that two craft, similar in size to the launch, could even pass each other.

     

    Around 6pm, Charlie takes his rapid detox to be sober for the mission. He ferry’s Brandon and Sam back to the dock in a smaller run-about. While the gunsmith ties up the boat, the two head down the dock to where Vasily should be waiting. The man is already there; sitting on a crate, lit cigarette in hand. Sam sends Brandon ahead, since he was the one who made the initial contact.

     

    Vasily doesn’t move or react in any way to his approach. Brandon realizes too late that their contact is already dead. Before he can turn or shout a warning to Sam, he is hit twice in the back and goes down. The internal damage is extensive. A normal human would have been killed by the shots, but Brandon is fully alert. He went to the ground intentionally, to avoid further fire from the sniper. The security chief may not be dead, but he is still severely damaged.

     

    Seeing the rounds tear through Brandon’s back, Sam dives for cover behind some crates. The ex-operative hopes it will take him out of the line of fire. Charlie doesn’t have that luxury. He is standing in the boat, completely exposed. The gunsmith doesn’t even have time to consider jumping overboard before the sniper fires a second pair of shots. Instead of taking out the nomad, the hidden gunman disables their transport.

     

    Twin explosions erupt below the waterline. The craft quickly begins to take on water. Charlie scrambles onto the dock and takes cover. The three listen intently, but there is nothing but the sounds of the Mardi Gras celebration off in the distance.

     

    A minute stretches into two. No one moves. Brandon breaks for cover, with still no reaction from the sniper. Figuring that whoever it is must be long gone, the three come out of hiding and check the area and Vasily’s body. The contact’s throat has been cut. He looks to have dead for a while; long before they ever arrived at the dock.

     

    Vasily’s pockets are empty. Whatever he was carrying appears to have been taken. Fearful of failing the mission, Sam begins to search the crates around the body, in case their contact had stashed the package before being killed. Brandon points out a security camera positioned over a door leading off the dock. The ex-operative notes the camera, but continues his pointless search.

     

    Time ticks away. The run-about is almost completely submerged. If it weren’t still tied to the dock, it would have already sunk to the bottom. Sam’s frantic search is interrupted by the sound of an approaching spinner. The two security officers restack the crates and take cover behind them with Vasily’s body. There isn’t enough room for Charlie. He is forced to slip into the water and use the dock as cover.

     

    A New Orleans police Boeing VS-1 appears overhead. The downwash from the ducted fans creates small wavelets in the confined waterway, causing the prow of the sunken runabout to thump against the dock. Charlie struggles to keep his head above the rolling waves, so as not to swallow too much of the acrid water.

     

     

    The bright beam of a search light pierces the darkness, illuminating the dock.

     

    “Come out with your hands up,” a voice commands over the spinner’s loudspeaker.

     

    The three remain hidden.

     

    “We know you’re hiding behind the crates. Come out or we’ll open fire.”

     

    Sam thinks they’re bluffing. He signals Brandon not to move. The spinner keeps its searchlight fixed on their position for another minute, before shutting off the beam and flying away.

     

    Charlie swims over to the scuttled runabout. He uses its sunken hull to climb back onto the dock. Pulling a knife, he cuts the mooring line. The prow of the small craft slips below the surface with a frothing gurgle. Sam enlists Brandon’s aid in continuing the search for the ‘package’. He asks Charlie to hide Vasily’s body under the dock. The nomad uses what is left of his mooring line to tie the corpse to one of the pilings, so it doesn’t float away.

     

    Frustrated in their search, the two security officers turn their attention to the building and the door leading off of the dock. Sam theorizes, “There’s no boat, so maybe Vasily accessed the dock from the building. Maybe what we are looking for is inside.” He gives the door a hard wrap to test its sturdiness. The two security officers discuss climbing up to one of the high windows or making a concerted effort to smash down the door, all while standing under the watchful lens of the security camera.

     

     

    (GM Note: OK, at the beginning of the campaign, everyone was told there would be all kinds of missions that they would be asked to undertake. The object of this job was being able to tell when a mission is ‘blown’, and escaping before your goose is well and truly cooked. Well, they didn’t seem to ‘get it’. Sam was nervous about having two failed missions in a row, but really, this one wasn’t his fault…well, up to this point where they considered breaking into the building. If they had successfully made it through the door, there were two men in armor with heavy assault rifles standing at the ready on the other side; private security for the building)

     

     

    Charlie thinks they’re both crazy. Thankfully the phone in his head isn’t affected by his little swim in the canal. He contacts Beebe to arrange pickup. As the line connects, he can hear the sound of sirens in the distance.

     

    Beebe has been obsessing over what happened to her friends. Was Paris raped? Did Natty kill someone? If so are the police after her? She is in full worry mode when Charlie calls.

     

    Beebe?”

     

    He only says her name, but something in his voice sets off alarms. “What is it? Are you all right?” There is no immediate answer.

     

     

    The wail of the sirens echo off the walls as a boat with flashing lights enters the far end of the narrow waterway. Looking up the water alley in the other direction, Charlie sees the flashing lights of another police boat. The cops are converging on their position.

     

    Distracted by the noise and lights, as wells as thoughts of going to jail, the gunsmith completely forgets that he has Beebe on the line. Because the phone is in his head, ambient noise, such as the sirens doesn’t carry through on the call. All Beebe hears is dead air.

     

    Charlie? Are you there? Hullo?”

     

    The gunsmith hurriedly tells her, “the police are coming, I’ll call you back,” and hangs up.

     

    Beebe can feel the pit in her stomach grow. There’s nothing she can do to help him. Sam didn’t bother to share the pickup location with ‘the kid’.

     

     

    This time the police aren’t bluffing. The voice on the loudspeaker accurately identifies each of their hiding places, and gives them 10 seconds to come out before they open fire. All three surrender. They are disarmed and taken to the city jail for the night.

     

    (GM Note: See the Land of the Free Adventure for a description of the ‘shit hole’ that is the New Orleans municipal lockup).

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, February 26, 2047:

     

    Fat Tuesday arrives and Beebe is a nervous wreck. There has been no word from Charlie, since last night. She is torn on what to do. The gunsmith’s final words would indicate that they are in police custody, unless they made a run for it. Going to the police station may be the worse thing she could do. Fraught with indecision, she talks it over with Rianna.

     

    After spending a wet and uncomfortable night in the partially flooded cells of the New Orleans Police Station, Sam, Brandon and Charlie are taken to interrogation. Rather than being separated, all three are led into a single room and chained to the desk. It is cramped and stuffy. The gunsmith isn’t sure if the cops have turned up the heat as part of some interrogation technique, but he welcome’s change from the clammy confines of their cell.

     

    A detective enters and sits down in the solitary chair, across from them. His face is haggard. He leans back to appraise the three prisoners, before asking, “So, why did you kill the guy we found tied under the dock?”

     

    This blunt accusation loosens their tongues. All three deny having anything to do with the murder. Their basic argument is that he was dead before they got there. The detective seems willing to accept their claims of innocence. Now that they have proven their willingness to talk, he moves on to what he really wants to know. “OK, then what were you doing there?”

     

    There is a silence as the three prisoners think of how to answer. Charlie finally pipes up, “Hey my friend here (indicating Sam) asked me to bring him to meet someone. We got there, he was dead, and someone shot two holes in my boat and sunk it.”

     

    The cop stares at the gunsmith not saying anything, while unseen figures, behind the two-way mirror, feed him information.

     

    “You’re Charlie Bibbliodoc, the gun maker, aren’t you?”

     

    “Yes,” Charlie replies.

     

    The detective pulls a key from his pocket, leans forward and removes the nomad’s handcuffs. “OK, off you go.”

     

    A uniformed officer opens the door for Charlie. He directs the nomad to a desk where he can make a phone call. The gunsmith calls the Sea Snake to get a hold of Beebe. She is relieved to hear from him, but the constant worry has made her paranoid. The young nomad has heard stories of police releasing suspects to lure out their compatriots, even arresting them, when they show to pick up their friend.

     

    Beebe’s fears may be unfounded, but she has no intention of going anywhere near the police station. If Charlie doesn’t have money for a water taxi, she’ll hire one to pick him up. After making the arrangements, the young nomad goes in search of Rianna, to tell her that Sam is being held at the police station.

     

     

    Once Charlie is out of the room, the interrogator tells his two remaining suspects, “Look we know who you are, so don’t try and bullshit me. What were you doing there on the dock?”

     

    Sam and Brandon look at each other. The ex-operative takes the lead. “I was doing a small job to pick up some information. The dead man, who I knew as Vasily, was supposed to give me a ‘package’ and I was to bring it back to Pensacola.”

     

    The detective says nothing. He simply stares at Sam.

     

    To fill the uncomfortable silence, the security officer continues his explanation. “I don’t make a lot of money and I have a girlfriend to support so I take a few odd jobs; nothing illegal.”

     

    The detective doesn’t refute Sam’s last declaration. His only comment is, “Hmm.”

     

    “Look we were the ones attacked. Brandon was shot in the back twice.”

     

    The apparently unhurt biomechanical sighs. Under close scrutiny, Brandon’s true nature becomes apparent. C-SWAT is summoned to ‘escort’ the security chief to a laboratory for examination. The detective continues his interview of Sam.

     

    “So who sent you to pick up this ‘package’?”

     

    “I don’t know,”

     

    “How were you contacted then?”

     

    “I have a drop box.”

     

    The detective slides a pen and pad across the table. “Give me the address and password,”

     

    Sam hesitates.

     

    “Look, I have a dead body and you look pretty good for it from where I’m sitting.”

     

    With this last urging, the ex-operative gives up one of his two NET drop boxes and the access code. The detective stands up and leaves the room. Sam is left alone, chained to the table, for the next four hours.

     

    In the lab, the local police tech geeks out over Brandon. He’s never seen anything like him. His biomechanical body may be at the cutting edge of technology, but there is nothing illegal about it. The tech hooks up the biomechanical and downloads all the data he can on this new body design. Brandon accepts the situation. He even discusses the design of his body with the tech examining him.

     

    The warmth of the room finally gets the better of him and Sam nods off. He comes away instantly at the turn of the doorknob. The detective looks angry. “That drop box is there, but no one has accessed it. Where did you get your instructions?”

     

    “Oh, I didn’t mean that I got the mission from the drop box. That came by courier. I don’t know his name,” Sam explains.

     

    The detective gives him a long look before leaving the room. When he returns, there is another officer with him. Sam is uncuffed and escorted to the front entrance of the police station. Brandon is already there. They are told, “Be gone within twenty fours and don’t come back.” The two grab a water taxi back to the Sea Snake.

     

    Sam, Brandon and Charlie stay on the ship that night. Jason and Beebe go off to enjoy the Fat Tuesday Grand Finale!

     

    Back in Santa Rosa County the police release about a score of the Pensacola Visigoths from custody.

     

    Later that night, outside Miami, the Rattlesnakes Everglades Chapter is wiped out by unknown attackers. The carnage isn’t discovered for two days. All that the police find is three burned piles. One is made up of the club member’s bikes. The second is the stacked remnants of their cuts (or colors). The third pile is made up of the burned corpses of the membership!

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, February 27, 2047:

     

    The Sea Snake sails at 7 am back to Blackwater, Florida. They take a more direct course and arrive back around 8 pm. Ricco flies back from the Cayman Islands that afternoon and is greeted by the news that the first of the resort’s airboats is now operational. About ten more Visigoths from the Pensacola Charter are released from jail. The police have nothing on gang members, and pressure to release them is mounting.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, February 28, 2047:

     

    All of the Visigoths, except for the club officers are released.

     

    Sam writes a report about the dead courier in New Orleans and puts it in the return mailer, in place of the missing ‘package’.

     

    Beebe drives out to the St. Claire farm to check on her friend. Paris is out back, struggling to keep her kite aloft.

     

    Seeing an opportunity to ease into a conversation, the nomad asks, “Need some help?”

     

    The young rocker thankfully hands over the kite strings. “I just can’t find my Zen today.”

     

    It takes time and a little encouragement, but Paris finally opens up. She tells Beebe about her mother and how she disappeared. The girl explains how she discovered the address in New Orleans where her mother would be for Mardi Gras. Natty convinced, Alina, to take them there. The two slipped away so that Paris could confront her mother, Mai. It didn’t go as she hoped. Mai screamed at her daughter blaming the girl everything that had gone wrong in her life. This ‘mother of the year’ ended her tirade by telling Paris, “I wish you had never been born.” Beebe comforts her friend. No one should have to bear this alone.

     

    ***

     

     

    Friday, March 1, 2047:

     

    Ricco goes over the evidence collected on Ronnie Johnson and his crew. There is mention of a large drug shipment coming into Escambia County, next week. The Brazilian ex-cop and Freddy Timmons go to see Sheriff Mason. They show him what they have so far. Marcus agrees it’s time to brief the county prosecutors. As to the drug shipment is going down in Escambia County, Sheriff Mason suggests they call in Deputy US Marshall Clay Johnson. Ricco knows Clay and agrees. There is a county grand jury sitting next week. They set the arrests tentatively for a week from today.

     

    Visigoth Karl Petersen is finally released by the police. The state prosecutor wants to hold the rest over for the weekend just for spite. At the marina the second airboat is ready.

     

    ***

     

     

    Saturday, March 2, 2047:

     

    The last basketball game of the season is held at home versus Petersen Point’s county rivals Milford High School. Paris, Natty and the rest of the cheerleaders are back at courtside. Petersen Point pulls out a victory and ends with an undefeated season. They should be a shoe in to make the Florida Regional Championships. Others are not so sure. All the kids (and Beebe) head out to the Saint Claire Farm for a band party. Many from Milton High attend. They may be rivals, but many of the kids are also friends.

     

    Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) and Greg Winters (the Face) the two prospective interns from Florida Atlantic University arrive to begin their internships. They are ready to ‘kick ass’ and have a multitude of ideas.

     

    ***

     

     

    Sunday, March 3, 2047:

     

    It’s a quiet Sunday at Petersen Point. Ricco and Sam go to church as usual. Sam is now an accepted member of the congregation, but old man Giap still won’t give him the time of day. Beebe, Paris and Natty fly their kites down by the marina and beach. They are joined by a number of nomad kids. Andrea Hutton the PR/marketing intern from Jacksonville State University arrives.

     

    ***

     

     

    Monday, March 4, 2047:

     

    The new interns attend the weekly meeting of department heads. Arthur Greenburg (the Geek) and Greg Winters (the Face) unveil their plans to attract college students to the hotel for spring break in April. During his years at Florida Atlantic University, Arthur has made numerous connections with many student organizations. Several of these contacts have moved on to other schools and universities. He has already contacted them to gauge their interest.

     

    Greg Winters unveils his advertising mock-ups for distribution to student media and social networking sites. He suggests that they should appeal to the sybaritic crowd of the nation’s colleges and universities. Sex appeal sells, and could be big business for the resort.

     

    Andrea feels that they can also market the natural beauty and the recent change of management. People resist on coming to this region due to its high crime and proximity to the Cotton Kingdoms. Ricco is a celebrity, for what he did in Rio. The marketing intern thinks they can capitalize on this. “Sell them on the safety and seclusion of the resort.”

     

    Before the meeting breaks up, the general manager announces that a crew has arrived to begin laying new sod on the golf course. The work should take about a month.

     

    In the basement of the marina’s storage bunker, workers throw the switch to start a series of pumps, hooked up to the existing piping system. Water from the flooded tunnels is pumped into the river from under the docks. Estimations are that it will take several weeks to drain them completely.

     

    The police and prosecutors run out of reasons to hold the Visigoth leadership. The last of the bikers are released.

     

    ***

     

     

    Tuesday, March 5, 2047:

     

    Sheriff Mason comes to the resort looking for Eustis Saint Claire. The body found in the basement of the marina storage bunker has been identified. Marcus has the unenviable task of telling Eustis that they have found his son, Delmar. Worse still, they’ve confirmed that the slugs found in his body came from a gun registered to Tran Van Son.

     

    The new is crushing, but Eustis does his best to keep it together. He thanks the sheriff, asking if Marcus has told anyone else.

     

    “No, I though you should be the first to know.”

     

    Eustis thanks him again. He heads for home to tell Paris that her father is dead. He deliberates not telling his granddaughter that her uncle is the murderer. The girl is still reeling from the confrontation with her mother. This may be too much to take. Seeing her though, he knows he has to tell her. Better she hear it from him than someone else.

     

    Ricco and the sheriff talk privately, after Eustis has left. Finding Delmar is going to let them close two of the open cold cases. This new evidence, explains how Tran Van Son got a hold of Saint Claire’s shotgun. Marcus is certain that Son killed himself, but till his grandfather, Tran Xuan Giap, passes away, the case will remain an open murder investigation. “I’m not going to hurt that old man any more by telling him his grandson was a suicide.”

     

     

    Later in the afternoon a Federal Express Mail courier delivers a package to Sam Fisher. Inside is $70,000; payment for the Mardi Gras mission. Sam is not being held responsible for that failure. Vasily was killed nearly a full day before the meet. The ex-C.I.A. operative divides up the cash for distribution to the rest of the team:

     

    Sam Fisher
    - $20,000

    Brandon Heath
    - $20,000

    Charlie Bibbliodoc
    - $9,000 (plus $15,000 for the sunken boat)

    Beebe Laugherty
    - $3,000

    Owen
    Crank
    Wolf
    - $3,000

     

    The payday helps, but Sam still feels the mission was a bust.

     

    ***

     

     

    Wednesday, March 6, 2047:

     

    Florida High School Sports Federation announces high school teams that make 4 Regional Playoff slots for the western Florida panhandle. Undefeated Petersen Point is ignored and Gulf Breeze Prep will represent the 2 western panhandle counties. State Senator Brainerd Johnson, Chairman of the selection committee makes the announcement. Many in Blackwater are angry but no one is surprised by this blatant favoritism. The senator is Danny Johnson’s father after all.

     

    ***

     

     

    Thursday, March 7, 2047:

     

    It is another beautiful day at the Petersen Point Resort. The newly hired maintenance staff is hard at work bringing back its faded glory. Grumbles continue over the Florida High School Sports Federation’s decision to ignore the Petersen Point Basketball Team in favor of Gulf Breeze Prep. The media vilifies Senator Johnson, but nothing will ever come of it.

     

    An hour before he starts work, Sam has another visit from the Federal Express Mail Service courier. The package contains a new mission from Mr. Zeitsev, a raid across the border into Alabama, a week from tonight. There are two objectives. The first is to blow up a chemical plant in Brewton. Second, destroy the Alabama State Police airbase and drone control center just south of the city. Gear and operating capital for the mission is to follow and will arrive within the next couple of days. Sam feels this is his last chance. Failure will bring an end to his career and life!

     

     

     

    Next: Episode 8: Success is Sometimes Not So Sweet B)

×
×
  • Create New...